AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 1 SQUADRON TRAINING

AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 1 SQUADRON TRAINING GENERAL 1. Sqn training consists of a formal Syllabus (Annex A), supported by a wide range of practical indoor and outdoor activities in order to fulfil the objectives of the Air Training Corps in the Royal Warrant. These objectives are: a. To promote and encourage among young people a practical interest in aviation and the Royal Air Force. b. To provide training which will be useful in both Service and civilian life. c. To foster the spirit of adventure and to develop the qualities of leadership and good citizenship. 2. The Syllabus is designed to progress cadets through 4 classification stages over about 3 years. These stages are First Class, Leading, Senior and Staff. Each stage normally consists of 6 training areas which are: general service and aviation subjects, projects (not at First Class stage), extra mural activities, citizenship, range courses and drill. Programmes should be balanced and varied to cover all these areas. TRAINING PROGRESS 3. Sqn Cdrs are responsible for the progressive training of their cadets with each stage, except first class, taking about 6-9 months to complete. First class training will vary but will normally take 3-4 months. The progress of cadets may be summarised as: a. First Class. Probationers and second class cadets become familiar with behaving properly in uniform and they are informed enough to participate constructively in visits to RAF stations, flying and other major activities. b. Leading. First Class cadets widen their interest in aviation subjects and undertake basic projects. c. Senior. Leading cadets specialise in chosen aviation subjects (instructor expertise on squadrons may limit this choice) and develop their project participation. 1-1

d. Staff. Senior cadets learn how to assist sqn staff in running the sqn and, when the stage is completed, assume responsibility to run various activities. TRAINING AREAS 4. Aviation Subjects. This academic study area is mandatory but at First Class cadet level general service subjects are included. The aim is to provide a basic knowledge of aviation matters and encourage more advanced study. Each subject has its own ACP volume which contains specialist material. 5. Project Training. At the First Class cadet stage and above, practical projects enhance academic study to stimulate interest and clarify theory. Project training is compulsory and cadets are not to be entered for the written examinations in aviation subjects of each stage until a minimum of 25 hours working on one or more practical projects has been completed. The scope and nature of these projects will vary with the instructional and financial ability of individual sqns but many low cost projects are possible. The Duke of Edinburgh s Award Handbook lists nearly 250 projects in the Skills Section, many of which are suitable for the ATC. 6. Extra Mural Training. Many activities may be undertaken away from the sqn headquarters as part of the official syllabus of training. Care must be taken that all activities are officially authorised at the correct level according to the list at Annex B. Outdoor exercises and adventurous training may require special supervision and qualifications of staff; ACTI No 61 should be consulted and followed when organising them. Similarly, flying and gliding requires particular care in selecting cadets and organising attendance; ACTIs No 31 through to 36 are relevant for their organisation. 7. Unauthorised Activities. Activities not included in this list may be approved by HQAC on an occasional or one off basis but, unless this approval as an official activity is received, organisers must treat such activities as private events without the benefit of MOD support or the coverage of the ATC insurance scheme. Organisers of these non-official activities must bear full responsibility for the participation of cadets in these private ventures and must brief all participants that public equipment and finance is not to be used. They must also notify participants over 18 years of age and persons with parental responsibility for participants under 18 years of age of the status of the event using the format of Annex D and receive the completed responses with the relevant signatures before including participants in the event. 8. Citizenship Training. This training area should help to raise the status of ATC units in their local community by a positive contribution by cadets and should give cadets an awareness of community problems. The 3 methods used to achieve these objectives area: a. Visits to Local Organisations. Examples of visits and talks on their role are: Local government from county to parish level Fire, police and ambulance services Hospitals, hospices and care homes Water and electricity authorities 1-2

River, harbour and airport authorities Mountain rescue and coastguard services Forestry commission b. Practical Help. Assistance can be direct to the community or by improving the environment. In all cases, agreement by the appropriate authority for the work to be undertaken must be obtained and there must be no compulsion for cadets to take part. Examples are practical help to charitable organisations looking after, for instance, the sick and aged and projects locally, such as improving derelict ground or a disfigured beauty spot. c. Discussions. Discussion and debate should be internal, at Sqn or Wg level, and should address a community problem eg local development issues. Care should be taken in selecting topics to which all cadets can contribute and avoiding contentious matters of a political, racial, religious or sensitive nature. 9. Assistance from Local Education Authorities (LEAs). The government has a nationally coordinated scheme through LEAs to grant financial aid for the support of youth organisations with a majority age group of 14 to 20 years, provided public funds for the activity are not already being received eg from HQAC. AP 1919 refers. SUPERVISION OF CADETS 10. General. Competent and willing SNCO/CWO cadets over 18 years old may assist the supervision of cadets by ATC authorised adult staff provided that the overall responsibility for their care is vested in an adult staff representative. 11. Cadets in Transit. The proper supervision of parties of cadets in transit is the ultimate responsibility of Sqn Cdrs. Parties travelling in public or hired transport or in Sqn Owned Vehicles (SOVs) are to be accompanied by an adult supervisor. Exceptionally, when no adult supervisor is available, parties of cadets numbering 15 or less may travel under control of a cadet SNCO or higher - provided that the individual is over 18 years of age and that the Sqn Cdr ensures that he or she is competent and willing to undertake this duty. Also, when single cadets or very small groups, ie 2 or 3, are required to travel by rail or other public transport and it is impracticable to provide a supervising adult or cadet SNCO, Sqn Cdrs may exercise their discretion, taking into account the maturity of the cadets and the nature of the journey. 12. Extra Mural Activities. Certain extra-mural activities require a level of supervision which is covered in other ACTIs. For activities not thus covered, Sqn Cdrs are to provide adult staff supervision (supplemented appropriately by cadet SNCOs or higher in accordance with para 11) to the following scales: a. Adventure training of a hazardous nature 1:5 b. Activities where officers and warrant officers accompany parties of cadets solely to exercise disciplinary control. sqn 1 per 1-3

c. All other group activities. 1:10 Exceptionally, HQAC (through TG3) may authorise in advance pay, travel and subsistence allowances for additional supervisors where justified. 13. Range Practices. Details of appropriate levels of supervision for range practices are at paras 5-7 of ACTI 43. When a CWO who is a Range Conducting Officer (RCO) is detailed to run a practice, he or she is responsible to the same extent as an adult RCO for the range party (including adults) and the conduct of the range practice. Annexes: A. Syllabus of Sqn Training. B. Official Extra-Mural Training and Activities. C. Non-Official Training and Activities. D. ATC Unauthorised Activities - Private Venture Agreement. 1-4

AIR TRAINING CORPS SYLLABUS OF TRAINING ANNEX A TO ACP 20A ACTI No 1 FIRST CLASS CADET LEADING CADET SENIOR CADET STAFF CADET BASIC TRAINING AVIATION SUBJECTS AVIATION SUBJECTS AVIATION SUBJECTS Eight subjects: Three subjects: Two subjects chosen from: Two different subjects chosen to Senior Cadet from: The Air Training Corps Basic Navigation Air Navigation Pilot Navigation The Royal Air Force Principles of Flight Propulsion Airframes First Aid Airmanship II Aircraft Handling Operational Flying The Rifle Advanced Radio and Radar Satellite Communications Initial Expedition Training Note: Additionally, ACP 35 Vol 2 Pilot Navigation Advanced Radio and Radar Map Reading (Communications Manual) may be Airframes Air Navigation History of Flight studied whilst preparing for Ldg Operational Flying Propulsion Airmanship 1 Cdt. It is not part of the Ldg Cdt. Satellite Communications Aircraft Handling Basic Radio Communications exam. RANGE COURSES Initial course followed by annual continuation courses throughout all stages in accordance with ACTI No 43. CITIZENSHIP TRAINING Training at and away Talks Public Speaking Debating Visits to, Talks by, Demonstrations by from the Squadron Headquarters throughout all Local Bodies eg Councils, Airport Authorities, Police, Fire and Ambulance Services, Coastguards. cadet service. Examples: Organised Assistance to Local Establishments eg Hospitals, Children s Homes, Old People s Homes 1-A-1 AL 2

DRILL Progressive training throughout all stages in accordance with the drill instruction detailed in ACP 19. Air Experience Flying Glider Pilot Training Familiarisation Gliding Annual Camps Training away from the EXTRA-MURAL ACTIVITIES Squadron Headquarters Opportunity Flights Overseas Flights IACE Visits Abroad Leadership Courses throughout all cadet service. Examples: Visits to Affiliated Stations Visits to the Aircraft Industry Adventure Training For each classification Aircraft Recognition Aeromodelling Engineering Communications above First Class Cadet, PROJECTS at least 25 hours on Band Training Building and Maintenance Projects Cockpit Trainers projects selected by the Squadron. Examples: Construction of Canoes, Hovercraft, Radios, Training Aids 1-A-2 AL 2

OFFICIAL EXTRA-MURAL TRAINING AND ACTIVITIES ACTIVITIES NORMALLY UNDERTAKEN IN THE UNIT S LOCAL AREA ANNEX B ACP 20A ACTI NO 1 1. Training at Sqn or DF HQ DF personnel may visit Sqn HQ to avail themselves of the facilities. 2. Practical citizenship training activities. 3. Map reading practice. 4. Swimming instruction. 5. Air rifle and small bore shooting. 6. Instruction arranged by local SCC and ACF units. ACTIVITIES NORMALLY UNDERTAKEN OUTSIDE THE UNIT S LOCAL AREA 7. Air Experience flights and other flying opportunities. 8. Gliding familiarisation flying and glider pilot training. 9. Full bore shooting. 10. Annual camps at stations in the United Kingdom and overseas as approved by RAF Commands. (See ACP 237).. 11. Adventure training expeditions and activities. (See ACP 17). 12. Pre-entry visits to RAF Ground Training Schools. 13. Cadet courses of instruction as approved by HQAC. (See ACTIs Section 8 and others). 14. Visits abroad specifically authorised by HQAC. (See ACTI 51 and 53). 14. Attendance at wg exercises, parades and inspections ordered by the OC Wg. 15. Training visits to RAF stations for periods not exceeding 2 days (excluding travelling time) through Wg HQs under the affiliation scheme (ACTI 5) and GAI 5037. Such visits may also be made to other RAF stations or to Royal Navy or Army units when authorised by ACRHQs (see para 18). Visits for periods exceeding 2 days must be authorised personally by the Rgnl Comdt. 16. One day visits of instructional or training value approved by HQAC. 1-B-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 1 17. Instructions in MT maintenance and during in accordance with current RAF regulations. 18. Attendance at major air shows and aviation events to staff publicity and recruitment stands for the ACO. Applications for pay must be submitted to HQ AC (Wg Cdr Admin), for approval prior to the event. 1-B-2 AL 2

ANNEX C ACP 20A ACTI NO 1 NON-OFFICIAL ACTIVITIES MICROLIGHT AIRCRAFT FLYING, HANG GLIDING, PARASCENDING AND SUB- AQUA DIVING 1. Microlight aircraft flying, hang gliding and parascending are not normally permitted as official activities for the ATC. The exceptions are the MOD approved microlight flying courses and the hang gliding and paragliding courses at the Joint Services Hang Gliding and Paragliding Centre at Crickhowell, near Abergavenny as detailed at ACTI No 85. These courses are covered by the ATC Insurance Scheme and clearance is through HQAC PEdO. 2. Except as provided for at ACTI No 85, anyone wishing to participate in these activities may only do so as a private individual; no items of military clothing or equipment are to be worn and the activity is not to be associated with the Air Training Corps. Private individuals would be well advised to participate only under the auspices of a recognised national controlling organisation, and to ensure that they are adequately covered for the activity by a comprehensive, indemnity-proof insurance policy, including general public liability and third party insurance. The titles and addresses of the recognised national controlling organisations are: a. The British Microlight Aircraft Association (BMAA) Bullring Deddington BANBURY Oxfordshire Tel No: 01869 338888 OX15 OTT Fax No: 01869 337116 b. The British Hang Gliding and Paragliding Association Ltd The Old School Room Loughborough Road LEICESTER Tel No: 0116 2611322 LE4 5PJ Fax No: 0116 2611323 c. The British Sub-Aqua Club Telford s Quay Ellesmere Port SOUTH WIRRAL Cheshire Tel No: 0151 357 1951 L65 4FY Fax No: 0151 357 1250 1-C-1

ACTI NO 1 SUB-AQUA DIVING 3. Sub-aqua diving has only very limited cover by the ATC Insurance Scheme because of high premiums. The British Sub-Aqua Club (BSAC) is the recognised authority for this activity. The programme of Training and Qualifying Standards for BSAC divers consists of Snorkel Diver, Novice Diver, First Class Diver, Club Instructor, Advanced Instructor and National Instructor. Of these, only the BSAC Snorkel Diver qualification is covered by the ATC Insurance Scheme under adventurous training activities. 4. ATC sqn personnel who wish to participate in snorkelling activities are recommended to do so under the auspices of an approved BSAC Club. To obtain the snorkel diver qualification, candidates must hold BSAC Snorkelling Membership. 1-C-2

ANNEX D AIR TRAINING CORPS (ATC) UNAUTHORISED ACTIVITIES - PRIVATE VENTURE AGREEMENT 1. FOR THE ATTENTION OF *The person with Parental Responsibility for: Cadet of No Squadron ATC *delete this line if the cadet is over 18 years of age. 2. DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY (To include dates, places, nature of activity and any other relevant information) ACP 20A ACTI NO 1 3. The above activity has not been officially authorised by Headquarters Air Cadets and is an entirely private venture. There is no ATC insurance cover and the ATC and Ministry of Defence will bear no responsibility for any accident or incident of any nature. Signature... Name in Capitals... Date... Officer Commanding No (...) Sqn ATC PLEASE COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS FORM, WITHOUT DETACHING IT, AND RETURN THE COMPLETE PAGE TO THE PERSON WHO SIGNED ABOVE. I understand that the activity described above is not an authorised Air Training Corps (ATC) activity, is not covered by ATC insurance, and the ATC and Ministry of Defence will bear no responsibility for any accident or incident of any nature. Signature... Date... Name in Capitals... 1-D-1

ACTI NO 1 (To be signed by the person having parental responsibility for the cadet named above if the cadet is under 18 years old, or by the cadet if aged 18 or over). 1-D-2

ACTI NO 2 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 2 PLANNING SQUADRON TRAINING INTRODUCTION 1. Those interests which encourage a young person to join the ATC lead to expectations of discipline, efficiency and effective training, especially in subjects associated with the RAF and flying. A properly organised programme is essential to satisfy these expectations and to meet the Corps objectives. 2. The principles outlined below can be applied not only to normal parade nights but also to other less formal training. They are not meant to be rigidly followed, since circumstances vary so widely, but should help all Sqn Cdrs and their staffs to plan sqn training. PROGRAMME 3. A parade night must follow a firmly established sequence of events arranged in chronological order, for instance: a. 1900-1915 hrs - Sqn HQ opened and activated. b. 1915-1925 hrs - Officers, AWOs, CIs and Padre arrive. c. 1925-1930 hrs - Cadets arrive. d. 1930-1945 hrs - Assembly parade. e. 1945-2030 hrs - 1st training period (see paras 7-10). f. 2030-2045 hrs - Refreshment break. g. 2045-2130 hrs - 2nd training period (see paras 7-10). h. 2130-2145 hrs - Dismissal parade. 4. Every effort must be made to keep to programme timing with all adult staff and cadets fully prepared and attentive. Particular attention should also be given to punctuality, correct and smart dress, bearing and appearance in uniform or civilian clothes (for civilian instructors and probationers) and specialised clothing for activities needing them. The standards set by the Sqn Cdr and staff will be followed by the cadets and will affect the morale and efficiency of the whole sqn. 2-1

ACTI NO 2 5. Parades are both essential and useful. Two should be held at each parade night: a. Assembly Parade. A typical assembly parade (in daylight) should take the form of ensign hoisting, a roll call, an inspection by the CO or nominated deputy, prayers, any enrolments, CO s notices, a march past and dismissal direct to lectures and activities. The Padre, normally present, reads the prayers and conducts enrolment services; otherwise the CO fulfils these duties (see ACP 23). b. Dismissal Parade. Here the ensign would be lowered (if still hoisted) and the CO could again read any notices followed by dismissal. The ATC Ensign must never be flown after sunset. 6. The programme and instructors should be booked at least one month in advance. Written programmes should be displayed in prominent places showing: a. Serial, Day, Date, Times (from-to). b. Subjects and types of training eg lectures, practical activities. c. Locations and instructors. d. Syllabus/Manual references. f. Special equipment and supplier. PROGRAMME PLANNING 7. Programme planning involves the issue of good orders and instructions so that everyone knows what they have to do and when. Adequate research and preparation is the backbone of good administration. The required ATC knowledge is about the syllabus, the training manuals, training aids, drill, shooting, project training, citizenship training, adventure training and, above all, about the staff and cadets. 8. Programmes should be planned for each cadet to sit one exam per year - the exam date being chosen to suit the sqn s programme. An allowance of 4 months a year for camps, standdowns and extra-mural activities such as shooting visits and sport means a sqn parading twice weekly will allocate 8 months of training time to 64 parade nights (32 weeks) or 128 x 45 minute training periods = 93 hours. 9. This time must involve at least 25 hours project training for all cadets in classification classes for Leading Cadet and above, although cadets may also count time at home towards this activity provided that the work is arranged and authorised by the sqn. In addition to formal lessons time should be allowed for revision periods, quiz periods, and self-study periods from the manuals. Frequent quiz periods ensure that cadets have learnt the subject and a quiz on the dismissal parade 2-2

ACTI NO 2 concentrates attention. The planned instructional time must always allow extra to cater for the varying ability of cadets. 2-3

ACTI NO 2 10. On this basis the recommended time for Leading Cadet training is 22 hours direct instruction in Basic Navigation, Airmanship II and Principles of Flight plus 22 hours revision, quiz periods and self-study. At least 25 hours of project training must be added, leaving about 31 hours for the lecture and discussion aspects of citizenship training, adventure training preparation, briefings, and films or interest lectures. Alternating a practical activity such as shooting or sport with academic instruction is essential to maintain cadet interest. 11. When implementing activity programmes, the provision of facilities (equipment, transport etc) and the proper preparation of cadets must follow the ACTI for the activity. 12. Towards the end of a training period, the Training Officer should have cadet progress available for planning the next training period. This information can be obtained from accurately maintained training progress wall charts. The wall charts are available from HQAC and should be displayed where cadets themselves can monitor their achievements. 13. Cadets of NCO rank must be encouraged to use the skills learnt on the training courses (see ACTI 7). In addition, Staff Cadets should be encouraged to instruct on academic subjects and to prepare eligible cadets for extra-mural activities, such as gliding courses, air experience flights, preentry visits, flying scholarships and pilot navigation selection. There is much to be done if cadets undertaking this type of activity are to make the most of these opportunities. Senior cadets undertaking Staff Cadet part 2 training should be given personal copies of the relevant ACPs, where possible, to be returned when they qualify. 2-4

ACTI NO 4 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 4 SQUADRON AND CADET RECORDS INTRODUCTION 1. Sqn Cdrs are to ensure that official sqn and cadet records are maintained properly using the series of forms available from Wg HQs. SQUADRON TRAINING RECORDS 2. Training Progress Charts (ACP 12, 13, 14 and 14A). Training Progress charts for wall display are issued by HQAC for each cadet stage. They may be plastic covered so that the cadets details can be entered or deleted. Training progress is to be accurately recorded for each cadet on strength. 3. Cadet and Staff Attendance Register (RAF Form 4258). The Sqn attendance register from 1 Apr to 31 Mar every year is to be completed. Inspecting officers are to record their scrutiny on the inside of the back cover and initial the foot of the page relevant to their visit. 4. Quarterly ATC Unit Return of Personnel (RAF PTC Form Stats 2876 and 2830). Sqns are to submit Form Stats 2876 to Wg HQs by the 5th of the month following the end of the quarter, eg 5th April to cover Jan-Mar return. Wg HQs are to submit RAF PTC Form Stats 2830 to Org 1, HQAC by 21st of the month following the quarter under review. 5. Nominal Roll and Result Form (RAF Form 3521) and ATC Examination Record Card (RAF Form 3521A). These forms relate to ATC examinations, and their use is described in ACTI No 21. INDIVIDUAL CADET RECORDS 6. Cadet Record of Service Form (RAF Form 3822A). This form is to be maintained for every cadet in the Sqn. Sqn Cdrs are to obtain the consent signatures of the person with parental responsibility and are then to file and hold the forms at Sqn HQ. This is a legal requirement. On filing the forms Sqn Cdrs are to sign the consent certificate in the cadet s Record of Service Book (RAF Form 3822). 7. Other Consent Forms. Other consent forms may be required for certain specialist activities away from the unit. Sqn Cdrs are to note that signing consent forms will render them the person with parental responsibility and they are to discharge such legal responsibility meticulously. 4-1

ACTI NO 4 8. Cadet Record of Service Book (RAF Form 3822). Sqn Cdrs are to ensure that all cadets maintain a Record of Service Book from enrolment until they leave the Corps. Cadets are to carry their book whenever they attend parades or visits. 9. Medical Certificate of Fitness to Undergo Gliding Training (RAF Form 6424). Sqn Cdrs are to hold Forms 6424 at Sqn HQ for all cadets who have been examined medically for gliding training. On receipt of a completed Form 6424, Sqn Cdrs are to sign the relevant certificate in the cadet s Record of Service Book. TRANSFER OR LEAVING 10. Transfer. When a cadet transfers between sqns, OC Losing Sqn is to ensure that the cadet s Record of Service Book is updated and available for inspection by OC Gaining Sqn. Additionally, the gaining Sqn is to receive: a. Extracts from the cadet s Training Progress Chart (ACP 12, 13, 14 or 14A). b. Attendance details since the previous 1 Apr and in the last 12 months. c. The cadet s form 3521A and any other consent or qualification forms which are held. d. The ATC insert for the National Record of Achievement (NRA) with appropriate entries completed (see ACTI 23). 11. Leaving. When a cadet leaves the Corps his Sqn Cdr is to: a. Retain the cadet s Forms 3521A and 3822A for 5 years. b. Hand the updated Form 3822 to the cadet for their retention. c. Destroy all other forms relating to the cadet. d. If requested the NRA form is to be completed (see ACTI 23). 4-2

ACTI NO 5 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 5 THE AFFILIATION SCHEME References: A. RAF GAI 5037 Obligations of the RAF to the ACO. B. AP 1919 Paras 1601-1603. INTRODUCTION 1. The policy and procedures for affiliation of RAF stations to ATC Wgs are laid down in References A and B. The reference documents describe how the RAF endeavours to support the ATC within the limits of its normal functions and duties. This ACTI highlights the main points. RAF STATION ASSISTANCE 2. Wgs (not individual units) are affiliated to the nearest suitable RAF stations. The dispersed location of RAF stations means that several Wgs may have to be affiliated to a single station. Wg Admin Officers are responsible for coordinating requests by Sqns/DFs for assistance from an affiliated RAF station. Assistance is given in 2 main ways: a. By accepting cadets and staff on visits. b. By providing resources for: (1) Wg annual parades and inspections. (2) ATC Rgnl and Wg meetings. (3) ATC sports events. (4) Ranges for cadet shooting. (5) Courses, including SATT courses. (6) Work experience. 3. Station commanders are also encouraged to nominate RAF personnel to assist ATC units outside their primary duty time. However, COs must ensure that serving personnel have the written approval of their Flt Cdr/Line Manager before permitting them to undertake voluntary assistance. Such personnel will be on duty when travelling to and from and when assisting ATC units. The carriage of passengers in private cars in these circumstances will be subject to the appropriate insurance cover held. 5-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 5 5-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 5 AIR CADET LIAISON OFFICERS 4. RAF Commands appoint a staff officer of a rank not lower than squadron leader to fill the post of Command ACLO as a secondary duty. Command ACLOs are to be responsible for liaison with HQAC on all matters concerning the ACO, but with particular regard to affiliation, parenting and annual camps. 5. Each station commander appoints an ACLO to coordinate the activities of the station in respect of affiliated units of the ATC, CCF(RAF) Sections, Air Scouts, Air Rangers and the Girls Venture Corps Air Cadets. Their duties are high visibility and demanding, ACLOs should be experienced flight lieutenants or higher and should supervise arrangements when air cadets are on the station. Other officers or SNCOs may be appointed to assist the ACLO in supervising liaison visits to ACO units and to cover the ACLOs periods of absence from the station. Each ACLO should advise their station commander of the funds needed from the annual bid for the station budget in order to meet its commitments to it affiliated and parented ACO units for the predicted activities and camps. Station commanders bid for funds for this purpose and support their ACLOs in discharging their duties. VISITS 6. Day visits by ATC units are more likely to be at weekends. Visit programmes should be prepared by ACLOs who should take into account, as far as possible, the wishes of the visiting unit and should include the more interesting and stimulating aspects of station life and activities - particularly those in which the cadets can participate. Whenever possible, cadets should be given a flight during their visit, provided that this can be arranged within the normal flying programme; special flights cannot be arranged for this purpose. A station commander may, at his discretion and when suitable accommodation is available, grant permission for a longer visit than one day. Such visits are intended for those units situated so far from the affiliated stations that a one day visit would not provide sufficient time for a worthwhile programme to be arranged. Exceptionally, a station commander may also accept a non-affiliated visit from an ATC party outside the area of affiliation for a specific purpose. Authority for visits of more than 2 days requires ATC units to obtain the approval of their Rgnl Comdt before approaching the station concerned. ALLOCATION 7. Authorisation, the co-ordination of sqn requests and the budgetary control for any visit rests with the Wg concerned. An affiliated visit has priority over a non-affiliated visit. Any requests for a non-affiliated visit (para 6 above) should be cleared with the affiliated Wg HQ. The affiliation agreement between the RAF Commands and HQAC is renegotiated as required; any minor revisions within this agreement will be notified to the appropriate authorities. The lists of Wgs to affiliated stations and affiliated stations to Wgs are at Annexes A and B respectively. Annexes: A. ATC Wings affiliated to RAF stations - Jan 97. B. RAF stations affiliated to ATC Wings - Jan 97. 5-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 5 5-4 AL 2

ACTI NO 5 ANNEX A ATC WINGS AFFILIATED TO RAF STATIONS - JAN 00 CENTRAL & EAST REGION BEDS & CAMBS TRENT HERTS & BUCKS NORFOLK & SUFFOLK SOUTH & EAST MIDLANDS WARWICK & BIRMINGHAM Brampton Marham Wyton Coningsby Cranwell Digby Waddington Halton Henlow Neatishead Honington Coltishall Marham Cottesmore Cranwell Wittering Cosford Cottesmore Brize Norton Wittering SCOTLAND & NI REGION ABERDEEN & NE SCOTLAND DUNDEE & C SCOTLAND EDINBURGH & S SCOTLAND GLASGOW & W SCOTLAND HIGHLAND NORTHERN IRELAND Kinloss Lossiemouth Buchan Leuchars Lossiemouth Leuchars Buchan Leuchars Kinloss Kinloss Lossiemouth Aldergrove 5-A-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 5 NORTH REGION C&E YORKS CUMBRIA & N LANCS E CHESHIRE & S MANCHESTER EAST LANCS DURHAM & NORTHUMBERLAND SOUTH & WEST YORKS Linton-on-Ouse Leeming Leeming Linton-on-Ouse Sealand Shawbury Stafford Linton-on-Ouse Leeming Boulmer Waddington Linton-on-Ouse Leeming SOUTH WEST REGION BRISTOL & GLOS DEVON & SOMERSET DORSET & WILTS HANTS & IOW PLYMOUTH & CORNWALL THAMES VALLEY Brize Norton Lyneham Innsworth St Mawgan Lyneham Boscombe Down Lyneham Boscombe Down Benson St Mawgan Benson Brize Norton Halton 5-A-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 5 LONDON & S EAST REGION LONDON KENT MIDDLESEX SURREY SUSSEX WEST ESSEX EAST ESSEX Henlow Uxbridge Halton Northolt Northolt Northolt Halton Uxbridge Henlow Odiham Headley Court Odiham Honington Wyton Wittering Neatishead Honington Coltishall Marham WALES & WEST REGION NO 1 WELSH NO 2 WELSH NO 3 WELSH MERSEYSIDE STAFFORDSHIRE WEST MERCIAN St Athan Lyneham Sealand Shawbury Valley Brize Norton St Athan Sealand Shawbury Valley Stafford Cosford Shawbury Cottesmore Cosford Shawbury Brize Norton 5-A-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 5 ANNEX B RAF STATIONS AFFILIATED TO ATC WINGS - JAN 00 STRIKE COMMAND STATIONS ALDERGROVE BENSON BOSCOMBE DOWN BOULMER BRIZE NORTON BUCHAN COLTISHALL CONINGSBY COTTESMORE HONINGTON KINLOSS LEUCHARS LEEMING LOSSIEMOUTH LYNEHAM MARHAM 5-B-1 ATC WINGS N Ireland Thames Valley Hants & IOW Hants & IOW Dorset & Wilts Durham & Northumberland Thames Valley Warwick Birmingham No 3 Welsh West Mercian Bristol & Glos Edinburgh & S Scotland Aberdeen & NE Scot Norfolk & Suffolk East Essex Trent S&E Midlands Warwick & Birmingham Staffs Norfolk & Suffolk West Essex East Essex Highland Aberdeen & NE Scot Glasgow & W Scot Dundee & C Scot Edinburgh & S Scot Glasgow & W Scot C&E Yorks Durham & Northumberland Cumbria & N Lancs South &West Yorks Dundee & C Scot Aberdeen & NE Scot Highland Bristol & Glos Dorset & Wilts Devon & Somerset No 1 Welsh Norfolk & Suffolk Beds & Cambs AL 2

ACTI NO 5 STRIKE COMMAND STATIONS NEATISHEAD NORTHOLT ODIHAM ST MAWGAN STAFFORD WADDINGTON WITTERING ATC WINGS Norfolk & Suffolk East Essex Middlesex London Kent Surrey Sussex Plymouth & Cornwall Devon & Somerset E Lancs Staffs Trent South & West Yorks South & East Midlands Warwick & Birmingham West Essex PERSONNEL AND TRAINING COMMAND BRAMPTON COSFORD CRANWELL DIGBY HALTON HEADLEY COURT HENLOW INNSWORTH LINTON-ON-OUSE 5-B-2 ATC WINGS Beds & Cambs West Mercian Warwick & Birmingham Staffs Trent East Midlands South & East Midlands Trent Herts & Bucks Thames Valley Middlesex London Surrey Herts & Bucks Middlesex London Bristol & Glos C&E Yorks Cumbria & N Lancs West Riding East Lancs South & West Yorks AL 2

ACTI NO 5 East Essex 5-B-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 5 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING COMMAND SEALAND SHAWBURY ST ATHAN UXBRIDGE VALLEY WYTON ATC WINGS No 2 Welsh Merseyside E Cheshire & S Manchester E Cheshire & S Manchester Merseyside Staffs West Mercian No 2 Welsh No 1 Welsh No 3 Welsh Middlesex London No 2 Welsh Merseyside Beds & Cambs West Essex 5-B-3 AL 2

20A ACP ACTI NO 7 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 7 CADET NCO TRAINING 1. Rgnl Comdts are to assess and approve the running of cadet NCO training courses within their Regions. These courses may be organised by Rgns, Wgs or Sqns using the guidance of ACP 47 (Instructors Guide) for the Directing Staff plus ACP 48 (JNCO Course Notes) and ACP 49 (SNCO Course Notes) for the cadet students. The Job Specifications (JSs) and course content are summarised at Annexes A and B. The Training Objectives (TOs) are considered to be best teaching practice but are not mandatory. 2. The JNCO and SNCO courses contain several common TOs which are introduced in the JNCO course and are developed further in the SNCO course. Consequently, completion of the JNCO course is a pre-requisite for attendance at the SNCO course. This requirement may be waived for Cdt Cpls with more than 9 months experience in rank, provided their Sqn Cdr can certify that they possess the knowledge, skills, and attitudes specified at Annex A. 3. The JSs describe the capabilities of fully trained and experienced Cdt Cpls and Sgts; but are not necessarily the standards of performance required for promotion. Certain basic skills and experience are needed before promotion is deserved. Also, potential NCOs should be progressing through the classification system. Normally, for promotion to Cpl, a cadet should have attained Leading Cadet classification and, for promotion to Sgt or above, a cadet should have attained Senior Cadet with at least 3 months experience as a Cpl. These classification attainments may be reduced by one stage by the Sqn Cdr in exceptional cases such as an urgent need to fill an establishment vacancy or a deserving high quality but slow learning cadet. 4. Joint courses should be held between neighbouring sqns or with a number of participating sqns at Wg or Rgnl level with the objective of cadets gaining exposure and confidence by mixing with cadets from other sqns. In developing course programmes, about 20 hours of training should be assumed (including classroom time and practical exercises). Continuity of training should be assured by a concentration of instructional effort and the minimum of distractions for other training and duties. At the end of the course, no examinations or objective marks should be given but cadets should be debriefed on their strengths and weaknesses on an individual basis. Annexes: A. Cadet Cpl and Sgt Job Specifications. B. Course Content for JNCO/SNCO Courses. 7-1

ACTI NO 7 CADET CPL JOB SPECIFICATION Job Title: Cdt Cpl ANNEX A Responsible to: Cdt Sgt/Cdt FS Main Responsibilities and Activities Performed by a Fully Trained Cdt Cpl 1. Control a section of cadets under his/her direct supervision. Knowledge, Skills and Attitudes Required 1.1 Know and perform foot drill movements given in AP 818. 1.2 Show competence in the command of a squad in foot drill. 1.3 Know the principles of Functional Leadership. 1.4 Know and apply map reading skills to the level of ACP 32 Volumes 1 & 2. 1.5 Possess oral communication skills sufficient to be clearly understood. 2. Maintain good conduct, behaviour and discipline. 2.1 Know and apply the regulations relating to dress and deportment defined in ACP 20B, AI 204. 2.2 Know and apply the personal standards required of a JNCO. 2.3 Know and apply the principles of good discipline. 2.4 Know and apply their limits of authority relating to discipline. 3. Exercise appropriate responsibility for the welfare of cadets. 4. Plan, organise and/or carry out tasks as allocated. 5. Carry out responsibilities iaw own Sqn or DF Fire and Security Orders. 6. Advise cadets on the basic organisation of the ATC 3.1 Be aware of potential welfare problems and take the appropriate course of action. 4.1 Be aware of the principles of appreciation, planning, briefing and control in execution. 5.1 Know and apply requirements of own Sqn or DF Fire and Security Orders. 6.1 Have a sound working knowledge of ACP 31 Section 1 Chapter 2. 7-A-1

ACTI NO 7 CADET SGT JOB SPECIFICATION Job Title: Cdt Sgt Responsible to: Cdt FS/CWO Main Responsibilities and Activities Performed by a Fully Trained Cdt Sgt. 1. Perform the responsibilities and activities of a Cdt Sgt. 2. Manage and control a Flt of cadets under his/her direct supervision. Knowledge, Skills and Attitudes Required As for Cdt Cpl (See Annex A). 2.1 Be able to instruct Second Class Cadets in drill to First Class Cadet examination standard. 2.2 Show competence in the command of a Flight in foot drill. 2.3 Possess written and oral communication skills sufficient to be clearly understood. 3. Assist the Sqn staff in the management of the Sqn and development of junior cadets and NCOs. 4. Participate in the planning and organisation of Sqn activities. 3.1 Be able to give and receive constructive feedback on performance. 3.2 Know and apply the principles of Functional Leadership. 4.1 Be able to apply problem solving techniques to specified problems. 4.2 Know and apply principles of appreciation, planning, briefing and control in execution. 4.3 Possess written and oral communication skills sufficient to be clearly understood. 5. Be able to recognise potential welfare problems. 6. Possess a general Service knowledge of the ATC. 5.1 Be aware of potential welfare problems and take the appropriate course of action. 6.1 Be aware of, and promote, cadet opportunities and the appropriate sources of information. 6.2 Have a knowledge of the structure of own Wg and Region. 7-A-2

ACTI NO 7 COURSE CONTENT FOR JNCO/SNCO COURSES ANNEX B Roles and responsibilities of an NCO *Personal characteristics, commitment, deportment of a Cdt Cpl *Personal characteristics, commitment, deportment of a Cdt Sgt *Role of a Cdt Cpl (Job Specification) *Role of a Cdt Sgt (Job Specification) *Requirements of local fire and security orders *Coping with promotion *Cadet activities and pre-requisites for participation *Organisation and principle personnel of the local Wg and Rgn Welfare *General symptoms indicating potential welfare problems *Appropriate actions for Cdt Cpls *Types of welfare problems and their specific symptoms *Appropriate actions for Cdt Sgts. Discipline *Reasons for discipline *Basics of discipline *Administering discipline *Guidelines for reprimanding a cadet *Limits of authority of a Cdt Cpl *Limits of authority of a Cdt Sgt *Practical role play of discipline situations Dress Regulations *Definition of "uniform" *Review of ACP 20B Instruction 204 as regards cadets dress *Associated regs eg jewellery, No 1s, SD hats, and "combats" *Care of uniform *How to inspect uniform Drill *Aim of drill *Review of basic foot drill and formation of a squad *Correct drill commands *Practical experience of controlling a squad *Review of Flt and Sqn drill *Practical experience of controlling a Flt and Sqn *Qualities of a drill instructor *Drill instruction techniques *Practical experience of drill instruction TOPIC JNCO SNCO NB: Banner and other ceremonial drill have been deliberately omitted from this general course. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * revision * * * * revision revision revision revision * * revision revision * * * * * * 7-B-1

ACTI NO 21 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 21 EXAMINATIONS INTRODUCTION 1. The academic component of the ATC syllabus is tested through examinations, success in which - along with the satisfactory completion of the other components - is rewarded by progress up the cadet classification ladder. 2. The First Class Cadet examinations are oral or written, and are set by Wg or Sqn; it includes practical tests. The examinations for Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet Part 1 are all written tests and are set by HQAC. Reclassification to Staff Cadet also involves an oral examination Staff Cadet Part 2, which is set by Wgs. 3. Badges and certificates are issued for Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet; First Class Cadets receive a badge only. The badge for a Staff Cadet is a distinctive lanyard. TIMING OF EXAMINATION SITTINGS 4. Within the limits of available resources, Wg HQs may set examination dates for all sqns together or for individual sqns to suit local circumstances. Sqn Cdrs should plan training on the basis of a cadet progressing to Staff Cadet over about 3 years. CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS 5. Examinations are to be held at Sqn HQ or other centres nominated by Wg HQ. The Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet examinations must be supervised by a board of invigilators appointed by the Sqn Cdr, ratified by Wg HQ, and consisting of a president and at least one member. The president is to be independent of the Sqn; exceptionally, the Wg CO may waive this requirement if the absence of an independent official would otherwise prevent cadets from taking examinations. Written instructions for the president of the board will always accompany the examination papers; a copy of these standard instructions is at Annex A. ELIGIBILITY 6. First Class Cadet. To be eligible to sit the First Class Cadet examination cadets must be enrolled and must have completed the syllabus for the subjects. 21-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 7. Leading Cadet. To be eligible to sit the Leading Cadet examinations, a cadet must have been appointed as a First Class Cadet and have completed the appropriate syllabus training including at least 25 hours of project work. 8. Senior Cadet. To be eligible to sit the Senior Cadet examinations, a cadet must have been appointed as a Leading Cadet and have completed the appropriate syllabus training including a further 25 hours (or more) of project work. 9. Staff Cadet. To be eligible to sit either Part 1 or Part 2 of the Staff Cadet examination, cadets must have: a. Been appointed as a Senior Cadet. b. Reached the age of at least 15 years 6 months. c. Completed at least 2 years enrolled service. d. Attended at least one Corps annual camp. Where unavoidable circumstances have prevented a cadet from attending camp, an alternative ATC residential qualification may be substituted on the authority of ACRHQ from the following: courses at the Corps adventure training centres, leadership courses at RAF Stafford and Frimley Park, Regional courses of at least 6 days at Army training areas. e. Completed the Staff Cadet syllabus including approved citizenship training and a further 25 hours (or more) of project training. f. Completed the First Class Shot Test within the last 12 months. SUBJECTS AND TESTS 10. First Class Cadet Examination. The First Class Cadet examination is in 2 parts as follows: Part I Practical Tests. The examining officer is to establish, through practical tests, that cadets are proficient at basic foot drill and have a thorough knowledge of the rifle and the associated safety precautions. Part II Written or Oral Test. Cadets are to reach the pass marks set by Wg HQs, in written or oral tests on selected portions of the following ACPs: ACP 31 Section 1 ACP 31 Section 2 ACP 31 Section 3 ACP 31 Section 4 ACP 31 Section 5 The Air Training Corps The Royal Air Force The Rifle Initial Expedition Training First Aid (withdrawn, now voluntary subject taught by a qualified First Aid Instructor, not part of syllabus) 21-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 ACP 31 Section 6 ACP 32 Vol 1 ACP 33 Vol 1 ACP 34 Vol 1 ACP 35 Vol 1 Communications Map Reading History of Flight Airmanship I Basic Radio Communications 11. Leading Cadet Examination. There are 3 compulsory subjects for the Leading Cadet examinations: ACP 32 Vol 2 - Basic Navigation ACP 33 Vol 2 - Principles of Flight ACP 34 Vol 2 - Airmanship II NB: ACP 35 Vol 2 - Communications Manual - is optional study and is not part of the Leading Cadet examination. 12. Senior Cadet Examination. For the Senior Cadet examination, cadets must take 2 subjects from the following: ACP 32 Vol 3 - Air Navigation ACP 33 Vol 3 - Propulsion ACP 34 Vol 3 - Aircraft Handling ACP 35 Vol 3 - Advanced Radio and Radar ACP 32 Vol 4 - Pilot Navigation ACP 33 Vol 4 - Airframes ACP 34 Vol 4 - Operational Flying ACP 35 Vol 4 - Satellite Communications 13. Staff Cadet Examination. The Staff Cadet examination consists of 2 parts which may be taken in any order. Before a cadet attempts either part, the Sqn Cdr must certify on Form 3521A (see para 25 below) that the cadet is eligible (see para 9 above). The examination comprises: Part 1 - Written examinations in any 2 different subjects to Senior Cadet from the following:: ACP 32 Vol 4 - Pilot Navigation ACP 33 Vol 4 - Airframes ACP 34 Vol 4 - Operational Flying ACP 35 Vol 4 - Satellite Communications ACP 32 Vol 3 - Air Navigation ACP 33 Vol 3 - Propulsion ACP 34 Vol 3 - Aircraft Handling ACP 35 Vol 3 - Advanced Radio and Radar Part 2 - An oral examination, based on ACP 42, conducted by a Wg Staff Officer (WSO) in the candidate s: a. Knowledge of the structure of the Corps, its aims and training requirements. b. Knowledge of sqn administration and supply procedures. 21-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 c. Organisational or instructional ability (NB: if the candidate s actual performance cannot be observed, oral testing on organisational and instructional techniques and associated tasks/problems is to be given). 21-4 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 PLANNING OF TRAINING 14. Sqn training for Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet classifications should be planned so that cadets normally take all the subjects of a classification at one sitting. However, this is not an absolute rule, and where circumstances require flexibility, Sqn Cdrs may enter cadets for single subjects. FORM OF WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS 15. Examination questions will be set directly from the ACPs used for teaching the various subjects. Questions for Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet Part 1 will be in "multiple choice" form. There will be one paper of 25 questions for each subject. MARKING 16. The examination papers for Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet Part I examinations will be marked at Wg HQs, using marking templates supplied by HQAC. The marking officers are to record results on Forms 3521 in accordance with the instructions on the form. The examination papers are to be held at WHQs for a minimum of one year. STANDARDS OF PASS 17. In the Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet examinations, the basic pass standard is 13 correct answers out of the 25 questions in each subject. Where a cadet reaches this standard in one subject only at Senior or Staff Cadet, or in one or 2 at Leading Cadet, this is known as a Partial Pass. When a cadet has passed the full quota of subjects for a classification, levels of pass will be awarded for total marks as follows: Pass Credit Distinction Leading Cadet 39 to 53 54 to 66 67 to 75 Senior/Staff Cadet 26 to 36 37 to 44 45 to 50 18. Earlier failures in individual subjects do not debar the award of Credits and Distinctions when the classification is ultimately achieved. 19. Passes in some subjects may attract a waiver of the requirement for GCSE Physics for some types of RAF entry; details are at Annex B. The acquisition of waivers is incidental to, and not an aim of, the classification scheme. ADMINISTRATION SUPPLY OF EXAMINATION PAPERS - LEADING, SENIOR AND STAFF CADET 20. HQAC will supply Wg HQs on demand, with normally 10 working days notice, (in writing or by telephone to TG Admin Ext 7621) with: 21-5 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 21-6 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 a. HQAC Instructions to Invigilating Board Presidents. b. Master copies of examination papers (with marking grids) for any number of single subjects, or in complete sets covering all classifications. 21. At least 28 days before an examination date, Sqn Cdrs are to request examination papers from Wg HQs, either on the form at Annex C, or in accordance with Wg HQ instructions. Wg HQs will provide Sqns with examination papers and allied documents, as described at Annex D, at least 7 days before the examination date. EXAMINATION CENTRES 22. Examination centres and invigilators are normally nominated by the Sqn Cdr and ratified by Wg HQs (see para 5 above) or other officers nominated by Wg HQ are to prepare examination rooms as required by para 3 of Annex A. PREPARATION OF CADETS 23. Before permitting cadets to take examinations, Sqn Cdrs are to check that they are eligible (see paras 6 to 9 above) and that each cadet's RAF Form 3521A is correctly made up. 24. Sqn Cdrs are to brief and equip eligible cadets as at sub-para 4c of Annex A. DOCUMENTATION 25. RAF Forms 3521 and 3521A. RAF Form 3521 (Nominal Roll and Results Form) and RAF Form 3521A (ATC Examination Record Card) are supplied to Wg HQs on demand from SPFS or directly from CSE Llangennech. They are used as follows: a. RAF Form 3521. Nominal Roll and Results Forms are issued by Wg HQs to Sqns for each examination. Separate Forms 3521 are to be used for each level - Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet Part 1. Nominal rolls are completed by invigilators on the forms at the time of the examination sitting, and are then forwarded with the examination sheets to Wg HQs. After the results have been recorded, Wg HQs are to send the original to HQAC (TG Admin) after taking photocopies for their own and Sqn records. Individual cadet records (including Forms 3521A) are maintained partly from the information on the Form 3521. b. RAF Form 3521A. ATC Examination Record Cards are issued by Wg HQs to Sqns for every cadet who becomes a First Class Cadet. The information recorded on the Form 3521A includes examination passes and details of project work for progress through the classification system. The Form is sent to Wg HQ for the authorisation of reclassifications. The Form 3521A is maintained throughout a cadet's ATC service; thus, if a cadet transfers to another sqn, the Form 3521A is also transferred. ELIGIBILITY CHECKS AT WING HQs 21-7 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 26. Before marking examination papers, Wg HQs are to check the eligibility of candidates and disqualify where appropriate. Further details are at Annex E. AUTHORISATIONS 27. When a cadet has qualified, the Wg HQ is to authorise the classification and take further action as described at Annex F. BADGES, LANYARDS AND CERTIFICATES 28. Badges, lanyards and certificates will be issued by Wg HQs when authorising classifications. Badges and lanyards are obtained from RAF supply sources and are held in stock by Wg HQs. Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet Certificates of Training are obtained from HQAC (TG Admin Ext 7621) and are held in stock by ACRHQs and Wg HQs. SUMMARY OF ACTION 29. For ease of reference, a summary of action is listed at Annex G. TRANSFERS FROM CCF (RAF) 30. Cadets transferring from the CCF(RAF) may be granted the classifications of Leading or Senior Cadet in recognition of certain CCF(RAF) achievements. In general, the CCF(RAF) Proficiency Part 2 equates to Leading Cadet, and the CCF(RAF) Advanced Training Certificate equates to a partial pass at Senior Cadet. A second subject from the Senior cadet examinations (see para 12) must be passed to complete the academic training but CCF(RAF) training might have covered the necessary project work. 31. Provided the Sqn Cdr is satisfied that the cadet's age and experience are suitable, an application for the grant of Leading Cadet or partial pass to Senior Cadet may be made to the Wg HQ for the classification to be approved. Details of CCF(RAF) examinations passed must be given. Annexes: A. Instructions to Invigilating Board Presidents. B. ATC Classification Examinations - Waiver for RAF Entry. C. Demand for Examination Papers. D. Treatment and Security of Examination Papers. E. Eligibility Checks and Disqualification s at Wg HQs. F. Authorisations. G. Summary of Action. 21-8 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 21-9 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 ANNEX A ATC EXAMINATIONS HQ AC INSTRUCTIONS TO INVIGILATING BOARD PRESIDENT 1. Introduction. Thank you for taking on this important task. Please study these instructions before examination starts in good time to brief the member(s) of your Board and to check and adjust (where necessary), conditions in the examination room (see para 3). The minimum number for the Boards is yourself and one member. Before you proceed further, please check the Postscript area overleaf for any late changes to instructions. 2. Security of Documents. Check that the envelope containing the examination papers is correctly sealed when you receive it. If it is not, contact WHQs. Open the envelope in the examination room in the presence of the candidates. Seal the documents in the return envelope(s) immediately after the examination. 3. Examination Room. Ensure that no posters, diagrams or any other details that might be relevant to the subjects being tested are exhibited in the examination room. Arrange the seats to be as far apart as the available space will permit. Have a stock of scrap paper to hand. See that a list of subject titles (see the label on the sealed envelope) is displayed where cadets can see it. 4. Conduct of Examination. Arrange with the Sqn Cdr for cadets to report to you in the examination room 10 minutes before the start. Check that each cadet has his or her own Form 3521A and then collect the forms. Brief the candidates as follows: a. Any textbooks, notebooks, notes and diagrams which you may have with you are to be handed in before the examination starts. b. You must not communicate with other candidates during the examination. c. The only equipment you may use is a pen or ball-point. The ink must be black or blue, pencils must not be used. Scrap paper for rough calculations is not normally needed but it is available from the invigilators on request. d. Make sure you write your Name and Initials, Date of Examination, Date of Birth, Squadron Number and Wing at the top of your examination paper. e. You will have 30 minutes for each subject. So for the full Leading Cadet paper you have 90 minutes, but for the Senior or Staff Cadet paper you have 60 minutes. For one subject, as when completing a partial pass, you have 30 minutes. f. On the examination papers look at the boxes identified by numbers 1 to 25 and the letters A, B, C and D. After reading the question and answers carefully, you must choose 21-A-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 the answer which you think is correct and place X in the corresponding square on the examination paper. g. Only one X for each question is allowed. To change any answer, you cancel your X by drawing a small ring closely around it, thus: a. To provide aerodynamic braking. b. X To exercise hydraulic systems. c. To absorb landing shocks. d.? To improve life on final approach. and then insert a new X in your final choice of square. (PRESIDENT: PLEASE ILLUSTRATE THIS TO THE CADETS). h. If you are stuck on a question, leave it and get on with the rest then return to it if you have time. j. If you finish early and wish to leave before the end of the permitted time, hand in your paper and leave quietly. I shall tell you all when each 30 minute period ends, and I shall also warn you when there are 10 minutes left for each period. Any Questions? 5. Issue and Identification of Papers. Open the seal envelope and examination papers. When issued tell cadets to start. 6. Completion. Collect all the examination papers at the end of the appropriate periods. Prepare RAF Forms 3521 (Nominal Roll and Results Form) in accordance with the instructions on the reserve of the form. Complete the certificate on the reverse of the Form 3521, place all the Forms 3521, Form 3521A and the examination papers in the envelope provided, seal it before leaving the examination room, and dispatch the envelope to WHQs without delay. Post Script (This space is for the late notices or instructions from HQ AC or WHQs where needed). 21-A-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 ATC CLASSIFICATION EXAMINATIONS - WAIVER FOR RAF ENTRY ANNEX B 1. A waiver of the requirement to hold a pass in GCSE Physics at grade C or better may be granted where appropriate to candidates for non-commissioned service (see Note 1), provided they: a. Have been appointed Senior or Staff Cadet (see Note 2), and b. Have passed the ATC classification examinations in at least 2 of the following subjects (see Note 3): (1) Airframes (ACP 33 Vol 4) (2) Advanced Radio and Radar (ACP 35 Vol 3) (3) Propulsion (ACP 33 Vol 3) 2. Any cadet or former cadet wishing to take advantage of this waiver must, when applying for RAF entry, inform the RAF authority to which he or she is applying. That authority (normally the CIO or OASC) will ask HQAC for verification of the candidate's ATC examination record, and will require the date or dates of the award of the Senior Badge and, where appropriate the Staff Cadet Badge. It is essential, therefore, that these dates are correctly recorded in the RAF Forms 3822 (Record of ATC Service) and that the candidate is able to produce his or her Form 3822. 3. The award of a waiver will not absolve candidates from the requirement to pass the normal technical tests appropriate to their choice of trade. Notes: 1. This waiver was introduced primarily for entry as Direct Engineering Technician, but candidates for other forms of non-commissioned entry (eg as NCO aircrew) may also qualify. 2. A Senior Cadet who has not been appointed Staff Cadet because he or she either has not passed the Staff Cadet Part 2, or has obtained only a partial pass at Part 1, will nevertheless qualify for a waiver if the requirement at sub-para 1b has been met. 3. A Senior Cadet who needs one subject to qualify for a waiver which is needed imminently because of an application for RAF entry, may apply to Wg HQ through the Sqn Cdr for an individual examination sitting. 21-B-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 ANNEX C To: HQ... Wg From: No... (...) Squadron Examination Date:... REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION PAPERS ACP Vol Subject 32 2 Basic Navigation 33 2 Principles of Flight 34 2 Airmanship II No of Question Papers Leading Senior Staff 32 3 Air Navigation 33 3 Propulsion 34 3 Aircraft Handling 35 3 Advanced Radio & Radar 32 4 Pilot Navigation 33 4 Airframes 34 4 Operational Flying 35 4 Satellite Comms... (Signature)... (Name in Capitals)...... (Rank/Appt)...... (Date) 21-C-1 AL 2

20A ACP ACTI NO 21 ACTION BY WG HQ TREATMENT AND SECURITY OF EXAMINATION PAPERS ANNEX D 1. On receipt of the requests from sqns for examination papers (Annex C), Wg HQs will forward examination papers to each sqn in sealed envelopes clearly marked: "ATC EXAMINATION PAPERS - TO BE OPENED BY THE INVIGILATING OFFICER IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CANDIDATES" 2. The envelope will have a list of contents. The top right corner of the envelope will be cut off so that the contents can be checked. All question papers will be on white paper and the title will be printed clearly in the top right corners. 3. The sealed envelopes containing question papers and answer sheets will be posted in time to reach sqns at least 7 days before the date of the examination, along with: a. An RAF Form 3521 (Nominal Roll and Results Form) for each classification category. b. HQAC instructions to invigilators (see Annex A). c. An envelope addressed to Wg HQ for the return of answer papers, Forms 3521 and Forms 3521A. 4. Immediately on receipt, Sqn Cdrs are to: a. Check the contents of the sealed envelope carefully by reference to subject titles seen at the cut-off corner. b. Check that the separate documents named at sub-paras 3a to c above are present. c. Inform Wg HQ of any errors. 5. Sqn cdrs are to store the sealed envelope and the other documents in a safe place until the examination date. On that date they are to hand the envelope and the other documents, plus the Forms 3521A of cadets taking examinations, to the President of the Invigilating Board. ACTION BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE SQN INVIGILATING BOARD 6. On receipt of the sealed envelope, the President of the Invigilating Board is to check the contents through the cut-off corner (see para 2 above). The President is then to follow the 21-D-1 AL 2

20A ACP ACTI NO 21 instructions (Annex A) for the handling of papers and conduct of the examination, as supplied to him with the papers. 21-D-2 AL 2

20A ACP ACTI NO 21 ACTION BY WG HQ AND MARKING OFFICER 7. On receipt of the papers from the President, the Wg HQ is to: a. Check for eligibility and remove the Forms 3521A and answer sheets of ineligible cadets for return to squadrons (see Annex E for full details of eligibility and disqualification). b. Retain RAF Forms 3521A of eligible cadets in readiness for authorisation on receipt of the results from the marking officer. c. With a single line and without obliterating the names, score out the names of ineligible cadets on the Forms 3521. d. For each sqn separate the examination papers into the 3 categories (Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet), and attach corresponding Forms 3521 to the examination papers (using paper clips and not staples). e. Arrange the papers into numerical order of Sqns, within each of the 3 categories. f. For candidates who already have a partial pass, check that the marks obtained in the subject(s) previously passed have been entered on the Forms 3521 by the Board President. g. Pass the examination papers, marking grids and Forms 3521 to the marking officer as soon as possible and not later than 7 days after the exam date. 8. The marking officer is to mark the papers, enter the results on Forms 3521 and return all examination papers, marking grids and Forms 3521 to Wg HQ not later than 21 days after the examination date. 9. On receipt of the results from the marking officer, Wg HQs are to take 2 photocopies of each Form 3521 (one for Sqn records and one for Wg records) as soon as possible and not later than 28 days after the examination date, Wg HQs are to post the original copies of Forms 3521 to HQAC (TG Admin). Within a further 7 days they are to authorise all passes and issue badges, certificates and lanyards (see Annex F for full details of how to authorise and promulgate passes). The examination papers are to be retained at WHQs for a minimum of one year. 21-D-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 INTRODUCTION ELIGIBILITY CHECKS AND DISQUALIFICATIONS AT WG HQs ANNEX E 1. After examinations, Wg HQs are to check the eligibility of cadets as soon as they receive the examination papers, Forms 3521 and Forms 3521A. They are to disqualify ineligible cadets before passing the papers to the marking officer. The eligibility rules are given at paras 6 to 9 of this ACTI, and this annex describes the associated checks. In circumstances not covered here, HQAC (TG1) should be consulted. A further check of eligibility will be made when answer papers reach HQAC. AGE 2. The cadet's age is stated on the Staff Cadet Part 1 answer sheet and on RAF Form 3521A. Check that cadets sitting the Staff Cadet Part 1 examination have reached the age of 15 years and 6 months. SUBJECTS TAKEN IN THE EXAMINATION 3. Where a cadet is completing a partial pass, check that the subject offered is not one that has already been passed. 4. At all levels, check that the subjects offered are from the appropriate ACP and Volume. 5. For cadets attempting re-classification to Senior Cadet, check that at least one of the subjects taken is "Air Navigation" or "Aircraft Handling". 6. Should a cadet sit too many subjects, the circumstances are to be reported to HQAC (TG3) for a ruling. PASS AT PREVIOUS CLASSIFICATION 7. Check that the cadet's appointment to the previous classification has been properly recorded on Form 3521A. If it has not, check your own or sqn records, and disqualify if the cadet did not properly achieve the previous classification. PROJECT TRAINING 8. Certificate. Check that the project training certificate on the reverse of Form 3521A shows at least 25 hours of training for the stage in question, and that the projects were valid (see para 9). Disqualify if the project work is invalid or does not amount to 25 hours. 9. Validity. In assessing the validity of project training note that: 21-E-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 a. Subjects already in the ATC syllabus (eg drill, shooting, aircraft knowledge, local citizenship training) cannot also be submitted as project training unless taken in greater depth than required by the syllabus. Examples of suitable depth include continuity drill, aircraft knowledge scrap books or photograph albums and practical first aid studied under qualified instructors. b. Welfare matters such as running the squadron canteen are not within the spirit or intention of project training. c. Sqn maintenance should not be the sole project undertaken by all cadets of a sqn at all stages of their training. DISQUALIFICATION 10. On disqualifying a cadet, the Wg HQ is to: a. With a single line, and without obliterating the name, score out the name of the cadet from the Form 3521. b. State the reason for the disqualification, as briefly as possible. c. Inform the sqn concerned by any convenient means and return the cadet's Form 3521A to the sqn. d. Retain the answer paper for 6 weeks to allow time for any appeal. ACTION AFTER MARKING 11. When the papers have been marked, Wg HQs are to send the original copy of each Form 3521 to HQAC (TG Admin). Percentage checks will be made to monitor marking standards by (TG Admin) by calling for a quantity of examination papers from the WHQs 21-E-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 ANNEX F AUTHORISATIONS 1. Wg HQs are responsible for transferring examination results from Forms 3521 onto Forms 3521A and for follow-up action as described below. 2. Authorisation of Leading, Senior and Staff Cadet Part 1 Passes. After the marking officers have recorded the results of HQAC examinations on Forms 3521, Wg HQs are to: a. Enter details of passes on Forms 3521A and complete the authorisation columns where appropriate. b. Return Forms 3521A to sqns, along with photocopies of their Forms 3521. c. Send original copies of Forms 3521 to HQ AC (TG Admin). 3. Badges and Certificates. For full passes at Leading and Senior Cadet, Wg HQs are to forward the badges and certificates to Sqns along with the Forms 3521A. For full passes at Staff Cadet Part 1, Wg HQs are to forward lanyards and certificates only for those cadets who have previously passed Part 2 and whose Forms 3521A pass the ratification process described at para 4 below. For cadets who still have to pass Part 2, lanyards and certificates are to be forwarded as and when the Part 2 is passed and the Staff Cadet appointment ratified. 4. Staff Cadet Appointments. On a cadet's successful completion of both Part 1 and Part 2 of the Staff Cadet examinations, Wg HQs are to scrutinise Form 3521A as follows: a. Examinations. Check that all examinations have been correctly authorised - and in particular that: (1) The marks gained in each subject and the total marks have been entered on the Form 3521A. b. Project Training. Check that the project training recorded on the reverse of the Form 3521A amounts to at least 25 hours for each stage and that the projects were valid (see Annex E para 9). c. Eligibility. Ensure that the eligibility criteria listed on the Form 3521A have been checked by the Sqn Cdr and that the Sqn Cdr has signed to that effect. When a Form 3521A does not pass scrutiny, the Wg HQ is to advise the Sqn as to how the matter may be rectified; HQ AC (TG1) is to be consulted in cases of doubt. When a Form 3521A passes scrutiny, with minimum delay the Wg HQ is to: d. Send a Staff Cadet lanyard and Certificate of Training (see para 28 of this ACTI) to the Sqn. 21-F-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 e. Post the completed Form 3521A to HQAC (TG Admin). After entering details in HQAC records, HQAC (TG Admin) will return the Form 3521A to Wg HQ. 5. Promulgation. The return of the completed Forms 3521A to the Sqns by Wg HQ is promulgation of the results of the HQAC examinations. Staff Cadet appointments are promulgated by the issue of the lanyard. 21-F-2 AL 2

SUMMARY OF ACTION - LEADING, SENIOR AND STAFF CADET EXAMINATIONS ACP 20A ACTI NO 21 ANNEX G Ser No Action By (see Note 1) Timing (BED = "before exam date") Action References 1 Wg HQ At own discretion Publish Wg exam dates to sqns Para 4 2 Wg HQ At own discretion Request examination papers from HQAC (10 days notice) Para 20 3 Wg HQ 42 days BED Remind sqns of exam date and the date for Ser No 4 action. 4 Sqn Cdr 28 days BED Check eligible cadets and notify exam papers needed Paras 6 to 14, 21, 23 5 Wg HQ 21 days BED Nominate examination centres and invigilating boards Para 5 6 Wg HQ At own discretion Assemble exam documents in sqn packages Annex D, paras 1 to 3 7 Wg HQ 10 days BED Send exam documents to Sqn Cdrs Para 28, Annex D, para 3 8 Sqn Cdr On receipt Check exam documents Annex D, para 4 9 See Note 2 Exam date Prepare exam centre Annex A, para 3 10 Sqn Cdr Exam date Re-check eligibility of cadets, particularly of those not eligible at the time of Ser No 4 Paras 6 to 14 11 Sqn Cdr Exam date Ensure all cadets concerned are in the exam room 10 minutes before time, each with black or blue pen or ballpoint and a completed F3521A (including partial pass marks where appropriate) 12 Invig Pres Exam date Conduct the examination and post all necessary documents to Wg HQ 13 Wg HQ On receipt of exam papers and Forms 3521/3521A 14 Wg HQ ASAP, and not more than 7 days AED 15 Wg Marking Officer ASAP, and not more than 21 days AED 16 Wg HQ On receipt of Forms 3521 and marked papers 17 Wg HQ ASAP, and not more than 28 days AED 18 Wg HQ ASAP, and not more than 35 days AED 19 Wg HQ Whenever both parts of Staff Cadet exams are completed Carry out post-exam actions: a. Check eligibility of cadets b. Checks subjects taken c. Disqualify where appropriate d. Arrange papers by classification and in numerical order of sqns Deliver all Forms 3521 (amended to show any disqualifications) and the examinaiton papers for eligible cadets to the marking officer Mark exam papers; enter results in Form 3521; return all papers, marking grids and Forms 3521 to Wg HQ Record results and authorise re-classifications on Forms 3521A Paras 23, 24 Annex A, para 4 Annex A in toto Annex E, paras 1 to 10 Annex D, para 7 Para 21 Annex E, para 10 Annex D, para 7 Paras 16 to 19 Annex D, para 8 Annex F Post originals of Forms 3521 to HQAC Annex D, para 9 Promulgate results by sending Forms 3521A and photocopy of Form 3521 to sqns; issue badges, certificates and lanyards as appropriate Check validity of project work and all exam results Check eligibility for Staff Cadet appointment. Complete Form 3521A and send to HQAC (TG Admin) Issue lanyard and Certificate of Training to Sqn Annex D, para 9 and Annex F, paras 3 to 5 Annex E, para 9 Annex F, para 4 Para 9 Annex F, para 4 Annex F, para 4 20 HQAC (TG Admin) Subsequent to Ser No 19 Return F3521A to Sqn via Wg HQ Annex F, para 4 Notes: 1. In general the necessary action should be completed before, rather than on, the date given in the "Timing" column. 21-G-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 21 2. At Ser No 10, action is by the Sqn Cdr where a Sqn HQ is nominated as an examination centre; where the centre is elsewhere, Wg HQ is to nominate an officer for the necessary action. 21-G-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 22 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 22 GROUND TRAINING HAZARD FROM LUMINISED ARTICLES 1. In the past, many aircraft parts - including instruments, emergency handles, switches, switch guards, parachute and dinghy stowage, etc - and also items used on the ground such as radios and compasses, were luminised with radio-active compounds. These give rise to radiation hazards which could exceed permitted safe levels either by emission or, through equipment deterioration, by loose particles being ingested. 2. Sqn and DF Cdrs are personally responsible for informing Wg HQs of any holdings of luminised equipment, so that radiation safety teams from parent RAF stations can be asked to check them. Where luminous material is found to be hazardous, the equipment will be taken away by the radiation safety team for disposal. Where equipment is part of a vital training aid such as a Link trainer, a case for its retention may be made to HQAC through Wg HQs; meanwhile, the training aid is out of bounds to all personnel. Dispensation would be on condition that the parts coated with hazardous paint would be replaced and, meanwhile, a controlled area with restricted and recorded entry is to be set up around the training aid. 22-1

ACTI NO 23 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 23 THE NATIONAL RECORD OF ACHIEVEMENT 1. The National Record of Achievement (NRA) encourages young people to take an active part in their own training and development and gives potential employers and educators the necessary information, suitably endorsed, in the form of a convenient and comprehensible record. A progressive summary of the achievements and experiences of an individual throughout their education, training and working life is contained in a hard backed folder (issued initially to each 5th year student in secondary education). 2. ATC activities can contribute significantly towards the worth of an individual and cadets need to put such details into their NRAs. The standard insert dealing with achievements and experiences outside school is too small to allow reasonable coverage of the full spread of Corps activities. Teachers involved with NRA entries are not usually in a position to judge the value of ATC service. The responsibility therefore lies with Sqn Cdrs to make sure the achievements and experiences of the cadets are properly recorded in NRAs. For this purpose, a specialised ATC insert has been produced which is available from Wg HQs or direct from HQAC (TG Admin). 3. The ATC insert entries should be completed routinely to record cadet achievements. Paper copies should be used to draft entries before final typing on the card inserts and authorisation by Sqn Cdrs. The ATC inserts should be completed in final type and passed to the cadet normally only for transitions in education or employment or on leaving the Corps. Entries should be made after consultations between cadets and their sqn/df adults nominated by Sqn Cdrs.. Staff of Wg HQs are to monitor standards as directed by ACRHQs so that cadets gain the maximum potential value from their ATC inserts in NRAs. 23-1

ACTI NO 24 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 24 NATIONAL VOCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS (NVQ) 1. NVQs were introduced in 1990 to provide the opportunity of gaining a national qualification of a vocational nature involving academic study but also recognising skills and competencies both at work and outside the workplace. The purpose of this Instruction is to advise senior cadets and adult staff in the Corps of the potential benefit of their ATC service towards the gaining of NVQs. 2. NVQs are achieved through Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) which allows individuals to use their ATC training and experiences, for instance, as evidence for Elements towards NVQ Units. The NVQ itself would normally be instigated through an employer. NVQs are set at 5 levels from 1 to 5. It is difficult to equate these levels directly to well known academic qualifications eg Advanced (A) level or university degree, but levels 2/3 broadly equate to A/AS standard and levels 4/5 to a professional/degree qualification. A typical NVQ would have between 5 and 10 Units depending on the level and candidates may acquire individual Units without pursuing the full NVQ; in these circumstances they are awarded a Certificate of Accreditation to count towards a full NVQ later. A Unit is typically divided into 6 or 7 Elements to break the work down into smaller activities/skills and each Element is further divided into Performance Criteria (PCs) specifying actions that require successful completion. 3. NVQs are based around an occupational area and, as such, there is not an NVQ dedicated to the broad range of skills and competencies practised in the ATC. However, certain skills/practises undertaken during ATC activities would equate to some Elements of an occupational NVQ. Examples are: - NVQ Level 3 - Training and Development. The teaching and instruction of cadets on sqns and the formal Instructional Technique (IT) training given at ACTC could qualify towards an Element within that standard. - NVQ Level 3 - Sport and Recreation. Outdoor activity courses sponsored through the Corps PEdO. Mountainwalking Leader Training Scheme, Community Sports Leader Award and Basic Expedition Training Award are examples of the standards which contribute to the Sport and Recreation (Outdoor Education) NVQ Level 3. - NVQ Level 3 Supervisory Management. Applies to those who have a supervisory management role recognising practical competence, knowledge and an understanding of management processes. Some Elements of this qualification could apply to many in the Corps who manage and supervise. 4. Anyone contemplating the gaining of an NVQ should consider utilising their skills/competencies acquired in the ATC. Advice as to how this may be achieved is available from the Air Cadets Training Centre (ACTC) of HQ Air Cadets, RAF College Cranwell (RAFTN 95751), Tel No: 01400-261201 Ext 6212/6240. 24-1

24-2

ACTI NO 31 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 31 AIR EXPERIENCE FLIGHTS 1. Air Experience Flights (AEFs) are established as part of University Air Squadrons (UASs) to provide powered flying for Air Cadets at home base and during detachments to RAF stations, particularly during Easter and Summer Camps. UASs and hence the AEFs are under the command and control of the DEFT (RAF). Wgs are affiliated to the AEFs as shown in Annex A. CADET ELIGIBILITY 2. Age. Not less than 13 years 3 months. 3. Qualification. Second Class cadet (enrolled and in uniform) or above and with passes in the First Class examination syllabus in Airmanship, Map Reading and Communications as a minimum. 4. Record of Service (RAF F3822). This record must be completed by the Sqn Cdr to show that the person with parental responsibility has given consent for the cadet to fly in the air experience category. 5. Medical Fitness. a. No certificate of fitness is required unless any of the following medical conditions are present or have been experienced: (1) Chest or Heart Conditions. Not mild chest infections but any history of chest or heart problems, including wheezing, asthma or bronchitis. (2) Epilepsy. (3) Loss of Consciousness or Blackouts. Including a history of fainting episodes. (4) Ear and Sinus Problems. (5) Diabetes. (6) Severe Headaches. (7) Major Illness or Injury. (8) Any Condition Requiring Regular Medication. (9) Any Condition Resulting in a General Anaesthetic. 31-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 31 (10) Any Condition which may affect Swift and Successful Evacuation of the Aircraft in an Emergency. b. Any medical query must be referred through the cadet's Sqn Cdr to HQ AC (GL2) who will seek RAF Medical Authority advice. Initial queries should ideally contain: (1) A medical report from the cadet's doctor with a history of the condition and the treatment or medication required. (2) Consent by the person with parental responsibility or by cadets over 16 years of age for the cadet's doctor to be approached for further information as necessary. 6. Cadet Weight Requirements. The passenger weight limitations are based on parachute considerations and are as follows: a. Minimum mass for Bulldog Mk 72 parachute, fully clothed but without parachute is 40 kg. (This is derived from a minimum nude mass of 35 kg). b. Maximum mass for Bulldog Mk 63 parachute, fully clothed but without parachute, is 108 kg. (This is derived from a maximum mass with parachute of 115 kg). c. Mass for Tutor EB85 parachute, fully clothed but without parachute is between 35 and 114 kg. AEF VISIT PREPARATION 7. Bookings. AEF Cdrs will arrange Sqn visits to AEFs through Wg HQs. The AEF flying programme is a combination of bringing the serviceable aircraft, volunteer pilots, cadets and their escorts and suitable weather together at one time. Any failure of one of these factors can result in lost flying opportunities and considerable expense. Once arrangements are made, Sqn Cdrs must inform Wg HQs if places cannot be filled and the AEF Cdr by telephone if the shortfall is at short notice. Conversely, the AEF Cdr will inform all parties concerned if flying has to be cancelled. Sqn Cdrs should then liaise with Wg HQs to make further visit arrangements. 8. Briefings. Cadets must at least be familiar with: a. Airmanship aspects of flying to First Class standard. b. The Air Experience Syllabus which is used for the airborne tuition of cadets. (1) The exercises of the Syllabus are designed for intensive cadet flying operations where the pilot establishes the cadet's flying experience while taxying out and debriefs while taxying in. The objective is for the cadet to handle the controls and to fly the aircraft (not below a height of 500 ft) as much as possible while airborne. 31-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 31 (2) The Syllabus is at Annex B which shows the small pro forma on which cadets record their experience to date and the exercises for the flight (Part 1). This pro forma is handed to the pilot on entering the aircraft and is handed back to the cadet after the flight with Part 2 completed by the pilot. At some AEFs, this procedure may be slightly different but the cadets' flying requirements and achievements should still be met. c. The Bulldog Air Experience Flying Video. This covers the basic procedures and emergencies for flight in the Bulldog aircraft. Cadets must have seen and understood this video within 7 days of the planned flight. The video will be shown as a matter of routine during an AEF visit but all Wg HQs have a copy for loan to Sqns in order to acquaint cadets with the content before a visit. A Tutor version will be available in the near future. d. Clothing Requirements for AEF Flights. Flying clothing will be provided and fitted by the AEF. Cadets are to be briefed that they are not to wear clothing manufactured largely from nylon or other man-made materials under the flying coveralls. Normal cadet uniform is satisfactory for wear under the flying coveralls. e. Air Experience Flying Programme Sheet. The ATC sqn cdr is to raise an Air Experience Flying Programme Sheet and is to ensure that columns (a) to (h) are completed. He is then to pass the sheet to the adult escort for final completion at the AEF. Copies of the flying programme sheet printed on card are available from ATC Wg HQ or from HQAC (GLAO) Ext 7614. ESCORT DUTIES 9. General. Escorts are appointed for each AEF visit to accompany and supervise their cadets. They may be RAFVR(T) officers, adult WOs, civilian gliding instructors, civilian instructors, honorary ATC chaplains or cadet SNCOs aged 18 years or over provided they are competent and willing and the party does not exceed 15 in number. Cadet escorts are always to have an adult member of sqn staff on call throughout their period of duty. Escorts are eligible for air experience flights provided the achievement of the cadet flying programme will not be affected. 10. Before Flying. Escorts must check each cadet: a. Is eligible for the flight. b. Is in possession of their RAF F3822 (Record of Service Book). c. Is properly briefed. d. Is fit for the flight. Para 5 action should be complete, if required, and authority obtained. Cadets must be alert, and not dizzy, listless, or over-tired. Sinuses should not be blocked as the result of a cold. The current use of medication, bandage or plaster should be brought to the attention of the AEF Cdr who will make the final decision on fitness for flying. 31-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 31 11. During Flying. Escorts are to: a. Pass RAF Forms 3822 to the AEF Cdr for signature after cadets have flown. b. Complete the cadet passenger manifest. c. Arrange, with advice from the AEF cdr, completion of the Air Experience Flying Programme Sheet. 12. After Flying. Escorts are to return the completed Air Experience Flying Programme Sheet to the ATC sqn cdr who is then to forward a copy to the Wg HQ. Annexes: A. Location of AEFs and Affiliation to Wgs. B. Air Experience Pro Forma (for completion on each cadet flight). C. Air Experience Flying Programme Sheet. 31-4 AL 2

ACTI NO 31 ANNEX A LOCATION OF AEFs AND AFFILIATION TO WINGS AIR EXPERIENCE FLIGHT AFFILIATED WINGS 1 AEF St Athan 2 AEF Boscombe Down 3 AEF Colerne (1) No 3 Welsh Dorset & Wilts Hants & IOW Surrey Sussex No 1 Welsh No 3 Welsh Bristol & Gloucester Devon & Somerset Dorset & Wilts Plymouth & Cornwall 4 AEF Glasgow (2) 5 AEF Wyton 5 AEF (Manston Detachment) 6 AEF Benson (3) 7 AEF Newton Glasgow & W Scotland Northern Ireland (5) Beds & Cambs East Essex Herts & Bucks Middlesex Norfolk & Suffolk West Essex Kent London Sussex ATC Overseas (including Channel Islands) Herts & Bucks London Middlesex Surrey Sussex Thames Valley Beds & Cambs South & East Midlands Trent 31-A-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 31 AIR EXPERIENCE FLIGHT AFFILIATED WINGS 8 AEF Cosford 9 AEF Church Fenton No 2 Welsh No 3 Welsh Staffordshire Warwick & Birmingham West Mercian Central & East Yorks South & West Yorkshire 10 AEF Woodvale 11 AEF Leeming 12 AEF Leuchars (3) No 2 Welsh Cumbria & North Lancashire East Cheshire & South Manchester East Lancashire Merseyside Central & East Yorks Cumbria & North Lancashire Durham & Northumberland Aberdeen & NE Scotland Dundee & Central Scotland Edinburgh & South Scotland Highland Notes 1. Includes detachments to Exeter and St Mawgan. 2. Includes detachments to Prestwick. 3. Includes detachments to Kinloss, etc. 4. Where a wing is affiliated to more than one AEF, the percentage split will be determined annually by HQAC prior to the start of the financial year. 5. For overall tasking purposes only. Northern Ireland cadets will fly, primarily, during Easter and Summer camps. 31-A-2 AL 2

AIR EXPERIENCE PRO FORMA FOR COMPLETION ON EACH CADET FLIGHT OBVERSE REVERSE SUMMARY OF AIR EXPERIENCE AIR EXPERIENCE FLIGHTS ACP 20A ACTI No 31 ANNEX B PART 1 - to be completed by cadet and handed to pilot before flight. Cadet s Name... My Bulldog experience to date is... flights; total... hrs... mins I have completed the exercises marked in the boxes overleaf. Special requests for this flight:......... PART II - to be completed by pilot after flight (cadet retains form). On... the cadet completed the following exercise(s):... (Initials) EX 1 - FAMILIARISATION a. Introduction to the cockpit b. How to read heading, height and airspeed c. Use of horizon for visual flying. d. Following through on the controls. EX 2 - EFFECTS OF CONTROLS (1) a. On straight and level flight b. Maintaining level flight EX 3 - TURNING Using about 20 of bank EX 4 - EFFECTS OF CONTROLS (2) a. Changes of power b. Elevator trimmer EX 5 - AEROBATICS a. How to loop the aircraft b. Other aerobatics EX 6 - PILOT NAVIGATION 31-B-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 31 31-A-2 AL 2

AEF FLYING PROGRAMME SHEET INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE 1. OC ATC Sqn/OIC CCF (RAF) Section. The OC is to ensure the form is completed at columns a to h before it is handed to the officer or adult in charge of the party of cadets. After the form is returned to him on completion of the AEF, the OC is to feed back to the AEF any comments (good or bad) about the flying or the visit. The OC should also find out why any cadets failed to attend after having their names put on the list. The completed form is to be retained for the Annual Report and a copy is to be forwarded to the Wg HQ or CCF Liaison Officer.. 2. Officer or Adult in Charge of Party. The officer or adult in charge of the party travelling to the AEF is to use the form for roll calls and is to amend it as necessary. He is to liaise with the AEF Cdr on arrival, make arrangements for completion of columns i to k during the day, collect the form on departure, and return it to the OC ATC Sqn or CCF (RAF) Section. 3. OIC AEF. The OC AEF or a deputy is to make arrangements so that columns i to k can be completed by the Officer or Adult in Charge of the Party or by another individual such as an AEF flight staff cadet. 4. Details for completing the form are as follows: Column a. Column b. Column c. Column d. Column e. Show first name and surname. Show cadet class (eg Leading Cadet) or adult rank or class (eg Fg Off/ CI/etc) Show age in years. Check that the F3822 or B/Cadets 2 (Cadet s Record of Service Book) has been signed for permission to fly, and then initial column d. Tick if the individual has never had an AEF flight before. Column f. Tick if the individual has flown AEF before but not this year. (Note the year starts on 1 Apr and finishes on 31 Mar). Column g. Column h. Column i. Column j. Column k. Column l. Tick if the individual has already flown AEF this year. Tick if adult staff and wishes to fly. Record the pilots name. (If Required) Record the aircraft tail number. (If Required) Record the duration of the flight in minutes. (Mandatory) Comments on the Visit. Provide brief comments, eg curtailed due to bad weather, or transport late to arrive, or shortage of aircraft, etc.. C-2 AL2

AIR EXPERIENCE FLYING PROGRAMME SHEET ACP 20A ACTI NO 31 ANNEX C (Rev 2/99) AEF No AEF Telephone No ATC Sqn and Wg OR Date to Fly Time due to Arrive CCF(RAF) Section 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. TO BE COMPLETED BY THE ATC SQN BEFORE DEPARTURE TO THE AEF First Name and Surname of Cadet or Adult Staff to Fly Class or Rank Age 10 11 12. Record of Service Book Complete Never Flown AEF before Flown before but not this year Already flown this year Adult Staff TO BE COMPLETED AT THE AEF BY THE ACCOMPANYING ADULT Aircraft Duration Pilot s Name Tail of Flight Number (Minutes) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) Signature of OC ATC Sqn or CCF (RAF) Section COMMENTS ON THE VISIT (l) Name and Rank Signature of Accompanying Adult Name (See Instructions for use overleaf) C-1

ACTI NO 32 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 32 GLIDING TRAINING FOR ATC CADETS Reference: A. AP 1919, Chapter 5. INTRODUCTION 1. The regulations for gliding training for cadets are contained in Reference A. This instruction amplifies those regulations. TYPES OF GLIDING TRAINING FOR CADETS 2. Air Experience Gliding (AEG). The aim of Air Experience gliding, also known as Familiarisation, is to provide passenger flying for cadets under the age of 14½; ie those who are not yet old enough for a gliding induction course (GIC), consisting of 3 launches or 20 minutes soaring flight in a winch glider or 20 minutes in a motor glider. Subsequently cadets may also get AEG on an opportunity basis. 3. Gliding Induction Course (GIC). The GIC course consists of approximately 5 launches or 30 minutes soaring flight in a winch glider or 30 minutes in a motor glider for cadets who are 14½ years and above. Cadets aged 15 have priority. The course is dual only and all cadets who complete it receive a certificate. 4. Gliding Scholarship (GS). GIC is a desirable but not essential pre-requisite for selection. Gliding scholarships, potentially culminating in solo flight, will be awarded to cadets who demonstrate to VGS staff and sqn/section cdrs, aptitude for further training and strong motivation to continue with flying training. The target age group will be 16+. Those cadets who have achieved the required standard will be awarded blue wings to show that they have successfully completed the course. A few cadets may be invited to continue to solo level. Cadets who go solo will be awarded silver wings. 5. Advanced Gliding Training (AGT). There are 3 grades of AGT. AGT 1 and 2 may be carried out at VGSs. AGT 2 and AGT 3 is carried out by ACCGS, either at RAF Syerston or at an annual gliding camp at Portmoak in Scotland. The aim of AGT is to provide opportunities for approximately 150 selected cadets each year to undertake training in advance gliding techniques with the prime aim of developing the seed corn for the future staff of VGSs. On successful completion of the AGTI course the cadet will be awarded a certificate and gold wings. These courses are aimed at candidates with an ambition to join the RAF or VGS as a staff member. 32-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 ELIGIBILITY 6. To be eligible for AEG a cadet must: a. Be enrolled and not less than 13 years and 3 months old. b. Have the Parent's/Guardian's Consent to Fly Certificate in RAF Form 3822 signed. c. Meet the medical standard laid down in Annex A. 7. To be eligible for GIC a cadet must: a. Be 14½ years or older, preferably age 15 years. b. Be a First Class Cadet. c. Have the Parent's/Guardian's Consent to Fly Certificate in RAF Form 3822 signed. d. Meet the medical standard laid down in Annex A. 8. To be eligible for GS or AGT a cadet must: SELECTION a. Be aged 16 years or over. b. Be a Leading Cadet (or be ready to sit the next Leading Cadet examinations). c. Have the Parent's/Guardian's Consent to Fly Certificate in RAF Form 3822 signed. d. Pass the medical examination as required in Annex A. 9. ATC sqn cdrs should take into account the following guidelines when selecting a cadet for gliding experience or training: a. Motivation. The cadet must have a genuine wish to undertake gliding experience or training. This is particularly important in the case of GS when a first solo is in prospect. It is a mistake to pressure a cadet who is not keen, or is too nervous. Lack of interest makes gliding training difficult and is a de-motivator for VGS staff and other cadets. b. Knowledge. For all levels of training above GIC, cadets have to have passed examinations in principles of flight and aircraft operations to have achieved the appropriate rank. Often this knowledge has been forgotten or is very rusty and the VGS staff have to spend time re-teaching the basic principles of flight. Simple revision beforehand is very beneficial and saves valuable time which can be spent in the air. 32-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 c. Mental Skill and Physique. The cadet must have sufficient command of the English language and be bright enough to absorb flying instruction, bearing in mind that verbal communication in the air can be difficult. Flight safety can be compromised if the cadet is of low mentality and unable to understand and act upon instructions in an emergency. A small number of cadets lack the appropriate mental skills and should not be selected. For AEG and GIC, the problem of cadets who are possibly mentally or physically unsuitable for gliding training needs very careful handling. This category should only be excluded if flight safety is affected as the emphasis is on the experience with a qualified pilot at the controls. Discreet discussion with the OC VGS should enable a sensible decision to be made. There are certain physical criteria which affect selection of cadets for training in the different types of glider. Guidelines are set out in Annex B. If a sqn cdr is in doubt about a cadet's physical or mental suitability, advice is to be obtained from ACCGS or the VGS concerned at an early stage. In particular, the demoralising situation whereby cadets are selected and sent to a VGS and are then found to be physically or mentally unsuitable for gliding must be avoided. d. Ability to Attend. The cadet must be capable of travelling to the gliding school, and in the case of weekend GS, be able to promise regular attendance for a period of 4 to 6 weekends. A cadet who fails to attend a training course wastes resources and deprives other cadets of valuable gliding opportunities. Factors to be considered are: (1) Distance to the VGS from the cadet's home, available means of travel and cost (see ACP 300, Admin Instruction 308, Annex L), and whether the cadet can stay overnight. (2) Educational commitments, particularly forthcoming exams. (3) Work commitments and part-time jobs. (4) Holidays, annual camps and social distractions. (5) Other Corps commitments. e. Authorisation. Parents or guardians consent is essential. The appropriate entry in F3822, Record of Service Book, should be checked well ahead of the day.. f. Medical. For GS and AGT, the Form 6424 must be obtained and completed in good time so that any queries can be resolved before the course starts. Form 6424 lasts for 2 years and should, therefore, be obtained well in advance of the course start date. g. Summary. Careful selection and preparation of cadets improves the training and the utilisation of valuable gliding resources. Early discussion between the ATC sqn cdr and the WGLO is essential to enable any problem to be resolved in good time. 32-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 ALLOCATION OF TRAINING PLACES 10. Responsibility for Allocation. a. Weekend AEG, GIC and GS are all arranged directly between VGSs and their affiliated Wgs and CCF Sections. b. Continuous courses run by VGSs in school holiday periods are primarily for the CCF and places will be allocated by HQAC. When the CCF allocation has been met, HQAC will notify ACRHQs and the VGS concerned how many remaining places can be offered to their affiliated Wgs. c. GS and AGT courses run by ACCGS are controlled through HQAC. Cadets from ATC sqns in Germany, and Cyprus are normally trained at ACCGS. Note that ACCGS can almost always accept girl cadets. 11. Wg Gliding Liaison Officers (WGLOs). VGSs are tasked by HQAC to offer the units they serve a predetermined number of AEG, GIC and GS places each year. Each Wg is to appoint one or more WGLOs whose responsibility it is to ensure that eligible cadets are ready and available to take up these training places. The Terms of Reference of the WGLO are at Annex C. WGLOs are to note that the VGSs also serve the CCF, and are to co-ordinate allocations with appropriate CCF(RAF) Liaison Officers to ensure that gliding training is equitably shared between both organisations. ATTENDANCE AT GLIDING SCHOOL 12. Regular Attendance. Continuity of training is essential once a cadet begins a GS course. A cadet may need to attend for up to 6 weekends, and the gliding course is to take precedence over all other sqn activities. If for any reason a cadet's course is cut short, or attendance is no longer possible, the cadets Sqn Cdr, Wg HQ and VGS are to notify each other immediately so that the vacancy can be re-allocated. Any case of absence without permission is to be investigated by Wing HQ. 13. Check List. A check list for ensuring a cadet is properly prepared to report for gliding training, including necessary documentation, is at Annex B. 14. Clothing. Sqn Cdrs are to ensure that cadets attending for all forms of gliding are suitably clothed, bearing in mind likely weather and the exposed airfield environment. Bulky protective footwear such as wellington boots may be worn on the airfield but, together with footwear with deep treads on the soles, which could transfer mud or stones into the cockpit, are not to be worn for gliding. The regulation personal issue overall without buttons is the recommended clothing; the Cadet Anorak (Foul Weather Jacket Mk 2a) is not to be worn in the cockpit, nor any other jacket or coverall with buttons, as they constitute a loose article hazard. At Vigilant schools either a flying suit provided by the VGS or the cadet overall are mandatory. The WGLO is to be aware of any items of flying clothing available at the VGS for loan to visiting cadets. 32-4 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 15. Supervision. Gliding operations present potential hazards to the inexperienced. VGS staff are responsible for the supervision of individual cadets on GS and AGT. Parties of cadets attending for AEG and GIC are normally to be escorted by an adult member of sqn staff. A party of not more than 15 cadets may be escorted by a cadet SNCO (male or female) aged 18 years or over, provided that the SNCO is competent and willing; that he or she is nominated by the Sqn Cdr; and that an adult member of sqn staff is on call throughout the period of duty. Responsibility for looking after cadets on the airfield lies with VGS staff and not with escorts. COMPLETION OF TRAINING 16. Badges and Certificates. GIC certificates are presented to the cadets by VGS Cdrs when they have completed their course. GS and AGT badges are also presented by the VGS on completion of the course, but GS and AGT certificates are signed by the Comdt AC and then forwarded from HQAC through the cadets' Wg HQs. Cadets who qualify at ACCGS Syerston will normally receive both badges and certificates before they leave. 17. Non-Compliance. Cadets who are suspended from training through lack of aptitude or poor attendance are not to be put forward for another course. However, cadets who do not complete a course through no fault of their own, such as bad weather or aircraft unserviceability, may be nominated for further training provided they are still eligible. GLIDING PROGRAMME SHEET 18. Gliding programme sheets are to be completed whenever cadets undertake AEG or GIC. Gliding programme sheets are not required for GS. 19. The purpose of the sheets is to: a. Assist in the selection of cadets for gliding induction courses (GIC) and air experience gliding (AEG). b. To assist the roll calls and other accounting for cadets when travelling to and from volunteer gliding schools (VGS). c. To provide VGS staff with details of cadets arriving for gliding. d. To assist in allocating gliding fairly and in accordance with the priorities described in the References. e. To provide a historical record of gliding achieved. 20. Comments on the use of gliding programme sheets and suggested improvements are always welcomed. Additional copies may be obtained by contacting HQ AC (GL AO) on Ext 7614. 32-5 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 Annexes: A. Medical Fitness for Gliding Training. B. Check List - Preparation of Cadet for Gliding Training. C. Terms of Reference of Wing Gliding Liaison Officers. D. GIC and AEG Gliding Programme Sheet. 32-6 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 ANNEX A MEDICAL FITNESS FOR GLIDING TRAINING AIR EXPERIENCE GLIDING AND GLIDING INDUCTION COURSE 1. Sqn Cdr's Responsibility. A certificate of medical fitness is not normally required for AEG and GIC, but certain medical and physical conditions are incompatible with flying as they could place the cadet at risk and compromise flight safety. It is the sqn cdr's responsibility to check that the cadet does not have a history of any condition likely to cause sudden incapacitation in flight or which might be aggravated by the flight environment. If the cadet is believed to suffer from any of the conditions listed below, he or she is not to fly. The cadet's doctor is to be consulted, and details of the problem together with supporting notes from the GP forwarded to HQ AC (GL AO) in good time. The Command Flying Medical Officer (CFMO) at HQ PTC will then decide on the cadet's fitness. (But see also para 5 about consent for release of medical records.) 2. Conditions Needing Medical Opinion. a. Chest and Heart Conditions. Other than mild chest infections, any history of chest or heart problems is significant; this includes any history of wheezing, asthma or bronchitis. b. Epilepsy. c. Any loss of Consciousness or Blackouts. This includes a history of fainting episodes. d. Ear and Sinus Problems. e. Diabetes. f. Severe Headaches. g. Any Other Major Illness or Injury. h. Any Condition Requiring Regular Medication. i. Any Condition Resulting in a General Anaesthetic. j. Any Condition Affecting Emergency Evacuation. This includes any condition - medical, physical, mental, etc - which might affect the cadet's ability to evacuate the aircraft swiftly and successfully in an emergency. BASIC AND ADVANCED GLIDING TRAINING 3. Medical Examination. A course involving solo flying requires the cadet to have been declared fit by a doctor, using RAF Form 6424: "Air Cadet Medical Certificate of Fitness for Glider Pilot Training" (see Appendix 1). The procedure for arranging this is as follows: 32-A-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 a. The Wg HQ is to enter the cadet's sqn number on Part C of F6424 (ie the detachable part). Both Part A and Part C are to be authenticated with the Wg stamp before it is sent to the cadet s sqn cdr. The sqn cdr is to enter the cadet s name on Parts A, B and C of F6424 before it is handed to the cadet. b. The form is then to be handed to the cadet together with an unsealed envelope addressed to the sqn CO, and the cadet is to be told to take it by appointment to his or her doctor. c. The doctor should normally be able to complete the F6424 by reference to the cadet s medical records. A medical examination should not, therefore, be necessary. Having completed the F6424, the doctor will give the top part back to the cadet, who is to put it in the envelope and post it to the CO. The doctor will send the bottom part of the form (Part C) to HQAC for payment. d. Provided the doctor has signed the form without any reservations about the cadet's fitness (other than the need to wear ordinary corrective spectacles such as would be acceptable for a car driving licence), the sqn cdr is finally to complete the Certificate of Fitness to undergo Glider Pilot Training in the cadet's RAF Form 3822 "Record of Service", adding "Glasses to be worn when flying" if the doctor has specified this on the F6424. e. Cadets must ensure that they take their F6424 with them when they attend a GS course otherwise they will not be allowed to fly solo. 4. Period of Validity. A Form 6424 clearance lasts 2 years unless some other illness occurs in the meantime. 5. Medical Fitness in Doubt. Current legislation requires the written consent of the parent or guardian, or of the cadet personally if over 16 years of age, before a GP is allowed to discuss the cadet s medical history with a third party. If the doctor discloses any medical condition, other than the wearing of ordinary spectacles as mentioned above, the Sqn Cdr is to send the F6424, together with a completed copy of the consent form (Appendix 2 to Annex A to ACTI 32) to HQ AC (GL AO) in good time. HQAC will then obtain the decision of HQ PTC (CFMO) on the cadet s fitness for training to solo standard. IMPORTANCE OF CORRECT INFORMATION 6. Record of Service. It is essential that Form 3822 is accurate and current. Sqn Cdrs are to make sure parents or guardians realise the importance of keeping the consent up-to-date and of declaring any change in the cadet's fitness level. Gliding schools are under orders not to fly cadets with incorrect documentation or medical clearance in view of the legal repercussions should there be an accident. Appendices: 1. RAF Form 6424 2. Form of Consent 32-A-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 32-A-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 CHECK LIST - PREPARATION OF CADET FOR GLIDING TRAINING 1. Selection. Has the cadet: a. Reached the specified minimum age and training standard? b. Obtained Parents Consent signature in F3822? c. Been checked against the following weight and size requirements? ANNEX B (1) For all flying in both Vikings and Vigilants, a maximum weight fully clothed, less parachute, of 103 kg. (2) For GS and AGT in the Viking (ie flying in the front seat), a minimum weight fully clothed, less parachute, of 48 kg. There is no minimum for flying in the rear seat of the Viking. (3) For GS and AGT in the Vigilant (ie courses which involve solo) a minimum weight fully clothed, less parachute, of 48 kg. There is no minimum for passenger flying or GIC in the LH seat of the Vigilant. (4) For all Vigilant flying, a maximum height from base of spine to top of head of 992 mm. d. Been medically cleared iaw Annex A (Note that this is time critical. Allow at least a month if a query has to be referred to the CFMO). e. Any difficulties that might interfere with regular attendance over the course period. Can these be resolved? 2. Reporting for Training. Does the cadet have the following: a. Joining instructions for the gliding school? b. F3822 Record of Service fully signed up (including Parent s Consent and details of Next of Kin)? c. F6424 and any accompanying notes? d. The necessary railway warrant or other means of travel? e. Sufficient money, including any messing contribution specified in the joining instructions? 32-B-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 f. Appropriate clothing and footwear? g. A spare pair of glasses or contact lenses, if applicable? h. A haircut and uniform smart enough to attend an RAF or other Service unit? 32-B-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 32 ANNEX C TO ACP 20A ACTI No 32 TERMS OF REFERENCE OF WING GLIDING LIAISON OFFICERS 1. The Wing Gliding Liaison Officer (WGLO) provides a management link between the Volunteer Gliding School (VGS) and the ATC squadrons and is to: a. Establish and maintain a working liaison with the VGS(s) to which the Wing is affiliated. b. Maintain a pool of cadets fit, documented and ready to take up allocated course places when they are offered by the VGS. c. Make every effort to ensure that allocated gliding places are filled as far as possible. d. Resolve as far as possible any disputes which may arise between VGS and affiliated ATC squadrons. e. Ensure all squadrons within the Wing are aware of gliding opportunities, course details and requirements. f. Advise the Wing PRO of gliding aspects within the wing. g. Undertake any other duties associated with cadet gliding which may be required by the Wing CO from time to time. 2. If medically fit, the WGLO is entitled and encouraged to apply for a gliding course at an affiliated VGS. This will normally consist of an extended GIC, but may be extended to a GS at the discretion of the VGS CO. 32-C-1 AL 2

APPENDIX 2 TO ANNEX A ACP 20A ACTI 32 FORM OF CONSENT To be attached to the F6424 and returned to HQAC ONLY if there are any additional comments of a medical nature, other than a requirement to wear corrective spectacles. (address) HQ Air Cadets (GL AO) Royal Air Force Cranwell SLEAFORD Lincolnshire NG34 8HB (date) Dear Sir FORM OF CONSENT I, (name) of (address), hereby give my consent for the Command Flight Medical Officer to approach my medical practitioner(s), to obtain whatever medical information you require. Yours faithfully (Signature)* *In the case of a child under the age of 16 years this form should be completed by the parent or guardian. Name and Address of General Practitioner Name and Address of Hospital Specialist 32-A2-1

ANNEX C TO ACP 20A ACTI No 32 TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR WING GLIDING LIAISON OFFICERS 1. The Wing Gliding Liaison Officer (WGLO) provides a management link between the Volunteer Gliding School (VGS) and the ATC squadrons and is to: a. Establish and maintain a working liaison with the VGS(s) to which the Wing is affiliated. b. Maintain a pool of cadets fit, documented and ready to take up allocated course places when they are offered by the VGS. c. Make every effort to ensure that allocated gliding places are filled as far as possible. d. Resolve as far as possible any disputes which may arise between VGS and affiliated ATC squadrons. e. Ensure all squadrons within the Wing are aware of gliding opportunities, course details and requirements. f. Advise the Wing PRO of gliding aspects within the wing. g. Undertake any other duties associated with cadet gliding which may be required by the Wing CO from time to time. 2. If medically fit, the WGLO is entitled and encouraged to apply for a gliding course at an affiliated VGS. This will normally consist of an extended gliding induction course, but a gliding scholarship may be provided at the discretion of the VGS CO. 32-C-1 AL 2

GLIDING INDUCTION COURSES AND AIR EXPERIENCE GLIDING GLIDING PROGRAMME SHEET ANNEX D TO ACP 20A ACTI No 32 (Revised Sep 99) VGS No...... VGS Telephone No.... ATC Sqn or CCF(RAF) Section......... Date to fly... Time due to arrive... No of placed allocated at the VGS TO BE COMPLETED BY THE ATC SQN OR CCF (RAF) SECTION BEFORE DEPARTURE TO THE VGS Cadet s Flown in Class or Age Record of VGS Gliders Weight of Rank (if cadet) Service Before Cadet in Completed (Yes/No) Kg First Name and Surname of Cadet or Adult Staff to fly 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Previously Completed GIC (Yes/No) Pilot s Name TO BE COMPLETED AT THE VGS Glider Tail Number Duration of Flights (Minutes) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) Signature of OC ATC Sqn or OC CCF (RAF) Section Name and Rank Signature of OC VGS. BRIEF COMMENTS ON THE VISIT (k) (See Instructions for use overleaf) Signature of Accompanying Adult. 32-D-1 AL 2

Name.

GLIDING PROGRAMME SHEET - INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE 1. OC ATC SQN or OC CCF (RAF) SECTION. The OC is to ensure the form is completed at columns a to g before it is handed to the officer or adult in charge of the party of cadets. After the form is returned to him on completion of gliding, the OC is to feed back to the VGS any comments about the gliding or the visit. The OC should also find out why any cadets failed to attend after having their names put on the list. The form is to be retained for the Annual Report and a copy is to be forwarded to the Wg HQ or CCF Liaison Officer. 2. OFFICER OR ADULT IN CHARGE OF ATC OR CCF PARTY. The officer or adult in charge of the party travelling to the VGS is to use the form for roll calls and is to amend it as necessary. He is to hand the form to the at the VGS on arrival, assist with completing it during the day, collect it on departure, and return it to the OC ATC Sqn or CCF (RAF) section. 3. VGS DUTY INSTRUCTOR. The VGS Duty Instructor is to arrange for columns h to j to be completed during the day. 4. Details for completing the form are as follows: Column a. Column b. Column c Column d. Column e. Column f. Column g. Column h. Column i. Column j. Show first name and surname. Show cadet class (eg Leading Cadet) or adult rank or class (eg Fg Off/CI/etc.) Show cadet s age in years. Check that the Cadet s Record of Service Book has been signed for permission to fly, and then initial column d. Show whether or not the individual has flown in a VGS glider before. State the cadets weight (fully clothed less parachute) in Kg. Show if the individual has already completed a gliding induction course (GIC) Record the pilot s name. Record the glider tail number. (All Vikings are prefixed ZE and all Vigilants prefixed ZH). Record the number of launches and total duration of the flights in minutes. Five columns are provided which should be enough to record 5 Viking launches for a GIC. k. Comments on the Visit. Provide brief comments, eg curtailed due to bad weather, etc. 32-D-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 33 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 33 OVERSEAS FLIGHT SCHEME Reference: AP1919 Paragraphs 510 to 512 INTRODUCTION 1. The Overseas Flight Scheme enables selected Air Cadets to experience the operation of RAF transport aircraft, normally as a supernumerary crew member, and to visit RAF overseas bases. OVERSEAS FLIGHT DESTINATIONS 2. Currently, Overseas Flights usually go to Cyprus. ELIGIBILITY 3. Cadets recommended by Sqns to Wgs for Overseas Flights are to be Leading cadets or above and at least 15 years of age. They are to be of smart appearance and bearing. Selection should take account of a cadet's interest in an RAF career and the possible benefit of an overseas flight in this connection. NOMINATIONS 4. HQAC offer overseas flights to Wg HQ on a pro-rata basis. HQAC will request nominations approximately 3 months in advance of the flight. Wgs are to keep 2 cadets (one selected and one reserve) prepared and readily available. The type of passport held by the cadet (British or other) should be stated when the nominations are made. Passports are to be the full standard, valid for 5 or 10 years according to age. CONSENT 5. The consent of the person with parental responsibility is required for cadets under 18 years of age to fly on an Overseas Flight. Two Consent Forms (example at Annex A), one for the cadet selected and one for the reserve cadet will be sent to the Wg with the request for nominations. The completed forms must be returned to HQAC (GL AO) at least one month before the allocated flight. ALLOCATION OF FLIGHTS 33-1

ACTI NO 33 6. HQAC will telephone the flight details to the Wg HQ and send the cadets joining instructions the month before the flight. Confirmation that the nominated cadet or the reserve cadet can take the flight is required by telephone to HQAC (GL AO) within 7 days. HQAC will then send details of the flight (copy for OC Sqn), including cadet instructions and general information, to the Wg. These details, together with any necessary travel warrants, are to be forwarded to the cadet as soon as possible, with instructions that the consent form at Annex A must be completed and sent to arrive at HQAC at least 7 days before the flight. PASSPORTS 7. A full Standard Passport, together with the cadet's Record of Service Book must be carried by all cadets on overseas flights. This is an RAF requirement in case the aircraft is diverted en-route to a foreign airfield. The passport should normally be British. If any other type of passport is held, advice is to be sought from HQ 38 Group Air Movements Executive (Sqn Ldr Pax Pol Ext 6861) at RAF High Wycombe. VACCINATION 8. Wgs and CCF(RAF) Sections will be informed of vaccination requirements for Overseas Flights. TRAVEL 9. All cadets going on Overseas Flights are entitled to travel at public expense between their homes and their departure airfield. Wgs will be informed of the travel destination for warrants when flight instructions are issued (see para 6). AFTER-FLIGHT REPORTS 10. After the overseas flight, the cadet is to complete a pro forma report Cadet Report on an Overseas Flight (Annex B). SUMMARY OF ACTION TO BE TAKEN 11. Wgs should always have 2 cadets selected and readily available for an Overseas Flight. The following actions are to be taken by Wgs only when nominations are specifically called for by HQAC: a. Obtain the consent of the person with parental responsibility, if needed (para 5), and forward immediately to HQAC (GL AO). If the cadet is over 18 years of age a contact telephone number should be forwarded instead. b. Ensure the cadet has a valid Full Passport and an up-to-date Record of Service Book. c. Ensure that the cadet receives all the necessary instructions about the flight when these are issued from HQAC. 33-2

ACTI NO 33 d. Issue the cadet with a railway warrant if required. 33-3

ACTI NO 33 AUTHORITY FOR RAF OVERSEAS FLIGHTS OUTSIDE THE REGULAR SCHEME 12. In addition to the regular Scheme described above, an RAF Stn Cdr may offer flights abroad to cadets in affiliated ATC Wgs under RAF GAI 5037, provided that authority is first obtained from HQAC (GL1/GL2). Such flights are subject to the same eligibility rules and special conditions applying to the regular Overseas Flight Scheme laid down in AP1919 and in this Instruction. Annexes: A. Overseas Flight Scheme - Consent Form. B. Cadet Report on an Overseas Flight. 33-4

ACTI NO 33 ANNEX A OVERSEAS FLIGHT SCHEME - CONSENT FORM CONSENT OF THE PERSON WITH PARENTAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR A CADET TO UNDERTAKE AN RAF FLIGHT ON THE OVERSEAS FLIGHT SCHEME I hereby give my general consent to my son/daughter/ward Cadet (Name in Full)... Date of Birth (ATC Sqn/CCF Section). being carried in an aircraft of the Royal Air Force on an Overseas Flight. Date... Signature... Relationship:*Father/Mother/Guardian Name:... Address:......... Tel No:... *Cross out which is inapplicable. 33-A-1

ACTI NO 33 ANNEX B CADET REPORT ON AN OVERSEAS FLIGHT NOTES FOR CADETS 1. Having completed an Overseas Flight, you are required to make a brief report. The object of the report is to inform HQAC of your experience so that future flights can be made as interesting as possible. The completed report is to be handed to your ATC Sqn Cdr or your CCF(RAF) Section Commander who will sign it and return the report to HQAC. 2. Brief remarks only are required unless there was an aspect of special interest or concern. Use additional paper if needed. 3. Flight Details. a. Rank/Name... b. Sqn and Wg/Section... c. Date... d. UK Departure Airfield... e. Overseas Airfield... f. Type of Aircraft... 4. Warning and Travel. a. How much notice did you receive of the flight and was it sufficient?... b. Were you and the person with parental responsibility satisfied with the information provided?... 5. Airfield Reception. a. Date and Time of arrival at UK airfield... b. Date and Time of take-off... c. What did you do in the interval between a and b? d. Were you recognised as supernumerary crew?... 33-B-1

ACTI NO 33 e. Did you meet any RAF air or ground crew associated with your flight. If so were you given any information on pre-flight procedures? 33-B-2

ACTI NO 33 6. The Outbound and Inbound Flight. a. Did you meet the aircrew: (1) Outbound?... (2) Inbound?... b. Did you visit the flight deck: (1) Outbound?... (2) Inbound?... c. What explanation of flight procedures/equipment etc were you given: (1) Outbound?... (2) Inbound?... d. Were you involved in any task? 7. The Overseas Airfield. a. How long were you at the overseas airfield?... b. What did you do during this period? 8. Post-Flight. a. Did you enjoy the flight?... b. Would you encourage others to go on a flight?... c. Did you thank the Captain and crew?... 9. Any Other Remarks. Signed(Cadet)... 33-B-3

ACTI NO 33 Endorsed (Sqn/Section Cdr)... 33-B-4

ACTI NO 34 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 34 RAF FLYING SCHOLARSHIP SCHEME AND OTHER FLYING SPONSORSHIP RAF FLYING SCHOLARSHIPS 1. The RAF Flying Scholarship Scheme (FSS) provides a 20-hour course of flying training in light aircraft and is open to students, including ATC and CCF(RAF) cadets, in full-time education. Full details are provided in PAM (Air) 431. The FSS is administered by the Directorate of Recruiting, and Selection (DofR and S) and HQAC involvement is limited to the issue of FSS badges to air cadets who successfully complete the course. 2. Where the candidate is a member of the ATC or CCF(RAF) the application form should be submitted to the local RAF Careers Information Office or RAF Senior Careers Liaison Officer via the unit Commander who will provide a suitable recommendation reflecting the applicant s cadet record. Applicants will be interviewed at their Careers Office or by the SCLO prior to submission of the form to DofR and S. 3. Even though the educational requirements have not been achieved, Sqn Cdrs may nominate very high calibre and otherwise qualified cadets through their Wg, Rgn and HQAC for consideration. Scholarships gained in this way are few in number but, nevertheless, this possibility provides an incentive for those whose conventional route to a Scholarship is blocked. 4. Candidates should be prepared to discuss their academic ambitions and career aspirations during the interview. They will also be asked simple questions about the RAF and its aircraft. They should be able to discuss the FSS and, in simple terms, the various methods of entry into Commissioned Service. 5. ATC Wg HQs and CCF(RAF) Sections are to charge all expenses connected with attendance at, DofR and S including travel warrants issued to cadets, against the DofR and S budget on UIN F4080E. Cadets who are awarded a Flying Scholarship are required to pay for their own travel to the flying school. Accommodation and messing at the flying school are provided free of charge. OTHER FLYING SCHOLARSHIPS 6. Cadets completing flying scholarships (usually for 15 to 20 hrs flying) provided by other organisations (eg Air League, or London TAVRA) may apply for and be considered for issue of the FSS badge. HQ AC will consider each case on its merits, and the normal caveats are: a. The course must be flown at a RAF FSS accredited flying school. b. The candidate must complete at least 20 hrs albeit some of the hours could have been privately funded by the individual. c. The club must confirm that the candidate has reached the RAF FSS standard at 20 hrs. 34-1 AL2

ACTI NO 34 7. However, any cadet achieving a UK CAA or European JAR private pilots licence (PPL), for example through the RAFA Flying Scholarship Scheme, is entitled to wear the FSS badge regardless of where the course was conducted. Annex: A. Award of Air Cadet Flying Scholarship Wings 34-2 AL2

ACTI NO 34 ANNEX A TO ACTI No 34 AWARD OF AIR CADET FLYING SCHOLARSHIP WINGS 1. In addition to those cadets who have successfully completed the RAF Flying Scholarship Scheme (FSS), cadets who have completed the following schemes may also be awarded and wear the Air Cadet FSS wings: a. Air League Flying Scholarship provided that: (1) The course has been flown at a RAF FSS accredited flying school. and (2) The cadet has completed at least 20 hours albeit that 5 hrs would have to be privately funded by the individual. and (3) The flying school has confirmed that the cadet has reached the RAF FSS standard at 20 hrs. b. London TAVRA Flying Scholarship provided that: (1) All the caveats at para 1a have been met. and (2) The award is approved by Rgnl Comdt (L&SE). c. Other Flying Scholarships. Other flying scholarships will be considered, case by case, by Comdt AC. 34-A-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 35 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 35 FLIGHTS IN NON-SERVICE AIRCRAFT INTRODUCTION 1. Flights for ATC cadets are from time to time offered by the operators or owners of non- Service aircraft. Because of differences in passenger insurance cover, flights in non-service aircraft must be considered in 2 categories. These are: a. Flights offered by the operators or owners of aircraft operating on commercial passenger carrying services, eg commercial airlines, air taxi services. b. Flights offered by the operators or owners of private aircraft, eg companies and corporations who operate aircraft for their own communications purposes, owner pilots, flying clubs and schools. 2. ATC cadet flights as passengers on commercial services as categorised at para 1a above are to be known as Opportunity Flights. Detailed instructions for the Opportunity Flight Scheme are contained at Annex A to this Instruction. 3. ATC cadet flights as passengers in privately owned and operated aircraft as defined in para 1b above are to be known as Passenger Flights. Detailed instructions for cadet flights on Passenger Flights are contained at Annex B to this Instruction. 4. ATC cadet flights as passengers on commercial services or in privately owned and operated aircraft, as defined at para 1a and b to destinations in Eire and the nearer countries of Europe are to be known as European flights. Detailed instructions for cadet flights on European flights are contained at Annex C to this Instruction. Annexes: A. Flights in Non-Service Aircraft - Opportunity Flights Scheme. B. Flights in Non-Service Aircraft - Passenger Flights Scheme. C. Flights in Non-Service Aircraft - European Flights Scheme. 35-1

ACTI NO 35 ANNEX A FLIGHTS IN NON-SERVICE AIRCRAFT - OPPORTUNITY FLIGHTS SCHEME INTRODUCTION 1. Certain operators of privately owned aircraft used for commercial passenger-carrying services offer to fly ATC cadets in their aircraft on an opportunity basis whenever spare seats are available. Opportunity Flights are to be conducted in accordance with AP 1919 (5th Edition) para 521 and participating cadets will be considered on duty for the purposes of AP 1919 (5th Edition) para 1224. Flights are normally to be planned to be completed in one day. 2. Familiarisation flights for cadets on aircraft of British Airways (European Division) and British Midland Airways are available under this scheme and are coordinated by HQAC. Detailed administrative procedures for these flights are notified annually to Regions. ALLOCATION OF FLIGHTS 3. ACRHQs are to be responsible for the selection of cadets and the allocation of flights. The procedure for selection and allocation is to be decided by each ACRHQ. As it is not possible to forecast the frequency of flights within a particular Region a waiting list of approximately 30 cadets is to be maintained at all times. PREPARATION OF CADETS FOR OPPORTUNITY FLIGHTS 4. When selecting cadets the following instructions are mandatory: a. Cadets are to be Leading Cadets or above and aged 15 or over. b. Each cadet is to have the written consent of his/her parent or guardian in the form shown at Appendix 1 to this Annex. c. Cadets are to arrive at the point of departure 30 minutes before the published latest check time and are to wear uniform while on the aircraft (Northern Ireland cadets excepted). d. The responsibility of the aircraft operator for cadets ceases when they are not enplaned. Cadets must always, therefore, take with them sufficient money for out of pocket expenses (including cost of refreshments) at the destination airfield and for overnight accommodation in the event of a delayed return due to aircraft unserviceability or weather diversion. NOTIFICATION OF FLIGHTS 5. Whenever spare seats are available on a particular flight, the operator will notify HQAC or a contact in the Rgns from which the aircraft will be operating, giving relevant details of the flight. 35-A-1

ACTI NO 35 Operators will give as much warning of flights as possible but some seats may be available only at very short notice. 6. If flights are planned to involve an overnight stop, the operator will include this information when notifying the flight. In this event, the cadet selected is to have passed his/her 17th birthday. He/she is also to take with him/her an overnight bag not exceeding 10 lbs in weight. Any expense incurred on food, accommodation, transport etc, is to be the responsibility of the cadet. WEARING OF UNIFORM ON OPPORTUNITY FLIGHTS 7. The requirement for cadets to wear uniform on opportunity flights is part of an agreement between HQAC, the airlines, the airport authorities and the security services. The F3822 is not considered to be a particularly good means of identification, but together with the uniform it should suffice. Cadets may have to spend some time in the airport departure lounge waiting for a return flight. In these cases, it is recommended that the cadet takes a civilian anorak with him or her to wear. Without the beret, the cadet should not then be too conspicuous. LIABILITY OF AIRCRAFT OPERATOR 8. A cadet participating in Opportunity Flights is covered by the operator's insurance; the cadet, the cadet's parents or guardians or any person having supervisory powers or responsibility for him/her, is not at any time to sign any personal disclaimer, covenant or exclusion from full insurance liability by the operator. RECORDS 9. Rgnl Comdts are to maintain a record of the flights undertaken under the Scheme. A copy of the record for the preceding 12 months ending 31 March is to be forwarded annually to HQAC. The record is to include the total number of cadets who were flown monthly by each sponsor. Appendix: 1. Form of Written Consent by Parent or Guardian to Flights under the Opportunity Flights Scheme. 35-A-2

APPENDIX 1 TO ANNEX A ACP 20A ACTI NO 35 FORM OF WRITTEN CONSENT BY PARENT OR GUARDIAN TO FLIGHTS UNDER THE OPPORTUNITY FLIGHTS SCHEME Dear Sir/Madam Subject to their parents' or guardians' consent, cadets of the Air Training Corps may be given flights in aircraft belonging to civilian operators under the Opportunity Flights scheme. The aircraft are flown by qualified civilian pilots and flights will be carried out in accordance with the same or similar flight safety regulations as are laid down for the Royal Air Force. As flights under the scheme will use non-raf airfields, parents or guardians must ensure that their son, daughter or ward can pay for any out of pocket expenses including meals and, in the event of a delayed return, for overnight accommodation. If no return flight is available then they will be responsible for arranging, and meeting the cost of, the cadet's return home. As your original consent to your son/daughter/ward being given flights was presumably given on the assumption that such flights would be made in aircraft belonging to the Royal Air Force, I shall be grateful if you will confirm that your consent extends to the flights referred to above. Yours faithfully Date...... Officer Commanding No...( )Sqn Air Training Corps PARENT'S OR GUARDIAN'S CONSENT - OPPORTUNITY FLIGHT SCHEME I consent to Cadet...being given flights as referred to above and to pay for out of pocket expenses incurred, including meals and overnight accommodation if needed. I also agree to arranging his/her return home if no return flight is available. I understand that whilst flying my son/daughter/ward will be covered by the Company's passenger insurance. Signature of Parent or Guardian... Date... (PLEASE RETURN THIS LETTER TO YOUR SON/DAUGHTER/WARD DULY SIGNED AND DATED TO TAKE BACK TO HIS/HER SQUADRON COMMANDER). 35-A1-1

ANNEX B TO ACTI No 35 TO ACP 20A FLIGHTS IN NON-SERVICE AIRCRAFT PASSENGER FLIGHTS 1. From time to time, cadets will be offered passenger flights in privately owned and operated aircraft other than on commercial passenger services. This Instruction details the conditions under which those flights may be authorised by Regional Commandants. CONDITIONS 2. The following conditions apply: a. Cadets are First Class or above. b. Flights are restricted to the UK. c. No expense to public funds is involved except any payment that may be due to the cadet in the event of accidental injury. d. Specific parental consent is obtained; parental consent is to take the form at Appendix 1 to this Annex and is to be specific as to aircraft registration and pilot s name. e. The owner is comprehensively insured for passengers and that no disclaimer, covenant or exclusion be required to be signed that in any way reduces the passenger s legal right to compensation in the event of accident or death under the terms of the insurance. f. The aircraft is maintained in accordance with Civil Aviation Authority maintenance instructions. g. The pilot holds at least a PPL and has a minimum of 500 hours flying experience, of which 300 hours, and at least 60 hours in the last 12 months, are as first pilot. h. The flights are not to include any of the following: (1) Stalling and spinning. (2) Aerobatics (but see para 4). (3) Low flying. (4) Practice forced landings. (5) Practice emergencies of any kind. (6) Short landings. 35-B-1 AL 2

RELAXATION OF CONDITIONS 3. A Regional Commandant may, based on his knowledge of the pilot and aircraft, relax the criteria at 2g above to a minimum in one or all of the following criteria: a. Total hours: 250. b. Total First Pilot hours: 150. c. Hours on type: 20. d. Currency: 10 hours in past 3 months and 3 hours in past month. 4. Additionally, a Regional Commandant may, based on his knowledge of the pilot and aircraft, permit aerobatics to be carried out provided that: a. The pilot holds a current Aerobatic Certificate issued by the Aircraft Operators and Pilots Association (AOPA), or an equivalent approved authorisation. b. Parachutes are worn. c. The manoeuvres are limited to positive G. d. All recoveries are completed not below 3,000 feet above ground level. NOTIFICATION 5. Regional Commandants are to ensure an annual statistical return of any flights they have authorised is made to HQ AC by 1 Apr. PREPARATION OF CADETS FOR PASSENGER FLIGHTS 6. When selecting cadets the following instructions are mandatory: a. Cadets are to wear uniform on the ground (Northern Ireland cadets excepted). b. The responsibility of the aircraft operator for cadet passengers during any en-route stop is to be determined by the formation seeking authority for the passenger flight and an appropriate briefing is to be given t the cadet concerning money for out of pocket expenses and overnight accommodation in the event of delayed return or weather diversion. Appendix: 1. Form of Written Consent by Parent or Guardian to Flights under the Passenger Flight Scheme. 35-B-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 35 ANNEX C FLIGHTS IN NON-SERVICE AIRCRAFT - EUROPEAN FLIGHTS SCHEME INTRODUCTION 1. Operators of privately owned aircraft, used for commercial passenger-carrying services and of privately owned and operated aircraft, used for business and recreational purposes, occasionally offer to fly ATC cadets as non-fare paying passengers on flights overseas. When approved, such flights, designated European flights, are to be conducted in accordance with AP 1919 (5th Edition) para 522 and participating cadets will be considered on duty for the purposes of AP 1919 (5th Edition) para 1224. Flights are restricted to the closer European countries; eg Belgium, Denmark, Eire, France, Holland, Luxembourg, Norway, Sweden and Germany. Flights are normally to be planned to be completed in one day. AUTHORISATION OF EUROPEAN FLIGHTS 2. The formation to whom the offer of European flights has been made is to request authority through Wg to HQAC (GL1/GL2) for cadets to participate. Requests for authorisation are to be in writing. Authority for a flight may be given subject to the following conditions: a. That no expense to public funds is involved, except any payment that may be due to the cadet in the event of accidental injury. b. That parental consent is obtained; parental consent is to take the form at Appendix 1 to this Annex. c. That the owner or operator of the aircraft is comprehensively insured for passengers, that comprehensive passenger insurance cover is valid both in UK and in the countries in which the aircraft is to land, and that no disclaimer, covenant or exclusion be required to be signed, that in any way reduces the passenger's legal right to compensation in the event of accident or death, under the terms of the insurance. d. That the aircraft has at least 2 engines and is maintained in accordance with Civil Aviation Authority maintenance instructions. e. That the pilot holds at least a Commercial Pilot's Licence and has a minimum of 500 hours flying experience, of which 300 hours and at least 60 hours in the last 12 months are as first pilot. PREPARATION OF CADETS FOR EUROPEAN FLIGHTS 3. When selecting cadets for European flights, the following instructions are mandatory: 35-C-1

ACTI NO 35 a. Cadets are to be Leading Cadets or above, aged 17 years or over and of mature outlook. b. Cadets are not to travel in uniform. A smart standard of civilian clothing is to be demanded. c. Cadets are to hold a valid passport. d. To provide against the eventuality, that the aircraft is unable to return to the UK because of extended unserviceability or any other cause, the cadet is to take with him/her sufficient funds to pay for a single ticket to UK by the cheapest route from the furthermost stage of the planned flight. The cheapest route fare is to be ascertained from local travel agents by the formation requesting authority. e. The responsibility of the aircraft operator for cadet passengers during any en-route or destination stop is to be ascertained by the formation seeking authority for the European flight and an appropriate briefing is to be given to the cadet concerning out of pocket expenses (including cost of refreshment) at en-route or destination airfields and for overnight accommodation in the event of delayed return or weather diversion. PROVISION OF PASSPORTS 4. MOD will not accept responsibility for any cost incurred by a cadet in the obtaining of a passport. INSURANCE COVER AGAINST MEDICAL EXPENSES INCURRED OUTSIDE UK 5. Cadets undertaking European flights are automatically covered against medical expenses incurred in the event of illness or accident outside the UK. Claims are to be made on the form set out in ACP 20B. Appendices: 1. Form of Written Consent by Parent or Guardian to Flights under European Flights Scheme. 35-C-2

APPENDIX 1 TO ANNEX C ACP 20A ACTI NO 35 FORM OF WRITTEN CONSENT BY PARENT OR GUARDIAN TO FLIGHTS UNDER THE EUROPEAN FLIGHTS SCHEME Dear Sir/Madam Subject to their parents' or guardians' consent, cadets of the Air Training Corps may be given flights in commercially operated and privately owned aircraft with destinations in Eire or the nearer European countries under the European Flights Scheme. The aircraft are flown by qualified civilian pilots and flights will be carried out in accordance with the same or similar flight safety regulations as are laid down for the Royal Air Force. As flights under the scheme will use non-raf airfields, parents or guardians must ensure that their son, daughter or ward can pay for any out of pocket expenses including meals and, in the event of a delayed return, for overnight accommodation. If no return flight is available then they will be responsible for arranging, and meeting the cost of, the cadet's return home. Because the flight is planned to land in one of the nearer European countries (Belgium, Denmark, Eire, France, Holland, Luxembourg or West Germany), it is necessary for provision to be made for the very unlikely event of the aircraft becoming unserviceable for a prolonged period. In this event, it would be necessary for a cadet to return to UK by the normal public transport service and for the parent or guardian to be responsible for the fare, it is therefore required that your son/daughter/ward carry sufficient funds for this journey. They will, however, be covered by the Air Training Corps Insurance Scheme in respect of medical expenses incurred outside the UK as a result of undertaking this flight. As your consent to your son/daughter/ward being given flights was presumably given on the assumption that such flights would be made in aircraft belonging to the RAF, confirmation that your consent extends to the flights referred to above is requested. Yours faithfully Date...... Officer Commanding No...( )Sqn Air Training Corps 35-C1-1

ACTI NO 35 PARENT'S OR GUARDIAN'S CONSENT - EUROPEAN FLIGHTS SCHEME I consent to Cadet... being given flights as referred to above, and to pay out of pocket expenses incurred by him/her including meals and overnight accommodation, and to provide him/her with sufficient funds for the cheapest journey from the furthest destination airfield to UK, should this become necessary. Signature of Parent/Guardian... Date... (PLEASE RETURN THIS LETTER TO YOUR SON/DAUGHTER/WARD DULY SIGNED AND DATED TO TAKE BACK TO HIS/HER COMMANDING OFFICER). 35-C1-2

ACTI NO 44 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 44 THE COUNCIL FOR CADET RIFLE SHOOTING 1. The Council for Cadet Rifle Shooting (CCRS) was formed in 1969 through the amalgamation of the former Imperial Cadet Association, the Public Schools Rifle Matches Association and the Committee responsible for the Inter-Service Cadet Rifle Meeting. From its inception, it has been supported by the MOD through the agencies of the Combined Cadet Force Association, the Sea Cadet Corps, the Army Cadet Force Association and the Air Training Corps. These cadet organisations, the Council of TAVRAs, the NRA, NSRA and BSSRA were founder members. 2. The Council acts as a central body which can speak with authority and give advice on cadet shooting matters. Its responsibilities, exercised with the approval of the MOD, include liaison between other representative shooting authorities and units of the cadet organisations and the dissemination of information on shooting matters affecting cadets. In addition to arranging and administering rifle meetings, postal shooting competitions, coaching courses and other shooting events for cadets at schools and units in the Commonwealth, the Council also provides administrative support for cadet teams selected to represent the United Kingdom in National and International Matches, both at home and overseas. 3. The Council shares a permanent Secretariat with the Territorial Army Rifle Association. It has a base in Derby Lodge at Bisley for information and administration throughout the year as well as canteen and recreation facilities for participants in the Schools and Inter-Service Cadet Meetings and cadets attending National Meetings at Bisley. Members are kept up to date on shooting matters and results by means of circulars and information notices. HQ AC (Wg Cdr TG) is the ATC representative on the Council. 4. The address of CCRS is: The Secretary Derby Lodge Bisley Camp Brookwood WOKING Surrey GU24 0NY Tel: 01483 473095 Fax: 01483 797598 44-1 AL 2

ACP20A ACTI NO 45 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 45 AIR RIFLE COMPETITIONS BSA CADET TROPHY (PRONE) 5.5 METRES 1. Eligibility. Open to any number of teams from the following: a. CCF. b. SCC. c. ACF. d. ATC. e. Girls Venture Corps or Girls Training Corps (Scotland). f. Junior sailors, soldiers or airmen in one Establishment. g. Any other body approved by the Committee. 2. Teams. Each team shall comprise 8 shooters. The team captain may or may not be one of the 8. The captain and all shooters must be under the age of 19 years on the day of firing of the match. Units whose strength is 20 or less on the day of entry may enter a team of 4 firers. 3. Date of Firing. Teams must fire between 1 April and 31 March the following year. The whole team need not fire on the same day. 4. Entry Fee. As notified on entry form: Cheques, MO/PO made payable to the Council for Cadet Rifle Shooting (CCRS). 5. Entries. a. Application for targets and certificates, together with entry fee, should be sent to the Secretary, CCRS, Derby Lodge, Bisley Camp, Brookwood, Woking, Surrey GU34 0NY. b. On receipt of entry fee, targets and supporting certificates will be posted to the address recorded on the application form. 6. Coaching. An assistant is permitted to act as loader when the shooter is in the prone position. The coach or assistant loader may not touch the rifle or support the shooter while he is aiming or firing in any position. 7. Rifles. Any commercially available 4.5 mm (0.177 in) calibre air rifle, weighing not more than 2.5 kg (5½ lbs). Slings are not permitted. Rests are not permitted either for the body or forearm. The forearm, hands and rifle must be clear of the ground and of any support. 8. Loading. Automatic, semi-automatic or repeating rifles must be used as single-shot rifles and will be loaded only with one pellet at any one time. 45-1

ACP20A ACTI NO 45 9. Ammunition. Wasted pellets of lead or lead alloy. The use of round ball shot or darts or pellets containing any propellant is forbidden. 10. Sights. Two sights only are permitted, one front sight and one back sight. The front sight shall not be offset in any part but shall be mounted centrally over the barrel and no part of the sight shall protrude beyond the fore-end of the barrel. The front sight will be a blade and may be covered by a press-on type tunnel. The rear sight may be either a U type fitted at the rear end of the barrel or an aperture similar in design to that on the BSA Cadet Meteor and not more sophisticated and may be adjustable horizontally and vertically. Telescope sights are not permitted. 11. Targets. International Shooting Union (ISU) 6-yard Air Rifle, Air 7 targets. Four per team member, 32 per team. Targets are available from: NSRA, Lord Roberts House, Bisley Camp, Brookwood, Woking, Surrey GU24 0NP 12. Ranges. May be indoor or outdoor. The distance will be 6 yards (5.5 metres) measured horizontally from the foremost point at which the shooter is allowed to place the front foot elbow to the target plane. 13. Scoring. a. One round will be fired at each diagram, 5 rounds per card to count. Highest possible score for an individual 200. Highest possible score for a team of 8 is 1600. Highest possible score for a team of 4 is 800. b. The value of a shot is decided by the edge of the shot hole nearest the centre of the target. When the flange of the gauge touches the outside edge of the line, the highest value will be credited. Shots outside the scoring rings have no value. c. Under no circumstances may a shot hole be gauged or interfered with in any way except by the official scorer appointed by the CCRS. 14. Sighting Shots. Sighting shots may be fired by each team member before firing his match cards. Once the scoring diagrams have been commenced there shall be no return to the sighting card. 15. Classification. a. The witnessing officer and team captain will together, by inspection only, determine the score for each shooter and enter it on the official score sheet. b. Each shooter will sign his cards on completion of firing and all cards will be countersigned by the official witnessing officer who is to certify his or her presence on the range throughout the shoot. c. All targets and the completed certificates must be returned to the Secretary, Council for Cadet Rifle Shooting within 7 days of the completion of the team s shoot. Unsigned cards or certificates will be disqualified. 16. Ties. Ties will be decided by gauging out. 45-2

ACP20A ACTI NO 45 17. Prizes. a. The first prize will be the award of the BSA Trophy and 8 gold-toned medals. and b. If 40 teams enter, a second prize of 8 silver-toned medals. c. If 60 or more teams enter, a third prize of 8 bronze-toned medals. d. If the number of teams entered does not reach 40 then CCRS Certificates will be awarded to the Second or Third placed teams. The Wining 4 Team will receive a CCRS Trophy and 4 medals. Place medals will be awarded as per paras 17b-d above. 17. Adjudication. In cases of dispute the decision of CCRS will be considered final. TRAVEL COSTS 18. Travel costs for participating in Air Rifle Competitions are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. THE NEWCOMBE CUP 19. Eligibility. Open to any number of teams from the following: a. CCF. b. SCC. c. ACF. d. ATC. e. Girls Venture Corps or Girls Training Corps (Scotland). f. Junior sailors, soldiers or airmen in one Establishment. g. Any other body approved by the Committee. 20. Teams. Each team shall comprise 8 shooters. The team captain may or may not be one of the 8. The captain and all shooters must be under the age of 19 years on the day of firing of the match. Units whose strength is 20 or less on the day of entry may enter a team of 4 firers. 21. Date of Firing. Teams must fire between 1 April and 31 March the following year. The whole team need not fire on the same day. 22. Entry Fee. As notified on entry form: Cheques, MO/PO made payable to the Council for Cadet Rifle Shooting (CCRS). 45-3

ACP20A ACTI NO 45 23. Entries. a. Application for targets and certificates, together with entry fee, should be sent to the Secretary, CCRS, Derby Lodge, Bisley Camp, Brookwood, Woking, Surrey GU34 0NY. b. On receipt of entry fee, targets and supporting certificates will be posted to the address recorded on the application form. 25. Coaching. An assistant is permitted to act as loader when the shooter is in the prone position. The coach or assistant loader may not touch the rifle or support the shooter while he is aiming or firing in any position. 26. Rifles. Any commercially available 4.5 mm (0.177 in) calibre air rifle, weighing not more than 5 kgs (11 lbs). Slings are not permitted. Rests are not permitted either for the body or forearm. The forearm, hands and rifle must be clear of the ground and of any support. 27. Loading. Automatic, semi-automatic or repeating rifles must be used as single-shot rifles and will be loaded only with one pellet at any one time. 28. Ammunition. Wasted pellets of lead or lead alloy. The use of round ball shot or darts or pellets containing any propellant is forbidden. 29. Sights. Two sights only are permitted, one front sight and one back sight. The front sight shall not be offset in any way but shall be mounted centrally over the barrel and no part of the sight shall protrude beyond the fore-end of the barrel. The front sight may be an open metal sight or tunnel sight with separate elements. The rear sight may be an open metal sight or aperture and may be adjustable horizontally and vertically. Telescope sights are not permitted. 30. Targets. International Shooting Union (ISU) 10 metre Air Rifle targets. Four per team member, 32 per or 16 per team. Targets are available from: NSRA, Lord Roberts House, Bisley Camp, Brookwood, Woking, Surrey GU24 0NP The targets are to be marked by the Witnessing Officer as follows: a. One target Prone Position. b. Two targets Standing Position. c. One target Kneeling Position. 31. Ranges. May be indoor or outdoor. The distance will be 10 metres measured horizontally from the forward end of the firing point to the target plane. 32. Scoring. a. One round will be fired at each diagram, 5 rounds per card to count. Highest possible score for an individual 200. Highest possible score for a team of 8 is 1600. Highest possible score for a team of 4 is 800. 45-4

ACP20A ACTI NO 45 b. The value of a shot is decided by the edge of the shot hole nearest the centre of the target. When the flange of the gauge touches the outside edge of the line, the highest value will be credited. Shots outside the scoring rings have no value. c. Under no circumstances may a shot hole be gauged or interfered with in any way except by the official scorer appointed by the CCRS. 33. Sighting Shots. A maximum of 10 sighting shots may be fired by each team member before firing his or her match cards in each position. 34. Classification. a. The witnessing officer and team captain will together, by inspection only, determine the score for each shooter and enter it on the official score sheet. b. Each shooter will sign his cards on completion of firing and all cards will be countersigned by the official witnessing officer who is to certify his or her presence on the range throughout the shoot. c. All targets and the completed certificates must be returned to the Secretary, Council for Cadet Rifle Shooting within 7 days of the completion of the team s shoot. Unsigned cards or certificates will be disqualified. 35. Ties. Ties will be decided by the highest aggregate score standing, then if still a tie by the highest aggregate score kneeling. 36. Prizes. a. The first prize will be the award of the Newcombe Cup and 8 gold-toned medals. And b. If 40 teams enter, a second prize of 8 silver-toned medals. c. If 60 or more teams enter, a third prize of 8 bronze-toned medals. d. If the number of teams entered does not reach 40 then CCRS Certificates will be awarded to the Second and Third placed teams. The Winning 4 Team will receive a CCRS Trophy and 4 medals. Place medals will be awarded as per paras 36b-d above. 37. Adjudication. In cases of dispute the decision of CCRS will be considered final. TRAVEL COSTS 38. Travel costs for participation in Air Rifle Competitions are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. 45-5

ACTI NO 46 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 46 SMALL BORE COMPETITIONS THE BATTLE OF BRITAIN CHALLENGE CUP 1. The Battle of Britain Challenge Cup is competed for by teams of 4 cadets. The prizes are as follows: a. 1st Team: Battle of Britain Challenge Cup and 4 NSRA Gold Plaquettes. b. 2nd Team: 4 NSRA Silver Plaquettes. c. 3rd, 4th, and 5th Teams: 4 NSRA Bronze Plaquettes per team. 2. Cadets comprising a team must be under 19 years of age on 1 Sep of the year in which the competition begins. Any number of teams of 4 may be entered from any sqn or flt. PRELIMINARY STAGE 3. Each ATC sqn or flt will arrange among its own personnel a preliminary competition to select its team of 4 cadets. Each Sqn or DF will be allowed to enter one team only. This section of the competition usually begins on 1 Oct and is concluded as soon as possible thereafter. Dates and other definitive conditions are issued annually by the Cadet Council for Rifle Shooting (CCRS). FIRST STAGE 4. Competitors may only shoot for one team at each stage. A cadet transferred after shooting the first stage, may continue for his original team in the second stage. 5. Proportionate NSRA Cards for distances of 15, 20 or 25 yards are issued. Give length of range on the Entry Form. Each set of Cards will be stamped and numbered. The official in charge of each team is to write the name and date of birth of each competitor on the Card, together with the full title of the unit before shooting commences. 6. All shooting is to be witnessed by the CO or his nominee who must be a commissioned officer. He must see each card shot and sign and date them, to certify that the conditions have been met. Each competitor must also sign his card after the shoot. The team must shoot over a period of 8 days, Sunday to Sunday inclusive. It is not necessary for the whole team to shoot on the same day. The First Stage ends in Dec, on a date published by the NSRA. Cards are to be returned to the scorer, immediately after the shoot. SECOND STAGE 46-1

ACTI NO 46 7. The leading 20% of all teams entered in the First Stage will qualify for the Second Stage. The conditions will be as in the First Stage. Witnesses are to be nominated by the Wg CO and must be one of the following: a. Any commissioned officer in the RAF. b. A RAFVR(T) Wg staff officer or officer from another squadron. c. An officer of the Sea Cadet Corps or the Army Cadet Force. d. A committee member of any Rifle Club affiliated to the NSRA. 8. Reserves may be used to take the place of those cadets unable to shoot for their team. They must be from the same unit. The top two teams of 4 (and their reserves) in the Second Stage will represent the ATC in the Inter Services Punch and Shell Matches (see paras 11 to 17). The final for the Battle of Britain will be fired concurrently with the Punch/Shell at Shell House, London. An award will be given to the best second team. CONDITIONS 9. a. Rifles: Any.22. b. Backsight: Operations or Open. c. Foresight: Blade, Barleycorn, Bead or Ring (no telescopic). d. Rests: No rests. e. Spotting: Allowed. f. Targets: One shot at each bull. Shot holes are not to be interfered with or gauged. g. Practice Cards: Practice cards may be purchased from the NSRA: TRAVEL COSTS Lord Roberts House Bisley Camp BROOKWOOD Woking Surrey GU24 0NP Tel: 01483-476969 10. Travel costs for participation in this competition are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. THE PUNCH/SHELL INTER-SERVICES SMALL BORE COMPETITION 46-2

ACTI NO 46 11. The Punch and Shell competitions are shoulder-to-shoulder matches held in London between the winning teams from each of the single service postal competitions organised by the National Small bore Rifle Association (NSRA). The ATC is represented by the 2 best teams in the Battle of Britain Competition. Detailed and definitive conditions for the Punch/Shell matches are issued each year by CCRS. However, for general guidance and training purposes outline conditions are shown below. 46-3

ACTI NO 46 PUNCH TROPHY 12. a. Teams: 8 shooters plus 2 reserves. PRIZES b. Range: 25 yards. c. Targets: NSRA British Match 1989 Series. d. Shoots: One card of 10 shots plus a maximum of 5 sighting shots. e. Rifles: Any.22 inch. f. Sight: Any sights except telescopic or optical. g. Slings: Permitted. h. Coaching: One coach per pair of firers. i. Spotting: Permitted. 13. a. Winning Team: Punch Trophy, NSRA Gilt Plaquettes and 60 for unit funds. b. Second Team: NSRA Silvered Plaquettes and 50 for unit funds. c. Third Team: NSRA Bronze Plaquettes and 40 for unit funds. d. Reserves: Gilt, Silver and Bronze Plaquettes. e. Best Individual: Gilt Plaquette. Also a spoon will be awarded to any cadet scoring the maximum points. SHELL TROPHY 14. a. General: A knockout competition between team of 3 firers drawn from the Punch Teams for each Service plus their reserves. Two Preliminary rounds will establish the team of 3 to represent each Service in the final. b. Range: 25 yards. c. Targets: 12 breakable white discs, 1 inch in diameter. The discs will be mounted on a black background in diamond pattern measuring 10 inches in height by 14 inches in width. d. Rifles, sights and slings: As for the Punch Competition. 46-3

PRIZES ACP 20A ACTI NO 46 e. Scoring: The team which first destroys all of its 12 discs will be the winner of each detail. There will be no time limit. No disc will be regarded destroyed so long as any portion of it remains on the pin. f. Number of shots: 10 per firer in each detail. 15. The Shell Trophy and 3 medals presented by the Shell Company will be awarded to the winning team. ADMINISTRATION 16. Pay is admissible, within the annual entitlement, for officers and adult warrant officers attending the competition in an official capacity. 17. Travelling expenses to and from the competition will be met from HQAC public funds (except sub-para 17d below), subject to the following provisions: a. Travel is to be by the most economical means and should preferably be by rail unless this is impracticable. b. Travel by private transport is admissible at the convenience (PTR) rate. Passengers must be attending as competitors or officials. c. A shooting coach must travel with his cadet team. d. Reimbursement of food costs for meals purchased during the journey to and from the competition may be claimed in accordance with normal regulations of collective subsistence, and the charge placed against the ATC Wg individual travel budget. THE W J TAYLOR SMALL BORE COMPETITION 18. The W J Taylor Trophy is awarded annually to the team obtaining the highest score in the inter- Wg small bore shooting competition. The competition is a postal shoot and is organised by HQAC. The rules and conditions of the competition are given below. CONDITIONS 19. Wg teams will consist of 8 cadets (best 6 to count). Cadets must not have attained their 19th birthday by 31 Mar. 20. Entries are to be sent to HQAC (TG1) by 14 Feb. Late entries cannot be accepted. 21. Sets of stamped targets will be issued as entries are received but shooting must not commence before the date indicated in para 22 below. 46-4

ACTI NO 46 22. Shooting is not to be started before 1 Mar and must be completed by 31 Mar. 23. Wg HQs are to ensure that all targets, fired or unfired, together with a nominal roll of competitors are returned to reach HQAC by 10 Apr. Cards not received by that date will be disqualified. 46-5

ACTI NO 46 24. The firing of all cards must be witnessed by one of the following: a. A regular RAF officer or warrant officer. b. An officer from an ATC sqn not represented in the competition. c. A member of the committee of a civilian rifle club affiliated to the NSRA but who is not the unit's shooting coach. 25. The witness must sign each card which he or she has witnessed, and must verify that the rules and conditions of the competition were observed. This certificate must be sent in with completed targets. More than one witness may be employed, but separate certificates will be required. RULES 26. The rules for the competition are as follows: a. Range: 25 yards. b. Rifles: Any.22 rifles permitted. c. Slings: Permitted. d. Sights: Any except telescopic. e. Ammunition: Any.22. f. Coaching: Permitted. g. Dress: ATC uniform without the addition of any padding or gripping surfaces. h. Shots: 10 per competitor. One at each bull on the card. i. Targets: NSRA 10 Bull British Match 1989 Series stamped and issued by HQAC. j. Scoring: Outward scoring. Bull 10 points, other circles 9, 8, 7, 6, 0. k. Misfires: May be replaced. l. SAA Defects: Only misfires may be replaced. m. Rifle Defects: A defective rifle may be replaced (and 5 sighting shots permitted with the replacement rifle). n. Shot holes must not be gauged or otherwise interfered with. o. Match targets must be signed by the competitors and witness. 46-6

ACTI NO 46 p. Unless otherwise stated NSRA rules for competition shooting will apply. 46-7

ACTI NO 46 TROPHY q. Wg HQs are to return all match cards (fired or unfired) to HQAC (TG1) by 10 April. Cards not received on or before that date will be disqualified. 27. The winning team will hold the W J Taylor Trophy for one year. Arrangements will be made by HQAC and the Wg concerned. Corps medals will be provided for the 8 team members. SUMMARY OF ACTION 28. a. Wg HQs are to enter the competition by 14 Feb (team names are not required at that date). b. HQAC sends 8 stamped match cards and copies of witnessing officer's certificate and nominal roll to each competing Wg. c. Wg HQs arrange for the competition to be shot during Mar. d. Wg HQs are to return completed cards and certificates to HQAC (TG1) before 10 Apr. TRAVEL COSTS 29. Travel costs for participation in this competition are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. THE WHISTLER TROPHY SMALL BORE COMPETITION 30. The Inter Services Cadet small bore competition for the Whistler Trophy is a postal shoot between teams of 40 cadets from the SCC, the ACF and the ATC. The ATC team is chosen by HQAC from the results of a preliminary shoot following the nomination of cadets by Wg HQs. The shoot takes place during Mar/Apr each year and cadets must be under the age of 19 on the day of the shoot. SELECTION OF TEAMS 31. All Wg HQs are to submit a return to reach HQAC by mid-dec in the format shown at Annex A to this Instruction. The return is to include details of all cadets capable of scoring 95 or over consistently under the conditions outlined below. HQAC will select the provisional ATC team from these returns. Those selected will receive 2 NSRA targets which are to be fired and returned to HQAC by mid-feb. From these the ATC team of 40 cadets will be selected. COMPETITION 32. NSRA stamped competition targets for each of the selected 40 cadets comprising the ATC team will be sent to the Wg HQs concerned. 46-6

ACTI NO 46 33. Each target must be shot in the presence of a witness who is to sign and date each target to certify that the rules have been complied with. It is not necessary for team members to use the same range. 34. The witness is to be a commissioned officer of a unit other than that to which the competitor belongs, or a member of the committee of a rifle club affiliated to the NSRA. RULES AND CONDITIONS 35. a. Rifles: Any single loading.22 rifle b. Sights: Iron sights only, aperture or open c. Triggers: Must be tested with a 3lbs dead weight trigger tester d. Slings: Permitted e. Rests: Nil. f. Coaching and Spotting: Permitted g. Targets: NSRA 10 Bull British Match 1989 Series. One shot to be fired at each bull. h. Shots: 20 each cadet - 10 each at 2 cards. Each member to fire both cards within one hour. i. Shot holes: Must not be gauged or interfered with in any way j. Scoring: Outward scoring. Bull 10 points, other circles, 9, 8, 7, 6, 0. RETURN OF TARGETS 36. All NSRA cards are to be returned to HQAC immediately shooting has taken place and in any case by not later than 1 May. Team members are to fire as soon as possible during Mar/Apr. It is particularly important that if, for any reason, a selected cadet cannot fire, his target must be immediately returned to HQAC (TG1) so that it may be fired by a reserve. Failure to do this will jeopardise the chances of the ATC winning this competition. SUMMARY OF ACTION TO BE TAKEN 37. Wg HQs submit Annex A by mid-dec. 38. HQAC selects team and issues targets. Team members fire targets during Mar/Apr. THE FFENNELL COMPETITIONS (SMALL - BORE MATCHES FOR THE YOUTH OF THE COMMONWEALTH) 46-7

ACTI NO 46 39. The matches are held under the authority of the Commonwealth Postal Competitions Committee. Membership of the Committee consists of one representative, of national level, of each of the UK competing organisations, one representative of each of the Commonwealth Countries taking part and representatives of the UK MOD, the NSRA, the Army Rifle Association, the CCRS and the Trustees of the Ffennell Rifle Fund. 46-8

ACTI NO 46 CORRESPONDENCE 40. The CCRS will provide the Secretary to the Committee and will handle all correspondence concerning the matches. AIM 41. The aim of these team matches is to encourage the Youth of the Commonwealth to participate in the sport of small bore target rifle shooting. TEAMS ELIGIBLE TO ENTER 42. Open to any number of teams from any unit or sub-unit anywhere in the Commonwealth, of a sqn, battery or company or equivalent strength or lower, including: TEAMS a. CCF. b. SCC. c. ACF. d. ATC. e. Girls Venture Corps or Girls Training Corps (Scotland). f. Junior sailors, soldiers or airmen in one Establishment. g. Any other body approved by the Committee. 43. Each team shall consist of 8 firers. The team captain may or may not be one of these 8. The captain and all firers must be under the age of 19 years on the day of firing the match and be serving members of the same unit or sub-unit. See paragraph 42 above. DATE OF FIRING 44. A team must fire between 1 Apr and 31 Mar. The whole team need not fire on the same day. ENTRANCE FEES 45. United Kingdom. Entry fees, in the amount stated on the annual entry forms, are to be paid by money order, postal order or cheque payable to the CCRS. ENTRIES 46. a. Entry forms will be distributed by the Committee. 46-9

ACTI NO 46 b. Entries from UK units will be sent to the Secretary, CCRS. c. On receipt of entries, register cards and target stickers will be posted to the officer commanding the unit. RULES AND CONDITIONS 47. a. Ranges may be indoor or outdoor and may be 15 yards, 20 yards or 25 yards, measured from the front edge of the firing point to the target. b. The matches will be fired in one of two classes, either: (1) Class A. Target rifles, any.22 rifle with sights, other than telescopic or magnifying. OR (2) Class B. Rifles of government manufacture used as issued with no wind gauge and with a blade foresight. c. Targets will be: (1) Class A. NSRA British Match 10 Target 1510BM, 2010BM or 2510BM for 15, 20 and 25 yards respectively. (2) Class B. NSRA Cadets and Schools or Tin Hat 1505CS/TH, 20095CS/TH or 2505CS/TH for 15, 20 and 25 yards respectively. d. Targets are obtainable from NSRA, Lord Roberts House, Bisley Camp, Brookwood, Surrey GU24 0NP (Tel: 014867-6969). e. Sixteen target stickers per team will be supplied by the organising authority and must be affixed to the targets before shooting commences. f. Practices: Each member of the team will fire 2 cards, 10 rounds to count being fired at each card. On CS targets, 2 rounds to be fired at each aiming mark. HPS = 200 Team HPS = 1,600 g. Slings: May be used. They may be attached to the rifle at not more than 2 points and must not exceed 2 inches in width or ¼ inch in thickness. h. Coaching: Only allowed by the captain and by team members. 46-10

ACTI NO 46 j. Rests: No rests may be used. The forearm, hands, rifle and sling must be clear of the ground and there must be a minimum of 4 inches clearance between the back of the forward hand and the ground. k. Scoring. (1) Decimal targets will be scored inward gauging. British NSRA 1966 targets will be scored outward gauging. The value of the shot will be determined by use of the.22 plug gauge. In the case of inward gauging targets, when the flange of the gauge touches the line, the higher value will be credited. In the case of outward gauging targets, when the flange touches the inside of the line, the lower value will be credited. (2) In the event of a tie, the whole sets of tying targets must be re-scored using large gauges. These are.250,.244,.238 for 25, 20 and 15 yards respectively. Note that the use of large gauges leads to reduction of scores on outward gauging targets, and increase of scores on inward gauging targets. (3) No gauging or interfering with the shot holes is permitted before the targets are sent in for scoring. l. Hits on the Wrong Card: In any competition, where a competitor places more than the specified number of shots on any target on his or her own card or cards, but not more than the number specified in the competition, full credit shall be given for every shot which can distinctly be seen, subject to a penalty of one point for each shot in excess on any particular target. (1) Where a card has on it less than 10 shots, any shot deficient shall be deemed a miss unless the witness can certify of his or her own knowledge that a particular shot was fired in error on the target of another shooter firing in the same team and competition. In this event, the shot on the other target will be scored subject to a penalty of 2 points. (2) Subject to (1) above, where a card has on it more than 10 shots, the Statistical Officer shall score the 10 with the lowest value. A penalty of one point will be deducted for each shot in excess of 10. m. Range Officials: Shooting must be witnessed by a commissioned officer or by a member of the committee of any recognised rifle club. The witness must have in his or her possession a copy of the Instructions that will be issued with the stickers. The witness must sign the certificate and forward it to the organising authority with the targets. n. Disqualification: No person may shoot more than once in these competitions in the same year. Anyone doing so will disqualify the second or subsequent unit for which he or she shoots. o. Sighting Shots. Sighting shots are permitted. RETURN OF TARGETS 46-11

ACTI NO 46 48. Targets must be returned to the national nominated shooting organisation for scoring by a date to be decided by the organisation concerned. Targets received after that date will be disqualified. RESULTS 49. a. UK results will be scored under CCRS arrangements. b. A list of results will be published in Mar of each year, covering the matches for the previous year. The result will be distributed according to the instructions of the Organising Committee and will be given to the Press. PRIZES 50. a. Trophies. (1) Class A. Winner: The King George V Trophy Second: A Challenge Shield (2) Class B. Winner: The Lord Milner Trophy Second: A Challenge Shield b. Medals. Silver medals suitably edge stamped will be awarded to members of the first, second and third teams in each class. TRAVEL COSTS 51. Travel costs for participation in this competition are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. THE GREEN HOWARDS/COUNTRY LIFE SMALL BORE COMPETITION 52. The competition is an annual non-central competition administered by the Green Howards in consultation with the CCRS and the 3 regular Services. It is open to all units of the ATC. The competition is fired in 2 classes: a. Class A - Open to teams using match sights. b. Class B - Open to teams using sights as issued. Units may enter one or 2 teams which need not be in the same class. PRIZES 53. The following prizes will be presented by the Green Howards: a. Class A Cup to be held by the winning team for one year plus an inscribed shield to be retained. Silver medals will be awarded to each member of the winning team. 46-12

ACTI NO 46 b. Class B Cup to be held by the winning team for one year plus an inscribed shield to be retained. Silver medals will be awarded to each member of the winning team. c. Bronze medals will be awarded to each member of the teams placed second and third in each class. d. Bronze medals for each member of a second team, not in the first three, achieving the best score in each class. In addition, Progress Shields will be presented by the CCRS to be held for one year by the team in each class which has shown the greatest improvement in that class in that year. 46-13

ACTI NO 46 MATCH CONDITIONS 54. The match conditions are lengthy and too complex to detail here: they are fully covered in the competition rules distributed with entry forms. In brief the matches comprise 4 Series shot in the prone position as follows: a. Series 1 Grouping: 5 rounds deliberate, no time limit. Targets 200/25 or 200/20 yards Bisley 1972/73. b. Series 2 Rapid: 10 rounds, fire at each time 60 seconds. Targets as for Series 1. c. Series 3 Snap: 5 rounds, special time conditions. Targets WO No 32 200/20 snap shooting disc. d. Series 4 Landscape: 6 rounds each member of a 2 person team, time limit one hour from erecting the landscape target. GENERAL CONDITIONS 55. Teams. Teams will consist of 9 cadets in Class A and 5 cadets in Class B, all of whom must be on the strength of the unit. The same 8/4 cadets shoot in all 4 series, the ninth/fifth cadet being the leader for Series 4. However, the leader may shoot in the first three series, in which case the ninth/fifth cadet shoots in Series 4. When a unit enters 2 teams, no member of the first team shall shoot or act as leader or reserve in the second team. 56. Ranges. Any convenient range may be used. The range should measure not less than 25 yds from the front of the firing point to the face of the target. Ranges measuring only 20 yds will, however, be admitted provided that the fact is notified at the time of entering. The length of the range will be checked by the Supervising Officer before shooting starts. 57. Rifles. Strictly confined to the No 8 as issued. The trigger-pull must not be changed to single pressure, and pull-off must not be less than 3lbs. Butt pads to be retained. 58. Sights. a. Match Sights. The backsight can be either modified or replaced by any other except telescopic or orthoptic. The tunnel foresight may be used. b. Sights as Issued. No modification may be carried out to the backsight or foresight as issued by the MOD. Tunnel foresights are not permitted. 59. Slings and Rests. Slings are permitted. Rests are not permitted either for the body or forearm. The forearm, hands, rifle and sling must be clear of the ground and of any support. 60. Sighters. Each member of the team will fire Series 1, 2 and 3 without leaving the firing point, and will be allowed 2 coached sighting shots before Series 1. Cadets may fire 2 further sighting shots immediately before Series 4 (Landscape) for the purpose of checking their individual sight-setting. In 46-14

ACTI NO 46 both cases the firer may be shown his sighting targets. The team coach, or any member of the team may spot and advise on these sighters, using telescope or binoculars. Firers will be allowed to see their targets after both Series 1 and Series 2, and to adjust their own sights at their own discretion without any assistance, verbal or physical, from anyone. While targets are being changed bolts will be open and firers will not touch their rifles with their firing hand. 61. Ammunition..22 inch ball as issued. 62. Number on Firing Line. The Supervising Officer is to decide, with due regard to the available accommodation, the number of team members who may fire simultaneously in Series 1, 2 and 3. In Series 4 the competitors will fire in pairs or singly, as laid down in match conditions. 63. Targets. Targets for Series 1, 2 and 3, for practice and for the match, will be obtained by units direct from John McQueen Printers Ltd, PO Box 5, GALASHIELS, TD1 3NL, Scotland. Tel: 01896 4866. Targets used in the match must first be backed with 'Country Life' stickers, which will be brought to the range on the day of the shoot, together with landscape targets and score sheets, by the Supervising Officer. 64. Misfires. In event of a misfire, a replacement round will be issued and a time allowance given. In the rapid series 6 seconds per round will be allowed to load and fire. 65. Spotting and Coaching. During the firing of Series 1 to 4 there will be no spotting or coaching, other than as set out in para 10 above, 'Sighters'. The use of telescopes or binoculars on the firing point will not be permitted except by the team leader in Series 4. 66. Scoring. All scoring will be done by the appointed Judge. No other person is permitted to gauge or to interfere with shot-holes in any way. Where shots are close together in Series 2 and Series 3, certificates of number of shots actually fired, or backings, should be enclosed to assist the Judge. 67. Surplus Shots. Should a member of the team place more than a specified number of shots on any diagram of his card, but not more than the number specified in the competition, full credit shall be given for every shot, subject to a penalty of one point for each shot in excess on any particular diagram. Should a shot or shots be fired before the word 'Fire' or after the word 'Stop', the Supervising Officer shall so mark the target, and an equal number of hits of the highest value scored will be deducted. 68. Practice Targets. A limited number of the Landscape Targets of previous issues is available for practice purposes, and may be obtained from: CCRS, Derby Lodge, Bisley Camp, BROOKWOOD, Woking, Surrey GU24 ONY. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION 69. Wg HQs are to appoint a Supervising Officer who should be an Officer, or Regular WO or Regular SNCO who is not from the same unit and not directly involved in the training of the teams. The Supervising Officer is to take the targets, stickers and score sheets with him or her on the day of the shoot. He or she is to: 46-15

ACTI NO 46 a. Affix a sticker to the back of each target used in Series 1, 2 and 3 so that it lies behind a bull. b. Record the class, A or B, of the team on each target, and where there are 2 teams in one class he is to record the first or second team on each target. c. Record the unit, name, rank and initials of each cadet on the front of each target. d. Complete the nominal roll and sign the appropriate certificate. 70. The Supervising Officer is to forward the completed targets as soon as possible direct to the Judge whose address will be notified under separate cover. HQAC will advise the Judge of units which initially applied to compete but in the event did not shoot. TIMINGS 71. Entry is free and is made direct to the CCRS on a special entry form available from HQAC in early December. 72. The competition must be fired between 1 Feb and mid-mar. All teams are to inform HQAC of the day and place where the competition is to be fired, giving an alternative date. 73. All teams must inform their Wg HQ of the day and place where the competition is to be fired, giving an alternative date. TRAVEL COSTS 74. Travel costs for participation in this competition are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. 46-16

ACTI NO 46 ANNEX A TO ACTI NO 46...Wg ATC Reference:... Date... HQAC (TG1) INTER-CADET SERVICES SMALL BORE MATCH - THE WHISTLER TROPHY The undermentioned cadets form this Wg are nominated for selection for the above match. They are all capable of consistently high scores (95 or over), and are listed in order of priority. ORDER OF CHOICE NAME SQN RANGE AT WHICH CADET WILL SHOOT (15, 20, 25 YARDS) for Wg Cdr 46-A-1 Commanding

46-A-1 ACP 20A ACTI NO 46

ACTI NO 47 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 47 FULL-BORE COMPETITIONS THE EARL ROBERTS FULL BORE COMPETITION 1. The Competition is open to all cadet units within the national cadet movement of each Commonwealth country. CONDITIONS 2. Units may enter any number of teams. 3. Entrance Fee: As denoted on the entry form - cheques to be made payable to CCRS. 4. The Earl Roberts trophy will be awarded to the winning team. However, due to the historic value of the trophy, and the high cost of insurance, should it be won by an ATC sqn it will normally be stored at HQAC and made available to the winning unit on specific occasions. A photograph of the Earl Roberts trophy will also be awarded to the winning team along with Roberts bronze medals. 5. Ties. For first place will be decided by the best team total scored in Practice 2. Subsequent places will be decided by the best team total scored in Practice 2, 4, 3, 1. REGULATIONS 6. Firing Point and Butt Registers to be used in the match will be forwarded from the UK in duplicate for all competing teams along with the detailed competition regulations. One set, marked Copy is to be retained for record purposes. The original set properly certified, is to be returned to the Secretary and Organiser, Cadet Council for Rifle Shooting (CCRS), Derby Lodge, Bisley Camp, Brookwood, Woking, Surrey. 7. Units or HQs of organisations will make application for entries, stating the number of teams they wish to enter, together with their entry fee to the Secretary CCRS. 8. The match may be fired locally on a gallery range on any day but must be completed in one day. The current competition must be completed by 31 March of the competition year. Once commenced, the match is to be shot to a finish and not postponed for stress of weather or for any other reason. A team must fire between 1 Apr and 31 Mar. The completed sets of Registers must reach the Organiser by not later than 15 Apr in the following year. A list of results will be published annually. 9. CCRS will act as Adjudicator. AMMUNITION 47-1

ACTI NO 47 10. Government ammunition only is to be used. COMPOSITION OF TEAMS 11. A team will comprise 4 cadets, one of whom may be the team captain. However, teams may include a non-firing team captain. 12. All team members must be under 19 years of age on the date the Match is fired. 13. No-one may be a member of more than one team. COACHING 14. Coaching is allowed only between members of the team including the team captain who, if non-firing, may move about the firing point in the execution of his or her duties but must keep a low profile. 15. Screening of a competitor or his or her firearm from the sun or weather is not allowed. DRESS AND EQUIPMENT 16. Uniform as issued by the organisation concerned will normally be worn. However, if local conditions justify the wearing of civilian clothes the local cdr may authorise this. Mixed dress is not permitted. 17. Gloves, gauntlets and shooting jackets as an aid to shooting are not allowed. The Service sling as issued, may be used as an aid to shooting. 18. Standard pattern elbow pads may be worn. 19. Tinted glasses, binoculars and telescopes are permitted. 20. One waterproof cape, Ground sheet or poncho may be used by each member of the team including the non-firing team captain, in any way he or she wishes, either on the ground or over himself. 21. Ear defenders are to be worn. They may be plug or earphone pattern. The Range Officer is to enforce the rule. MISFIRES, JAMS ETC 22. No allowance will be made for misfires or jams, due to a defect or breakage in weapon or magazines or the actions of the firer, except that one additional round will be allowed for each misfire in Practice 1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 47-2

23. No competitor will leave the firing point, without having his or her weapon and magazine inspected by the Firing Point Officer. ACP 20A ACTI NO 47 24. No live ammunition or empty cases will be taken from the range. Unfired rounds or misfires must be handed to the Firing Point Officer before leaving the firing point. 47-3

ACTI NO 47 25. No practice with unloaded weapons may take place except in the correct position on the firing point and not then if there is anyone if front of the firing point. WEAPONS 26. The competition is shot with the L98-A1 Cadet GP Rifle as issued. DISTANCES 27. Some ranges are at present measured in yards and others in metres. The figures, therefore, relating to distances for the competition will be taken as either yards or metres. GENERAL 28. The success of this competition depends on accurate recording of the results obtained. TRAVEL COSTS/PAY 29. Travel costs for participation in this competition are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. Pay is admissible within the annual entitlement. THE MONTGOMERY OF ALAMEIN CADET POSTAL COMPETITION 30. The Competition takes place annually between 1 October and mid-july. The competition will be shot in 2 stages. The best 5 teams in the first stage will fire in the final stage during the Inter-Service Cadet Rifle Meeting at Bisley in July. Should any team be unable to compete in the final stage the right will pass to the next in order of merit. The completed registers for the First Stage must be received by the Secretary CCRS by the notified qualifying date in mid-june or scores cannot be accepted. TEAMS 31. Open to any number of teams of 4 cadets as defined below: a. Sea Cadet Corps (SCC). A unit team may consist of 3 cadets from an SCC Unit and one cadet from another SCC unit in the same SCC area. b. Army Cadet Force (ACF). A unit team may consist of 3 cadets from a Company, Battery, Area or Group and one cadet from another equivalent unit in the same County who has not qualified. In a few exceptional cases the team may be drawn from a Regiment or Battalion where the unit in question comprises a number of Detachments and operates directly BELOW County or equivalent command. c. ATC (ATC). A unit team may consist of 3 cadets from an ATC sqn and one cadet from another ATC sqn in the same ATC Wg. A unit team need not be composed of the same 4 members in both stages. No one may compete in more than one team in any one year. 47-4

ACTI NO 47 ELIGIBILITY 32. Cadets must be less than 19 years on 1 Sep of the current year (minimum age is laid down in the shooting regulations for the 3 Services). CONDITIONS 33. a. Dress: Uniform (Denims may be worn). Belts optional. Exterior or Strap-on Elbow Pads ARE NOT PERMITTED. ENTRY b. Range: 200 yards for all Practices. c. Position: Prone without any form of artificial rest. d. Targets: 4 x Large Snapshooting, ie Figure 12(59) with a 12 in diameter circle. Scoring 5, 4. (Shots outside border do not count) 4 x Army 4 ft Targets: Sand coloured with a Figure 12(59) in the centre as aiming mark. Diameters of scoring circles are 6, 12, 30 and 48 ins. Scoring 5, 4, 3 and 2 respectively. e. Rifles: Government L98-A1 Cadet GP Rifle as issued. The sling may be used. f. Coaching: Coaching by cadets or staff of the same unit is allowed. 34. Entry is through completion of CCRS entry form. Fee as stated on form. CONDUCT OF THE MATCH 35. From 15 minutes before the start of the Match until its conclusion, no member of the team may fire other than in the Match. Practices will be fired in the order shown below. Once the Match has begun it must be completed and must not be postponed for any reason. a. Practice 1 (Deliberate). TWO Sighting Shots and 7 to count per firer in 15 minutes at 200 yards. Target (Army 4 ft). Another round will be allowed for a misfire. b. Practice 2 (Rapid). FIVE shots per firer in 30 seconds starting with rifles loaded and on aim. Target as for Practice 1. c. Practice 3 (Snapshooting). FIVE shots per firer starting with rifles loaded and on aim. FIVE appearances each of 5 seconds with intervals of about 10 seconds. One shot only to be fired at each appearance. Target (Large Snapshooting). d. One Dummy Exposure of the target may be made. If a shot is fired at this Dummy Exposure, it will not count for any purpose and will be a lost round to the firer. e. In Practices 2 and 3 there will be no allowances for misfires or jams. 47-5

ACTI NO 47 ADMINISTRATION 36. On receipt of the entrance fee by the Secretary CCRS, special Firing Point and Butt Registers will be forwarded. a. Supervisors. Two are required who can be: (1) Commissioned Officers of the Cadet Services who do not belong to the same Cadet Wg or equivalent unit as the competing team. (2) Commissioned Officers or Warrant Officers of the Regular Forces. (3) Commissioned Officers or Warrant Officers of the Reserve Forces as long as their unit is not the sponsor unit of the competing teams involved. (4) Members of the Inter Service Cadet Rifle Matches Committee who do not belong to the same Cadet Wg as the competing team. If none of the above are available and only after clearance by CCRS, units may use Senior Officers of the local Police Force or Senior members of the County Rifle Association. PRIZES 37. 1st The Montgomery of Alamein Challenge Cup and 4 CCRS Gold Medals. 2nd 3rd A Challenge Cup presented by the ACFA and 4 CCRS Silver Medals. A Challenge Cup presented by the ACFA and 4 CCRS Bronze Medals. To be awarded on the scores in the final stage. TRAVEL COSTS/PAY 38. Travel costs for the first stage are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. The final stage is shot during the Inter-Service Cadet Rifle Meeting: therefore, travel costs for this stage will be met by HQAC funds. Pay is admissible within the annual entitlement. THE COMMANDANT'S CUP FULL BORE COMPETITION 39. The trophy was purchased in 1964 with Air Cadet funds for an annual competition for full-bore rifle shooting and is known as the Commandant's Cup. 47-6

ACTI NO 47 40. The competition is a long range, full-bore shooting competition at 300 and 500 yards designed to stimulate interest, promote enthusiasm, provide the spur of competition, and serve as a guide to the selection of the best possible ATC entry for the annual inter-cadet services Bisley match. 41. The trophy will be awarded to the team obtaining the highest score in the competition. Medals will be awarded to the 12 highest individual scorers. 47-7

ACTI NO 47 CONDITIONS 42. a. Conditions of the Competition: To make entry possible to almost all sqns in the ATC the competition will be conducted as a postal shoot on simple lines. Its fairness is dependent entirely on the honesty and integrity of sqn cdrs and shooting coaches. RULES b. Competitors. The competition is open to any number of teams of 4 cadets from any one sqn. c. Entry: No application for entry is required. d. Timing: The competition is to be fired between 1 January and 30 April annually. e. Training: This is essentially a training exercise to which the spur of competition has been applied. 43. a. Age: Cadets MUST be under the age of 19 years on 1 Sep of year of competition. b. Rifles: L81-A1 rifle as issued. A sling may be used. c. Sights: Any non-telescopic sight approved by the MOD for fitment to the rifle. d. Position: Prone without any form of artificial rest. e. Range: Any approved range. f. Distance: 300 and 500 yards. g. Practices: Two sighting shots and 7 to count per cadet. h. Targets: NRA Bisley targets for 300 and 500 yards. AMMUNITION 44. 7.62 ammunition as issued for training. SUPERVISION 45. The sqn cdr is to appoint a responsible adult person to keep the scores and verify the range distances. TEAMS 46. Team nominations must be handed to the supervisor appointed by the sqn cdr BEFORE the shoot begins. 47-8

ACTI NO 47 TIME LIMIT 47. All 4 members of a team must be present throughout firing and firing must be completed in one day. SIMULATION OF BISLEY CONDITIONS 48. Whenever possible firing should take place at Wg, inter-wg or inter-regional shoots. Membership of the CCRS will enable the Bisley ranges to be used for this competition. ADMINISTRATION 49. Scores, certified by the range supervisor and the sqn cdr are to be submitted to HQAC (TG1) on the score sheet as at Annex A at any time but not later than 7 May. SUMMARY OF ACTION 50. a. Sqns select a team of 4 cadets under the age of 19 years on 1 Sep and commence practising. b. Upon the receipt of score sheet, arrange for all the team members to fire on the same day by 30 April. c. Ensure completed score sheets are returned to HQAC (TG1) by 7 May. TRAVEL COSTS/PAY 51. Travel costs for participation in this competition are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. Pay is admissible within the annual entitlement. THE AIR GUNNERS' TROPHY COMPETITION 52. The trophy was presented in 1982 by the Air Gunners' Association to commemorate the ATC' 40th Anniversary. The competition is a full-bore rifle competition to promote and improve cadet shooting over the longer gallery ranges prior to the Inter-Service Cadet Bisley match. It is held on the final day of the annual pre-bisley special shooting camp at RAF Sealand and competed for by the 12 selected ATC teams attending for intensive shooting training. 53. The trophy will be awarded to the ATC team achieving the highest combined score over the 300 and 600 yard ranges. CONDITIONS 47-9

54. a. Conduct of the Competition: The competition will be conducted under NRA regulations. ACP 20A ACTI NO 47 b. Competitors. Confined to the full bore ATC unit teams selected to attend the annual Pre-Bisley shooting camp. c. Distance: 300 and 600 yards. d. Rifles: Parker Hale L81-A1 target rifles, with any non-telescopic sight approved by the MOD for fitment to the weapon. e. Scoring: In accordance with NRA rules. Final judgement by the Range Supervisor. f. Shots: Two sighting shots and 7 to count per cadet at each distance. g. Targets: NRA Bisley targets for 300/600 yards. h. Ties: Should there be a tie for first place the competition will be decided by a shoot-off of 5 rounds between the team captains at 600 yards. TROPHY PRESENTATION 55. The trophy will normally be presented at the range on the announcement of the result of the competition. The winners will hold the trophy for a year and are to have it engraved with the unit name at the end of the period of tenure. TRAVEL COSTS/PAY 56. Travel costs and pay for participation in this competition are as at ACTI No 44 para 10. THE AIR CADET PRE-BISLEY COMPETITION 57. The Air Cadet Pre-Bisley Competition is a long range, full bore rifle shooting competition fired at 300 and 500 yards designed to give extra encouragement and practice to teams wishing to be considered to represent the ATC in the Inter-Services Cadet Rifle Meeting at Bisley. Selection is based on performance in the competition and the top 50 teams are normally selected. All teams selected to represent the Corps at Bisley are to have fired in this competition. CONDITIONS 58. a. Competitors: The competition is open to all sqns and any number of teams may be entered. A team is to consist of 4 cadets, at least 3 of whom must be members of the sqn, but may include one cadet from any other sqn in the same wg. b. Age: Cadets must be 14½ years of age or over and under the age of 19 years on 1 September of year of competition. 47-10

ACTI NO 47 c. Entry: Application for entry is not necessary. d. Timing: The competition is to be fired between 1 Mar and mid-may. e. Prizes: The Pre-Bisley Competition Shield will be awarded to the winning team along with medals to the 8 highest individual scorers. 47-11

ACTI NO 47 RULES 59. a. Rifles: Parker Hale L81-A1 target rifles. b. Sights: Any non-telescopic sight approved by MOD for fitment to the rifle. c. Position: Prone without any form of artificial rest. d. Range: Any approved range. e. Distances: 300 and 500 yards. f. Practices: Two sighting shots and 7 to count per cadet. g. Ammunition: 7.62mm ammunition as issued for training. h. Targets: NRA Bisley targets for 300/500 yards. i. Supervision: Officers commanding wgs are to appoint officers to supervise each shoot in the competition. The Officer appointed to witness a shoot is required to certify the scores and verify the range distances. j. Time Limit: All 4 members of a team must be present throughout firing and firing must be completed in one day. k. Simulation of Bisley Conditions: Whenever possible firing should take place at Wg, Inter-Wg or Regional shoots. Affiliation to the CCRS will enable the Bisley ranges to be used for this competition. ADMINISTRATION 60. Scores are to be submitted to HQAC (TG1) on the score sheet at Annex B by 18 May. TRAVEL COSTS/PAY 61. Travel costs for participation in this competition are to be met by the Wg public budget for collective travel. Pay is admissible within the annual entitlement. THE CAMPBELL CUP 62. The Campbell Cup was presented to the Corps by Wg Cdr G Campbell MBE DL RAFVR(T) to mark his retirement in May 83, and his active promotion of full bore competition shooting in the Corps from the immediate post-war years. ELIGIBILITY 47-12

ACTI NO 47 63. All ATC cadets participating in the annual Inter-Service Cadet Full Bore Meeting at Bisley as part of a selected sqn team. ADMINISTRATION 64. The Campbell Cup will be presented annually at the Inter-Service Cadet Full Bore Meeting to the ATC cadet with the highest individual aggregate score in the following competitions: a. Individual. b. Patriotic Shield. c. Frankfort Shield. d. Watts Bowl. 65. The trophy is to be retained by the cadet for 12 months at his parent sqn headquarters. The sqn will be responsible for the safe custody of the trophy, the engraving of the cadet's name in the roll of honour on the trophy plinth, and its transportation to Bisley in time for the next year's meeting. The trophy will be insured by HQ AC. 66. The Campbell Cup will be presented at the formal award ceremony on the final day of the cadet meeting. THE GILL TROPHY 67. The Gill Trophy was presented to the ATC by the Air Gunners' Association to honour the memory of their long serving honorary Secretary, Mr Freddie Gill. The trophy was initially presented by Mrs Irene Gill at the 1986 Bisley Inter-Service Cadet Rifle Meeting. ELIGIBILITY 68. All ATC teams participating in the Annual Inter-Service Cadet Rifle Meeting at Bisley. ADMINISTRATION 69. The Gill Trophy will be awarded to the ATC team with the best aggregate score in the following competitions at the Annual Inter-Service Cadet Rifle Meeting at Bisley: a. Individual. b. Patriotic Shield. c. Frankfort Shield. d. Watts Bowl. 47-13

ACTI NO 47 70. The presentation will take place at the formal award ceremony on the final day of the cadet meeting. Annexes: A. Commandant s Cup Competition Score Sheet. B. Pre-Bisley Competition Score Sheet. 47-14

ANNEX A TO ACTI NO 47 ACP 20A ACTI NO 47 POST/FAX TO REACH HQAC TG1 BY CLOSING DATE 7 MAY THE COMMANDANT'S CUP COMPETITION SQN Wg Date of Shoot between 1 Jan-30 Apr Range 300 YARDS Cadets (Initials and Name) BLOCK CAPITALS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TOTALS 1. 2. 3. 4. TOTAL 500 YARDS Cadets (Initials and Name) BLOCK CAPITALS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TOTALS 1. 2. 3. 4. TOTAL Coach... Signed... Witnessing Officer appointed by Wg CO Date... Unit... INDIVIDUAL TOTAL SCORES GRAND TOTAL EXPLANATORY NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 47-A-1

ACTI NO 47 ANNEX B TO ACTI NO 47 POST/FAX TO REACH HQAC TG1 BY CLOSING DATE 18 MAY AIR CADET PRE-BISLEY COMPETITION SQN Wg Date of Shoot between 1 Mar-mid-May Range 300 YARDS Cadets (Initials and Name) BLOCK CAPITALS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TOTALS 1. 2. 3. 4. TOTAL 500 YARDS Cadets (Initials and Name) BLOCK CAPITALS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TOTALS 1. 2. 3. 4. TOTAL GRAND TOTAL Coach... Signed... Witnessing Officer appointed by Wg CO Date... Unit... INDIVIDUAL TOTAL SCORES HOME ADDRESS OF COACH (for Bisley correspondence) 1. 2. 3. 4. TEAM CAN/CANNOT ATTEND PRE-BISLEY CAMP Tel (Home)------------------- 47-B-1 Tel (Work)-------------------

ACTI NO 47 MAKE EXPLANATORY NOTES OVER LEAF 47-B-1

ACTI NO 48 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 48 MARKSMANSHIP BADGES INTRODUCTION 1. Marksmanship badges may be gained by a cadet when firing an annual range course or as part of training at annual camp, and for participation in one or other of specified shooting competitions. TYPES OF BADGES 2. Cadets may qualify for 3 types of marksmanship badges: a. ATC marksmanship badges (see para 3). b. Shooting Blues (see paras 9 and 10). c. Cadet Hundred (see para 12). ATC MARKSMANSHIP BADGES 3. Cadets may qualify for ATC marksmanship badges which are as follows: a. ATC Marksman. b. RAF Marksman. 4. Details of range courses to be fired and qualifying standards are contained in ACTI No 43, Annexes A, B, C, and D. Cadets must requalify for both badges annually. A cadet who fails to requalify may no longer wear the badge. 5. The authority for the issue of ATC and RAF Badges is vested in the Wg CO. Certificates of qualification or requalification are to be raised at sqn level, signed by the officer who conducted the range practice and countersigned by the sqn cdr. Certificates are then to be forwarded to the appropriate Wg HQs. Marksmanship badges are to be demanded by Wg HQs from the Wg parenting station and issued to sqns on receipt and approval of qualification certificates. 6. Reserved. 48-1

ACTI NO 48 SHOOTING BLUES 9. Cadets who represent their Wg or Rgn in a shooting competition are eligible for the award of a Wg or Rgn Blue. 10. A Corps Shooting Blue is a blazer badge bearing the ATC badge. It is identical to those awarded for Corps sports representation. A Shooting Blue may be awarded to a cadet who represents the Corps in the following Inter-Service Competitions: a. Inter-Service Cadet Small Bore Competition (The Whistler Trophy). b. The Punch and Shell Competition. c. The Inter-Service Cadet Challenge Trophy fired at Bisley (teams and reserves only). 11. The award of a Corps Blue will be made automatically by HQAC. Cadets who are awarded a shooting Blue will also receive a certificate. Cadets who have previously been awarded a Blue, whether for shooting or sport, will receive the certificate only. CADET HUNDRED 12. Any cadet whose best aggregate score is amongst the top 100 at the Bisley Inter - Services Cadet Rifle Meeting will receive a Cadet Hundred badge. The badges are awarded at the presentation ceremony which concludes the meeting. 48-2

ACTI No 50 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION No 50 THE BRITISH CADET RIFLE TEAM THE ATHELINGS 1. During Jul and Aug each year the Council for Cadet Rifle Shooting (CCRS) sends a representative British Cadet Rifle Team (The Athelings) to Canada. The Team comprises a Commandant, an Adjutant, an Armourer/Coach and 18 cadets from the Single Service Cadet Forces and the CCF (Army and RAF). They compete against a Canadian Cadet Team for the Michael Faraday Trophy in the Dominion Rifle Meeting in Ottawa. During the 4-week stay in Canada there are also opportunities for sightseeing and visits to places of interest. Cadets are chosen primarily because of their record as outstanding target rifle shots. However, they must also demonstrate the highest standards of personal qualities. ATC cadets may be recommended by unit cdrs following a trawl for candidates initiated by HQ AC (Wg Cdr TG) in Oct each year. 2. It is recognised that SCC, ACF and ATC cadets can be at a disadvantage, when compared with those from the CCF, in their opportunities for competition shooting under NRA conditions. Consequently, CCRS has introduced a supplementary selection procedure which reserves up to 3 places for suitable candidates who have distinguished themselves in the Inter-Service Cadet Rifle Meeting (ISCRM). 3. Cadets selected during the ISCRM will attend a preliminary selection weekend during Sep from which 15 are selected to undergo further training. Final selection takes place in Jan. An ATC cadet who is selected for the Athelings will be awarded a grant from the ATC General Purpose Fund of 500 towards travel and other expenditure. This grant is paid direct to CCRS. 4. A cadet attending preliminary selection must meet the following criteria: a. Recommended by the sqn cdr as a worthy ambassador of his or her country and as a member of a National Cadet Team. b. Under 19 and preferably over 17 on 1 Sep of the year of the visit to Canada. c. Grant earning member of the cadet unit on 1 Sep of the year of the visit. d. Must have shot in at least two ISCMs including the Meeting the year before the visit. e. Able to attend a Team practice at Bisley during a weekend in Apr of the year of the visit. f. Able to compete in Jul of the year of the visit in the Target Rifle events of the Main NRA Meeting (8 days). 5. Cadets may be nominated in the format shown at Annex A at the commencement of the ISCRM. Details will be included in the Arrival Pack-up handed to Team Coaches. Annex: A. Athelings Nomination Form. 50-1

ANNEX A TO ACTI No 50 ATHELINGS NOMINATION FORM UNIT: WG: COACH: CADET INFORMATION RANK: SURNAME: DOB: FORENAME(S): (NB: UNDER 19 ON 1 SEP OF THE YEAR OF THE ATHELINGS VISIT TO CANADA) HOME ADDRESS: TELEPHONE No: OCCUPATION: a. Including this year, how many times has the applicant attended the ISCRM? b. Is the applicant a member of a Rifle Club? If yes, which club? c. Does the applicant possess his or her own shooting equipment? d. Coach s Recommendation. (eg shooting ability, attitude, coaching ability (if any)). 50-A-1

CADET S INDIVIDUAL RESULTS ISCRM COMPETITION YEAR PLACING YEAR PLACING INDIVIDUAL 200X INDIVIDUAL 300X PATRIOTIC FRANKFORT WATTS BOWL SOMERSET CUP CADET 100 OTHER MATCHES/COMPETITIONS COMPETITIONS 200X 300X 500X 600X PLACING COMMONWEALTH TARGET RIFLE MATCH DISTRICT TARGET RIFLE MATCH RECOMMENDATION BY: (BLOCK CAPITALS) RANK: APPOINTMENT: SIGNATURE: DATE: 50-A-2

AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS ACP 20A ACTI NO 51 TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 51 OVERSEAS VISITS ORGANISED BY SQUADRONS 1. This ACTI sets out the conditions for UK-based units to undertake officially recognised overseas visits. 2. To receive recognition from HQAC, the visit must promote Corps objectives. Visits solely for sightseeing or other leisure purposes will not receive recognition. The visit must be soundly organised with special attention paid to travel plans, insurance arrangements and supervisory levels. 3. Activities which would normally attract UK pay and allowances may be admissible: a. For adventurous training, HQAC (TG3) may authorise pay and ration allowance within UK limits and Wg HQ may authorise a travel grant from their UK budget. b. For other activities, HQAC (TG3) may authorise only pay. c. For all visits - pay will normally be limited to the number of adults permitted for UK activities and to the days on which the qualifying activities are taking place. Other than para 3a/b pay and allowances, the visit must be entirely self-supporting. 4. The ATC insurance does not provide sufficient cover for personnel travelling abroad. Organisers must ensure that additional insurance is taken out through HQAC (Accounts) on a group or individual basis to lift cover at least to the UK level and higher if advised to do so. A letter of authority from the insurer will be issued which will contain a UK telephone contact for emergencies. In addition the casualty procedure in ACP 20B is to be followed for reporting and certification of casualties. 5. Applications must reach HQAC (TG3), on the form at Annex A, at least 42 days before a proposed departure to Europe (France excepted) and 60 days for other destinations, including France. A list of all persons travelling, showing names, passport numbers and dates and places of birth must accompany the application. Exceptionally, where any passport numbers are not known because they have not yet been issued, the spaces may be left blank and the numbers forwarded when known. If possible, this should be avoided as the authorities overseas may not always accept the application without full details. In addition, if adventurous training is involved, the completed form at ACP 17 Chap 4 Annex B (Application for Adventure Training) and, for exercises in France only, the bilingual form issued to Wg HQs under cover of letter AC/27124/3/PEd dated 7 Oct 94, must accompany the application. Late applications and any which have not been supported by Wg and ACRHQs will not be considered. 6. Overseas visits which take place without HQAC s approval are entirely private ventures (see ACTI No 1 para 7). No articles of uniform are to be worn on non-approved visits. Sqn Cdrs are to inform cadets over 18, and the parents or guardians of cadets under 18, in writing, that the 51-1

ACTI NO 51 visit is purely private, that HQAC and MOD are not involved with the arrangements, and that those taking part would be well advised to take out insurance for all contingencies. 51-2

Annex: ACP 20A ACTI NO 51 A. Application for Overseas Visit. 51-3

20A ACP ACTI NO 51 ANNEX A APPLICATION FOR OVERSEAS VISIT ) Note: This must reach HQAC ) at least 42 days, France, To: HQ Air Cadets, for TG3 ) excepted, before a visit ) to Europe and 60 days for visits elsewhere, including France. SQUADRON(S) PROPOSED DESTINATION SUMMARY OF PROPOSED ACTIVITIES (Note: If there is adventurous training, complete and attach an application as at ACP 17 CH 4 Annex B) DETAILS OF ANY MILITARY BASES INSTALLATIONS OR AREAS TO BE VISITED (WITH DATES) AND OF ANY CONTACTS DETAILS OF ANY OCCASION FOR WHICH UNIFORM IS REQUIRED IF VISIT STEMS FROM AN INVITATION - NAME, ADDRESS TEL NO OF PERSON OR ORGANISATION ISSUING IT (Note: A copy of the invitation must be attached.) TRAVEL DETAILS: DATE ESTIMATED UK point of exit TIME PLACE Country of { destination { Method of travel {point of entry {point of exit UK point of entry 51-A-1

20A ACCOMMODATION AND MESSING ARRANGEMENTS ABROAD ACP ACTI NO 51 51-A-2

20A ACP ACTI NO 51 NUMBERS IN PARTY Cadets Adults Squadron Males Females Males Females (Note: A list showing surnames, forenames, dates and places of birth and passport numbers must accompany this application. If passport numbers are not known at the time of application they may be sent later, however, any delays could prejudice the outcome of the application) REQUEST FOR PAY Activity No of days No of adults (Note: Pay if authorised, will be only for activities normally valid for pay in the UK and at UK supervisory levels) CERTIFICATE BY SQN CDR (Note: The Sqn Cdr is to appoint a uniformed Corps adult as visit organiser. Where more than one sqn is involved, one overall visit organiser is to be appointed and only his or her Sqn Cdr is to sign this certificate) I have appointed... to make the detailed arrangements for the visit. I shall ensure that: a. There will be no charge to public funds, except as may be approved for pay and ration allowance under ACTI No 51 para 3. b. On departure, the party will have tickets for the return journey or the means to purchase them. c. The party will have sufficient funds for daily expenses. d. The health care and insurance requirements of ACTI No 51 para 4 will be met. Signature Squadron Date ACTION AT WING HQ AND ACRHQ (Note: Return to sender if not supported; otherwise, complete the details below, with covering letter if amplifications needed) 51-A-3

20A Supported and forwarded Signature Appointment Wing Date Supported and forwarded Signature Appointment Region Date ACP ACTI NO 51 51-A-4

ACTI NO 52 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 52 ANNUAL CAMPS References: A. GAI 5037 - Obligations of the Royal Air Force to the Air Cadet Organisation. B. ACP 237 - Air Cadet Annual Camps - Administration and Training. INTRODUCTION 1. Under the terms of Reference A, RAF Commands offer specified places to cadets and adult staff for Air Cadet camps at home and overseas RAF stations. OBJECTIVES 2. The objectives of each camp are: ELIGIBILITY a. To provide a period of consolidated training in the company of regular RAF personnel in a station environment. b. To provide cadets with flying experience, shooting and swimming. c. To provide work experience for cadets over the age of 16 years. d. To practice outdoor training designed to develop teamwork, physical fitness and personal qualities. 3. To be eligible for camp a cadet must be qualified as follows: a. UK Camps. First Class Cadet or above and aged at least 13 yrs and 3 months. b. Overseas Camps. First Class Cadet or above, at least 15 years of age and have attended at least one UK camp or a comparable air cadet residential course as an alternative. c. Written Consent. Provide written consent from the person having parental responsibility by the completion and signing of Annual Camp Form 13. Cadets over the age of 18 years must complete and sign the form on their own behalf. CAMP INSTRUCTIONS 52-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 52 4. Annual Easter and Summer Camps are organised centrally by HQAC (TG3) in accordance with Reference B which includes policy and instructions for planning and executing the annual camping series. 52-2 AL 2

AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS ACP 20A ACTI NO 53 INSTRUCTION NO 53 THE INTERNATIONAL AIR CADET EXCHANGE GENERAL 1. International Air Cadet Exchanges under this ACTI are MOD authorised exchanges where foreign and UK cadets/adult escorts are afforded reciprocal status in their host countries. Visitors to the UK have entitled, on duty status as cadet/adult members of the ACO. Standing exchanges exist and authorised exchanges are arranged by HQAC on an opportunity basis. The current standing exchanges are: a. The International Air Cadet Exchange (IACE). IACE links air minded youth organisations across the world on a 15-day exchange visit each Jul/Aug, the host nations/numbers being decided at a Conference of IACE Association Members the previous Sep. The first such exchange was in 1947 between the ATC(UK) and the Royal Canadian Air Cadets. The Association is now 19 nations (see Annex A), exchanging some 600 cadets/adults annually with English as the common language. Member nations agree on reciprocal numbers with others, some nations exchanging as few as 6 cadets. The UK exchange is about 90 cadets with 14 nations, in second place to the USA (100 cadets). Visits must have an aviation theme with a cultural, adventurous and entertaining programme. Details of the IACE procedures are in succeeding paragraphs. b. India. The Indian National Cadet Corps invites 8 UK cadets to their Independence Rally held as a camp outside New Delhi over a 2-week period each Jan. Three of the cadets are normally Air Cadets. HQAC will call for nominations, one from each of 3 Rgns, in the preceding Sep. Cadets must be of a very high calibre and must meet the same criteria as for IACE. The visit is entirely funded by the Indian Government. The reciprocal arrangement of this bilateral exchange is for 8 Indian tri-service to visit the UK for 2 weeks in Jul, funded by the FCO, to be hosted in turn by the SCC, ACF and ACO. The ACO hosting coincides with the IACE activities in London and Cranwell. IACE PROCEDURES 2. General. At the annual IACE conference the exchange numbers are decided and adult escorts nominated to give guidance during distant visits and in unusual environments; all escorts have international status as supervisors. Host countries pay for all travel, meals, accommodation and attendance at programmed events after the exchange of participants at the European Assembly Centre, Frankfurt or when participants arrive in their country. Insurance is the responsibility of participants or their parent organisation. A standard IACE dress for the participants of each nation, preferably not military uniform, for both informal and formal occasions is encouraged. Small gifts with a national link are given and exchanged during the visits to repay hospitality or an individual kindness. HQAC (TG Branch) co-ordinates UK participation in IACE. A UK Assembly Centre is set up under a Camp Commandant at RAF Uxbridge and civilian air travel is used for transit to and from Frankfurt and other destinations. 53-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 53 3. UK Hosting Procedures. The UK programme is a 4-day tour of London, 3 days at RAFC Cranwell/Syerston (gliding)and up to 8 days of hosting by the Rgns; bilateral arrangements may vary this programme. Rgns will be tasked by HQAC with hosting every other year. They will receive an outline programme in Oct/Nov and will also be tasked to provide RAFVR(T) Conducting Officers and Conducting Cadets for the visitors. HQAC (Sqn Ldr CCF) will nominate support at the UK Assembly Centre, normally the Camp Commandant. 4. UK Participation Overseas. The number of cadet places is based on Corps strengths of the ATC, CCF(RAF) and the GVCAC including the male/female split. Adult escorts are ATC RAFVR(T) or CCF(RAF) liaison officers. Selection when tasked in Nov/Dec is to follow the criteria of: a. No previous participation in IACE overseas before except for adult escorts who participated as cadets. b. At least 17 years of age but not having reached the 21st birthday on 1 Aug in the year of the Exchange. Adult escorts must be a minimum of 25 years of age. c. Ability to participate for the full period of the Exchange programme with, for those under 18 years of age, the written consent of the person with parental responsibility. This written consent will be required during preparation by nominated participants as part of the completion of IACE Information Forms (example at Annex B) to HQAC in Apr. d. Fitness for the demands of the Exchange visit which vary from country to country but invariably involve long arduous journeys and, usually, hot uncomfortable conditions. e. Intelligent, confident and sociable with a proven record of excellent Cadet service. f. Knowledgeable about world/current affairs and their Corps. g. Deserving of this prestigious award to represent their Corps and country internationally. h. Ability to pay the mandatory contribution required for the transport, insurance and IACE dress, with assistance where available, and to take sufficient money for incidentals on the visit. These sums will be advised each year before the selection. i. Willingness to provide the compulsory items of IACE dress not in the IACE package (see Annex C). j. Eligible to hold a passport and have a visa issued (where required) for the country to be visited. 53-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 53 Annexes: A. IACE Association - Member nations and their Organisations. B. IACE Information Form (for completion by UK participants travelling to host countries). C. IACE Dress Requirements. 53-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 53 ANNEX A THE IACE ASSOCIATION - MEMBER NATIONS AND THEIR ORGANISATIONS United Kingdom Canada United States Sweden Norway Netherlands France Germany Belgium Israel Turkey Switzerland Austria Australia Finland Hong Kong Japan Philippines Singapore Air Cadet Organization, in co-operation with the Royal Air Force. Air Cadet League of Canada, in co-operation with the Canadian Armed Forces. US Civil Air Patrol, in co-operation with the United States Air Force. Swedish Air Force, in co-operation with the Air Force Association of Sweden. Norsk Aero Klubb, in co-operation with the Royal Norwegian Air Force. Royal Netherlands Aeronautical Association in co-operation with the Royal Netherlands Air Force. Aero Club de France, in co-operation with the French Air Force. Club der Luftfahrt von Deutschland ev, in co-operation with the German Air Force. Cadets de l Air de Belgique, in co-operation with the Belgian Air Force. Gadna Avir, in co-operation with the Israel Air Force. Turkish Air League, in co-operation with the Turkish Air Force. Aero Club of Switzerland, in co-operation with the Swiss Government. Aero Club of Austria. Air Training Corps of Australia, in co-operation with the Royal Australian Air Force. Finnish Aeronautical Association. Hong Kong Air Cadet Corps. Aerospace Scouts Association, in co-operation with the JAL Foundation. Aerospace Association of the Philippines, in co-operation with the Philippines Air Force. National Cadet Corps (Air). 53-A-1 AL 2

ANNEX C ACP 20A ACTI NO 53 IACE DRESS REQUIREMENTS 1. IACE Dress. The ATC/CCF(RAF) uniform is not suitable for the climates, tour programmes and formality of most IACE host nations. The IACE Association has agreed formal, informal and casual standard civilian dress options which help to promote a national pride and identity. The highlighted dress items are supplied with the UK IACE package; others must be provided by participants. The UK minimum dress requirements are: a. Formal b. Semi-Formal Dark blazer/jacket IACE/UK polo shirt White shirts (replaces jacket, white shirt Grey/dark blue trousers or skirt and tie but otherwise as Black shoes Formal dress) Dark socks or tights IACE tie c. Casual Name tag/iace-uk badges IACE T-shirt (supplied with the IACE package), casual trousers, trainers. 2. Dress Options. All UK participants in each party wear one standard dress for each occasion during visits, after advice from their hosts, with options as: a. Dress Formal (DF). IACE/UK white shirt, IACE tie, grey or dark blue trousers/skirt, black socks, black shoes - with or without jacket. b. Dress Semi-Formal (DSF). IACE/UK polo shirt, formal trousers/skirt, dark socks, black shoes - with or without jacket. c. Dress Casual (DC). IACE/UK T-shirt, casual trousers/shorts and trainers (or other suitable casual clothes). 3. Other Items. In addition, the following list of items are normally required: Large suitcase (up to 20 kgs load) Hand baggage (max size 50 x 35 x 15 cms) Some casual clothes Adequate underwear Swim wear Lightweight waterproof Pullover Sports socks Toiletries (include soap & towels) Nightwear Handkerchiefs/tissues Shoe shine kit/spare laces Sewing kit (with buttons) Washing powder/liquid Sun hat Sunglasses Secure documents/money case Sun block 53-C-1 AL 2

NO 61 ACP 20A ACTI AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 61 ADVENTURE TRAINING 1. ACP 17 (5th Edition) - ADVENTURE TRAINING details HQAC policy regarding adventure training and includes specific training and administrative instructions which are to be complied with. It is essential therefore that sqn and DF cdrs and others concerned with adventure training consult ACP 17 regularly, particularly when organising adventure training activities for cadets. 2. ACP 17 also includes details of the Air Cadet Adventure Training Centres at Windermere and Llanbedr and the Nijmegen Marches. 61-1

20A NO 62 ACTI ACP AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 62 ATC SPORTS TROPHIES AND MEDALS INTRODUCTION 1. Sports trophies are awarded for ATC competitive sport at Corps, Rgn and Wg levels. The security of the trophies is the responsibility of the Unit HQ concerned. All sports trophies are insured by HQAC. CORPS SPORTS TROPHIES 2. Corps Sports Trophies are awarded at Corps fixtures and Inter-Rgn competitions in the officially recognised ATC Sports. 3. The ATC sports trophies listed in Annex A are presented to winning Rgns or individuals. After presentation all ATC sports trophies are to be kept for safe custody at ACRHQs concerned. They are not to be retained by individuals or kept at Wg or Sqn HQs. 4. Receipts for Corps Sports Trophies are to be signed by Rgnl PEdOs and action is to be taken to have the cup or trophy engraved as appropriate. Should there be any doubt as to the appropriate engraving required, D PEdO at HQAC is to be contacted. The cost of engraving of Corps Sports Trophies is to be reclaimed from the ATC GP Fund. REGION SPORTS TROPHIES 5. Rgn Sports Trophies are awarded for competitive sport at Inter-Wg level within Rgns and are presented to winning Wgs or individuals. After presentation they are to be retained at ACRHQs or Wg HQs at the discretion of Rgnl Comdts, subject to adequate security arrangements. The cost of engraving of Rgn Sports Trophies cannot be reclaimed from the ATC GP Fund. WING SPORTS TROPHIES 6. Wg Sports Trophies are awarded for competitive sport at Inter-Sqn level to winning Sqns or individuals. After presentation they may be retained at Wg or Sqn HQs at the discretion of the Wg CO who must satisfy himself of the adequacy of security arrangements. The cost of engraving of Wg Sports Trophies cannot be reclaimed from the ATC GP Fund. CORPS AND RGN MEDALS FOR SPORT 62-1

20A NO 62 ACTI ACP 7. Corps medals for sport are awarded to winners and runners-up in all sports competitions/championships organised at Corps level and third place medals are awarded for individual and relay events only in Cross-country Running, Swimming and Athletics. 8. ATC Rgn medals for sport may only be awarded for bona fide Inter-Wg competitions in the "approved sports" listed in ACP 20A, ACTI No 66, when 3 or more Wing teams are competing. The following conditions apply for the award of Rgn medals for sport: a. Both winner and runner-up medals may be presented for Soccer, Rugby, Hockey and Netball, if 4 or more Wg teams are involved. b. If 3 teams are involved, only winners medals can be presented for Soccer, Rugby, Hockey and Netball. c. Fourteen medals for Soccer, 21 medals for Rugby, 14 medals for Hockey and 10 medals for Netball will be available, if required, for winners and runners-up in the finals. d. Sub-paras a and b above apply to Relay Events (Athletics and Swimming) and Team Events (Cross-country Running). e. Winners and runners-up medals may be presented for individual events, in each class, for Athletics and Swimming; and winners, runners-up and third medals for individual events, in each class, for Cross-country Running. Annex: A. Corps Sports Cups and Trophies 62-2

62 ACP 20A ACTI NO ANNEX A AIR TRAINING CORPS SPORTS COUNCIL CUPS AND TROPHIES Cup/Trophy Sport/Event 1 THE GILLAN TROPHY Sports Efficiency Competition/Inter-Wg 2 THE ALAN BRAGG TROPHY Best All Round Sports Cadet of the Year Trophy 3 ATC SPORTS BOARD CUP Rugby Football/Inter-Rgn Competition 4 (1)RAFFA CUP Association Football/Inter-Rgn Competition (SNR) 5 (2)AIR CADET COUNCIL Association Football/TROPHY Inter-Rgn Competition (JNR) 6 THE HEPBURN SHIELD Hockey/Inter-Rgn Competition 7 (1) THE JANET PAGE TROPHY Netball/Inter Rgn Competition (SNR) 8 (2) THE MONRO SHIELD Netball/Inter-Rgn Competition (JNR) 9 (1)DAWSON CUP Cross-Country Running/Combined Team Event 10 (2)MAWLE SHIELD Cross-Country Running/Boys Race 11 (3)PAXTON CUP Cross-Country Running/Youths Race 12 (4)HANNA CUP Cross-Country Running/Juniors Race 13 (5)SMITH CUP Cross-Country Running/Girls Race 14 (6)ATC CROSS COUNTRY ATC v Edinburgh AC/Boys, RUNNING CHALLENGE CUP Youths & Juniors Combined Events 15 (7)RAF MELKSHAM CUP ATC v Edinburgh AC/Womens Event 16 (1)GIRLS BUTTERFLY Swimming/Corps Girls STROKE CUP Butterfly Stroke 17 (2)CURTIS WILSON CUP Swimming/Corps Junior Butterfly Stroke 62-A-1

62 ACP 20A ACTI NO 18 (3)RAF ASSOCIATION CUP Swimming/Corps Senior Butterfly Stroke 19 (4)GIRLS BACK STROKE CUP Swimming/Corps Girls Back Stroke 20 (5)MIDLAND CUP Swimming/Corps Junior Back Stroke 21 (6)CHALLENGE CUP Swimming/Corps Senior Back Stroke 22 (7)GIRLS BREAST STROKE CUP Swimming/Corps Girls Breast Stroke 23 (8)CENTRAL CUP Swimming/Corps Junior Breast Stroke 24 (9)CALLOWAY CUP Swimming/Corps Senior Breast Stroke 25 (10)GIRLS FREESTYLE CUP Swimming/Corps Girls Freestyle 26 (11) WARWICK & BIRMINGHAM Swimming/Corps Junior CUP Freestyle 27 (12)GOSSAGE CUP Swimming/Corps Senior Freestyle 28 (13) GIRLS IND MED CUP Swimming/Corps Girls Ind Medley 29 (14)OLYMPIC CUP Swimming/Corps Junior Ind Medley 30 (15)REECE CUP Swimming/Corps Senior Ind Medley 31 (16)GIRLS MEDLEY RELAY CUP Swimming/Corps Girls Medley Relay 32 (17)BERTRAM JONES CUP Swimming/Junior Medley Relay 33 (18)CHAMIER CUP Swimming/Senior Medley Relay 34 (19)LITTLE CUP Swimming/Girls Freestyle Relay 35 (20)AERONAUTICS CUP Swimming/Junior Freestyle Relay 36 (21)DUNCAN SMITH CUP Swimming/Senior Freestyle Relay 37 (22)RICHARDS SHIELD Swimming/Girls Events Winners 38 (23)RAF BALLOON COMMAND Swimming/Junior Events CUP Winners 39 (24)ATC SPORTS BOARD CUP Swimming/Senior Events Winners 62-A-2

62 ACP 20A ACTI NO 40 (25)COMBINED EVENTS CUP Swimming/Overall Winners 41 (1) STUART ALAN CUP Athletics/Corps 100 metres Class A 42 (2) THE BROWNING TROPHY Athletics/Corps 200 metres Class A 62-A-3

62 ACP 20A ACTI NO 43 (3) THE MARSHALL CUP Athletics/Corps 400 metres Class A 44 (4) THE KIGGELL CUP Athletics/Corps 800 metres Class A 45 (5) THE PIKE CUP Athletics/Corps 1,500 metres Class A 46 (6) THE FINLAY CUP Athletics/Corps High Jump Class A 47 (7) THE LEWINGTON CUP Athletics/Corps Long Jump Class A 48 (8) THE R K MILLER TROPHY Athletics/Corps Discus Class A 49 (9) FRANCISE PARLOUR TROPHY Athletics/Corps Javelin Class A 50 (10) MIDLAND COMMAND SPORTS Athletics/Corps Shot BOARD CUP Class A 51 (11) CURRALL CUP Athletics/Corps 100 metres Class B 52 (12) HODGSON CUP Athletics/Corps 200 metres Class B 53 (13) LEITCH CUP Athletics/Corps 400 metres Class B 54 (14) DOROTHY JEPSON CUP Athletics/Corps 800 metres Class B 55 (15) SPAIGHT CUP Athletics/Corps 1,500 metres Class B 56 (16) PITMAN CUP Athletics/Corps High Jump Class B 57 (17) ADAMSON CUP Athletics/Corps Long Jump Class B 58 (18) BRITISH ROPES CUP Athletics/Corps Discus Class B 59 (19) GB DACRE CUP Athletics/Corps Javelin Class B 62-A-3

62 ACP 20A ACTI NO 60 (20) HR CLARKSON TROPHY Athletics/Corps Shot Class B 61 (21) CUTIS-WILSON CUP Athletics/Corps 100 metres Class C 62 (22) PROUD CUP Athletics/Corps 200 metres Class C 63 (23) SIR ALAN LEES CUP Athletics/Corps 400 metres Class C 64 (24) TAYLOR CUP Athletics/Corps 800 metres Class C 65 (25) PRYOR CUP Athletics/Corps 1,500 metres Class C 66 (26) FINLAY PLAQUE Athletics/Corps High Jump Class C 67 (27) MAIDENHEAD CUP Athletics/Corps Long Jump Class C 68 (28) WALES CUP Athletics/Corps Discus Class C 69 (29) DOWN CUP Athletics/Corps Javelin Class C 70 (30) DAVIS CUP Athletics/Corps Shot Class C 71 (31) BOB MILLER TROPHY Athletics/Corps 100 metres Class D 72 (32) FARRELL CUP Athletics/Corps 200 metres Class D 73 (33) MARGARET HAMILTON Athletics/Corps 400 metres TROPHY Class D 74 (34) PITTHAM SHIELD Athletics/Corps 800 metres Class D 62-A-4

62 ACP 20A ACTI NO 75 (35) MARY GREAVES TROPHY Athletics/Corps 1,500 metres Class D 76 (36) EMBRY CUP Athletics/Corps High Jump Class D 77 (37) 19 GROUP CUP Athletics/Corps Long Jump Class D 78 (38) ACLAND BOWL Athletics/Corps Discus Class D 79 (39) HOME COMMAND Athletics/Corps Javelin CHALLENGE CUP Class D 80 (40) COASTAL COMMAND CUP Athletics/Corps Shot Class D 81 (41) RAF SPORTS BOARD CUP Athletics/Corps 4 X 100 metres Relay Class A 82 (42) HUDDERFIELD CUP Athletics/Corps 4 X 100 metres Relay Class B 83 (43) CARRINGTON CUP Athletics/Corps 4 X 100 metres Relay Class C 84 (44) WITHAM TROPHY Athletics/Corps 4 X 100 metres Relay Class D 85 (45) ATC SPORTS COUNCIL CUP Athletics/Corps Champion Rgn Class A 86 (46) ELVIN CUP Athletics/Corps Champion Rgn Class B 87 (47) CRITCHLEY CUP Athletics/Corps Champion Rgn Class C 88 (48) CARTER CUP Athletics/Corps Champion Rgn Class D 89 (49) AIR LEAGUE OF THE Athletics/Corps Champion Rgn BRITISH EMPIRE Rgn (Combined Events) 62-A-5

62 ACP 20A ACTI NO 90 (50) ATC ATHLETICS Athletics/Corps Fixture CHALLENGE SHIELD (Male Events) 91 (51) LADIES ATHLETICS Athletics/Corps fixture ATC CHALLENGE SHIELD (Womens Events) 62-A-6

ACTI NO 63 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 63 REPRESENTATIVE BADGES - SPORTS INTRODUCTION 1. Badges may be awarded for cadet sports representation at Corps and Rgn levels. Cadets may only be awarded a Rgn Sports Badge when they represent their Rgn in the approved Inter-Rgn sports listed in ACP 20A, ACTI No 66. Friendly fixtures between adjacent Rgns do qualify for the award of Rgnl Sports Badges provided they are officially approved. CORPS "BLUES" 2. The Corps "Blue" is a blazer badge comprising the ATC crest in gold and red woven on a light blue background and is awarded to cadets who represent the Corps in officially approved Corps Representative Team fixtures. 3. Stocks of Corps badges are maintained at HQAC and immediately after the relevant Corps match will be presented to cadets by the Comdt AC or his representative. 4. In addition to receiving a Corps "Blue", cadets will receive a Corps Sports Certificate. On each occasion they represent the Corps thereafter, they will receive Certificates only. RGN SPORTS BADGES 5. The Rgn Sports Badge is a blazer badge incorporating the Rgn sports crest. It is awarded to cadets who represent their Rgn in officially approved Inter-Rgn competitions/championships. 6. Stocks of Rgn Sports Badges are maintained at ACRHQs and presentation of the award is to be arranged as soon as possible after the event. CONDITIONS OF AWARD OF CORPS OR RGN BADGES 7. The conditions governing the award of Corps or Rgn Badges is as follows: a. Selection to compete or play in a team is not sufficient to qualify. A cadet must actually compete or play in the match. Reserves or substitutes who do not take part are not eligible for the award. Note: All cadets who take part as members of selected Corps squads are eligible to be awarded a Corps Blue. b. Once a cadet has gained representation honours and been presented with a Corps or Rgn Blue the cadet is not entitled to receive additional badges for subsequent 63-1

ACTI NO 63 representation. One badge only is to be awarded irrespective of the number of representative honours gained. c. The cost of all Corps and Rgn Badges are met from the ATC GP Fund and replacement stocks are purchased by HQAC (PEdO) from the official supplier. RECORD OF RGN SPORTS BADGES AWARDED 8. Rgn PEdOs are to keep a record of all Rgn Sports Badges awarded and submit details, in the format at Annex A to this Instruction, to the Corps PEdO. Completed forms are to be sent to HQAC to arrive no later than 30 September each year. Receipt of this information is important in order to ensure that sufficient stocks of badges are held and to maintain Corps records. Annex: A. Record of Regional Sports Badges Issued. 63-2

ANNEX A ACP 20A ACTI NO 63 RECORD OF REGIONAL SPORTS BADGES ISSUED From: Rgnl PEdO Region To: D PEdO, HQAC Date: _ 1. Regional Sports Badges have been issued to the following cadets during the period 21 Sep( ) to 20 Sep( ): No Rank/Initials/Name Sqn No Wing Sport 1 2 3 4 5 6 etc 2. The following cadets represented their Region during the period 21 Sep( ) to 20 Sep( ) in addition to those named in para 1 above, but were not issued with a Regional Sports Badge: No Rank/Initials/Name Sqn No Wing Sport 1 2 3 4 5 etc 3. TOTAL NUMBER OF REGIONAL SPORTS BADGES REMAINING ON STOCK: 63-A-1

ACTI NO 63 Rank/ Name in Appointment block letters Signature 63-A-2

ACTI NO 64 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 64 RAF SWIMMING PROFICIENCY AND TRAINING CERTIFICATES INTRODUCTION 1. The authority to award RAF Swimming Proficiency and Training Certificates to ATC and CCF cadets is granted to HQAC as a special concession by the RAF. ELIGIBILITY 2. All ATC and CCF cadets are eligible for the award of the certificates. CONDITIONS 3. The conditions of the award as laid down by the RAF are at Annex A for convenience. There must be no abuse of these conditions. The only exception which can be made is that if a member of the RAF Physical Education staff is not available to supervise the tests, HQAC will accept a certification signed by a suitably qualified life-saver or swimming teacher whose qualifications are to be stated, eg RLSS Pool Lifeguard, ASA Teachers Certificate for Swimming, RLSS Award of Merit. GENERAL 4. Most tests to qualify for the awards are carried out at annual camps but tests may be taken at local or school swimming pools which must be organised by the sqn cdr concerned and are subject to the conditions in para 3. 5. When either swimming certificate is awarded the cadet concerned must enter the details in his Record of Service Book (F3822). 6. Separate lists for each certificate, showing the Rank, Name, Initials, Sqn and Wg (or School) of successful candidates and the date and place of test are to be compiled and signed by the supervising instructor. These lists are then to be sent to HQAC (PEdO); and a copy is to be retained by the Wg HQ (or school) concerned. An example of these lists is at Annex B. 7. Wg HQs (or schools) concerned are responsible for the completion and issue of the RAF Swimming Proficiency Certificates. The Swimming Training Certificates will be completed at HQAC and forwarded to the Wg HQ (or school) concerned for issue to those cadets who qualify for the award. 64-1

ACTI NO 64 8. Special arrangements are made for the direct issue of Swimming Proficiency Certificates at annual camps. Note: Wg HQs concerned are to issue a sufficient number of certificates to CCs before they proceed to camp. Further supplies of Swimming Proficiency Certificates can be obtained from ATC PEdO, HQAC, Tel Ext 7623/7622 and WAdOs are advised to demand further supplies before their existing stock is exhausted. Annexes: A. RAF Conditions for the Award of the RAF Swimming Proficiency and Swimming Training Certificates. B. RAF Swimming Certificates ATC/CCF Cadets. 64-2

ANNEX A RAF CONDITIONS FOR THE AWARD OF SWIMMING PROFICIENCY AND SWIMMING TRAINING CERTIFICATES INTRODUCTION ACP 20A ACTI NO 64 1. To encourage personnel to improve their swimming standards the award of RAF Swimming Proficiency and Swimming Training Certificates is approved. This instruction deals with the conditions under which certificates will be awarded. RAF SWIMMING PROFICIENCY CERTIFICATE 2. To qualify for this certificate personnel are required to pass a test in which they must swim 150 yards continuously using the following strokes for 50 yards each: a. Breast stroke. b. Back stroke. c. Freestyle (other than a and b). 3. Swimming costumes only are to be worn during this test. RAF SWIMMING TRAINING CERTIFICATE (FOR AIR CADETS) 4. To qualify for this certificate personnel are required to pass the following test, which must be carried out in clothing eg denims or similar garment, without footwear, and not more than 3 minutes rest may be taken between the sections of the test mentioned in sub-paras b to e: GENERAL a. Enter the water by a straddle jump into the deep end of the pool. b. Swim continuously 150 yards breast or side stroke and 50 yards back stroke. c. Swim 15 yards under water, then right an overturned multi or single seat liferaft and climb into it. d. Swim 20 yards to a subject for life-saving and using the collar-grip or chin-tow method of rescue tow him/her 20 yards. e. Remain afloat for 10 minutes in a restricted area of water, with a maximum radius of 5 yards. 5. The tests for both certificates should if possible be carried out under the direct supervision of a member of the RAF Physical Education staff. 64-A-1

ACTI NO 64 6. This instruction does not authorise the hiring of swimming pools at public expense solely for the purpose of holding these tests. There is, however, no objection to these tests being carried out during the periods that swimming pools are hired by RAF Stations. 64-A-2

ANNEX B To: HQ AIR CADETS (PEdO) From *ACLO/CAMP COMMANDANT/SQN CO RAFC CRANWELL *EASTER/SUMMER CAMP/LOCAL SLEAFORD LINCS *RAF.../SQN... NG34 8HB DATES: FROM... REF:... TO:... DATE:... COPY TO WING ATC... RAF SWIMMING CERTIFICATES ATC/CCF CADETS This is to certify that the following *ATC/CCF cadets qualified for the award of *RAF SWIMMING PROFICIENCY/TRAINING CERTIFICATE in accordance with Instruction No 64 in ACP 20A. Certificates *HAVE/HAVE NOT been issued at Camp/Sqn The test was carried out in the... Swimming Bath. SUPERVISING INSTRUCTOR Name in Rank... block letters... Signature... *ACLO/CAMP COMMANDANT/SQN CO Name in Rank... block letters... Signature... (*DELETE AS APPROPRIATE) ACP 20A ACTI NO 64 RANK, INITIALS, NAME 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. SQN NO OR SCHOOL WING DATE OF TEST PROF OR TRAINING 64-B-1

11. ACP 20A ACTI NO 64 12. RANK, INITIALS, NAME 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. SQN NO OR SCHOOL WING DATE OF TEST PROF OR TRAINING 64-B-2

40. ACP 20A ACTI NO 64 41. 42. 43. 64-B-3

ACTI NO 66 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 66 AUTHORISED CORPS AND REGIONAL SPORTS EVENTS RULES AND REGULATIONS SPORTS EVENTS AT CORPS LEVEL 1. The sports competitions/championships organised at Corps level by the Physical Education staff, HQAC, (through the ATC Sports Council) and financed from the ATC General Purposes Fund are: a. Association Football (1) Inter-Rgn (Senior) Cup Competition. (2) Inter-Rgn (Junior) Cup Competition. (3) Corps Representative Team Fixture. b. Rugby Football (1) Inter-Rgn (Under 19) Cup Competition. (2) Corps Representative Team Fixture. c. Athletics (1) ATC National Championships. (2) Corps Representative Team Fixture. d. Swimming (1) ATC National Championships. (2) Inter-Service Cadet Swimming Championships. e. Cross Country Running (1) ATC National Championships. (2) Corps Representative Team Fixture. 66-1

ACTI NO 66 f. Netball (1) ATC (Senior) Championships. (2) ATC (Junior) Championships. (3) Corps Representative Team Fixture. g. Hockey (1) Inter-Rgn (Senior) Shield Competition. (2) Corps Representative Team Fixture. 2. The rules and regulations governing the above competitions/championships are given at Annexes A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H. SPORTS EVENTS AT RGNAL LEVEL 3. Rgnl sports competitions financed from the ATC GP Fund and organised by Rgnl PEdOs(through Rgnl P Ed Committees) are restricted to the following: a. Senior Association Football (Male cadets only). One Inter-Wg Competition (3 stages maximum). b. Junior Association Football (Male cadets only). One Inter-Wg Competition (3 stages maximum). c. Senior Rugby Football (Male cadets only). One Inter-Wg Competition (3 stages maximum). d. Junior Rugby Football (Male cadets only). One Inter-Wg Competition (3 stages maximum). e. Senior Hockey. (Female cadets only). One Inter-Wg Competition (3 stages maximum). f. Junior Hockey. (Female cadets only). One Inter-Wg Competition (3 stages maximum). g. Senior Netball. (Female cadets only). One single match Inter-Wg League Competition. h. Junior Netball. (Female cadets only). One single match Inter-Wg League Competition. i. Athletics. One Inter-Wg Meeting. 66-2

ACTI NO 66 j. Swimming. One Inter-Wg Meeting. k. Cross Country Running. One Inter-Wg Meeting. Notes: In addition to the above Rgns may, if they wish, stage one friendly fixture against an adjacent Rgn for Junior Rugby and Hockey and have 2 classes for girls in their Inter-Wg Athletics, Swimming and Cross Country Meetings (see para 8). 4. Any matches or competitions in addition to the above must be financed by the Rgn or Wg concerned - eg all Rgnl Trial/Practice matches (unless they are used as an alternative to the Inter-Wg Competition for selection of a Rgnl team to compete in the Inter-Rgn Cup Competition) are to be paid for by the Rgn concerned. 5. To reduce transport costs Rgns should organise Netball and/or Hockey competitions in conjunction with Association and/or Rugby Football competitions; Junior Netball or Junior Hockey are to be staged together with the Senior girls tournaments whenever possible. 6. All Inter-Wg Competitions are to be conducted in accordance with the rules laid down for Corps Championships and Inter-Rgn Cup Competitions. The events and order of the programme should be the same and the participation and limitations of entry rule for Corps Championships must be applied at Inter-Wg level. The rules, laid down by the ATC Sports Council for Inter-Rgn events are at Annexes A to H of this Instruction. AGE LIMITS 7. The age limit for Junior Rugby is 14 years of age and over and under 16 years on 1 Sep at the beginning of the season; and for all other team games played at Junior level (ie Junior Soccer, Netball and Hockey) players must be under the age of 16 years on 31 Mar of the current season. Where a Rgn decides to introduce Junior & Senior age groups for girls in their Inter-Wg Athletics, Swimming and Cross Country Running Championships the following age limits are to be applied: a. Athletics (1) Junior Girls - Under 15 years of age. (2) Senior Girls - 15 years and over and under 20 years. (To conform to the age limit rules, all Junior Girls competitors must be of age or under on 1 Sep in the competition year, and all Senior Girls competitors must be of age or under on 31 Dec in the year of competition. The Competition Year is defined as extending from 1 Oct until 30 Sep in the following year. The Year of Competition is the calendar year - 1 Jan to 31 Dec). b. Swimming (1) Junior Girls - Under 16 years of age. 66-3

ACTI NO 66 (2) Senior Girls - Over 16 years of age. To conform to the age limit rule for Swimming all competitors must be of age or under on 31 December in the year of competition. The Year of Competition is the calendar year 1 Jan to 31 Dec). 66-4

ACTI NO 66 c. Cross Country Running (1) Junior Girls - Under 15 years of age. (2) Senior Girls - 15 years of age and under 20 years. (To conform to the age limit rule for Cross Country Running all competitors must be of age or under on 31 August prior to the commencement of the competition year. The competition year is defined as extending from 1 Oct until 30 Sep the following year). NB Junior cadets under 16 years of age, provided they are considered to have the physical attributes and ability are allowed to play in both Junior and Senior Soccer, Hockey and Netball competitions. Cadets taking part in Athletic, Cross Country Running and Swimming Championships must compete in their class and conform to the age limit rules laid down. 8. The introduction of age groups for girls athletics, Swimming and Cross Country Running at Inter-Wing level must not be undertaken lightly; and, since all events for girls at Corps level are "Open", Rgns are advised to seriously consider whether the staging of "Junior" events for girls, at Inter-Wing level, will be worth while. DECIDING DRAWS 9. Association Football, Rugby Football, Netball and Hockey finals at Inter-Wing level, because of the Gillan Trophy Competition and medals available, are not to end in a draw. If teams are drawing after full-time games are to be decided as follows: a. Association Football. A further 10 minutes each way shall be played. If the result is still a draw, the teams shall take penalty kicks in turn, each kick to be taken by a different player in strict accordance with FA rules to establish the winners. b. Rugby Football. The team that has scored most tries shall be the winner. If a result is not obtained by this method then the team which had scored most goals from tries shall be the winner. If a decision is still not forthcoming, then a minimum of 5 penalty kicks will be taken from the 22 metre line in front of the posts by 5 different players and the team with most successes shall be declared the winner. If the scores are still equal, the remaining members of the team will kick alternate penalties until one of the pair misses. c. Hockey. A further 10 minutes one way, after tossing for choice of ends or start, shall be played. If the result is still a draw the teams shall take penalty strokes (using the same procedure as for soccer) to establish the winners. d. Netball. Should teams be equal on points, their position shall be decided on "goal difference"; should teams remain equal on "goal difference", their position shall be decided on "goals for". 66-5

ACTI NO 66 INTER-RGN DRAW TABLES 10. The Inter-Rgn Competition draw tables are at Annex I. Annexes: A. ATC Inter-Rgn (Senior) Soccer Cup Competition - Rules B. ATC Inter-Rgn (Junior) Soccer Cup Competition - Rules C. ATC Inter-Rgn Girls (Senior) Hockey Competition - Rules D. ATC Inter-Rgn (Senior) Rugby Cup Competition - Rules E. ATC Athletic Championships - Rules F. ATC Swimming Championships - Rules G. ATC Cross Country Running Championships - Rules H. ATC Girls Netball Championships - Rules I. Inter-Rgn Competitions Draw Tables 66-6

ACTI NO 66 ANNEX A ASSOCIATION FOOTBALL ATC INTER-RGN SENIOR CUP COMPETITION Rules: These rules are in accordance with those laid down by the Football Association. OWNER OF THE CUP 1. The Cup is the property of the ATC Sports Council. CONTROL 2. The entire control and management of the Competition shall be vested in the ATC Sports Council and organised by the HQAC (PEdO). PARTICIPANTS 3. The Competition shall be open to the following ATC Rgns: RESULTS a. Scotland and Northern Ireland Rgn b. North Rgn c. Wales & West Rgn d. Central & East Rgn e. London & South East Rgn f. South West Rgn 4. If the Secretary of the Sports Council is not present at the Matches, it is then the duty of the Senior Member of the Football Committee present to notify him of the results in writing within 3 days of the matches being played. FA RULES 5. The Competition is subject to FA rules and regulations being observed and the Rgn teams being composed only of players from properly affiliated Clubs. Three nominated substitutes will be permitted to play in each game and the number of players in a Rgnl team must not exceed 14 - ie 3 from 3 substitutes. The name(s) of the substitute(s) must be given to the Referee before the start of each match, and substitutes not named may not take part. 66-A-1

ACTI NO 66 QUALIFICATION OF PLAYERS 6. All players must be bona fide enrolled cadets of the ATC within the Rgn for which they are eligible to play. The Competition is an open one and players of any age may be nominated to represent the Rgn. DURATION OF PLAY 7. Preliminary Rounds. Each half in the preliminary rounds is to consist of 35 minutes and the duration of the half time interval shall be 10 minutes. If the result is a draw a further 10 minutes each way shall be played. If the result is still a draw, the teams shall take penalty kicks in turn each kick to be taken by a different player. Penalty Kicks will be taken in strict accordance with the International Board decision - ie: a. The referee shall choose the goal at which all of the kicks from the penalty spot shall be taken. b. Each team shall take 5 kicks from the penalty spot. The kicks shall be taken alternatively. c. The referee shall toss, and the team whose captain wins the toss shall take the first kick. d. The team which scores the greater number of goals shall be declared the winner. e. Only the players who are on the field at the end of the match, which shall mean at the end of extra time, insofar as a match in which extra time is authorised, is concerned, shall be eligible to take part in the kicking from the penalty spot. f. If, after each team has taken 5 kicks, each has scored the same number of goals, the taking of kicks from the penalty spot shall continue, in the same order, until such time as each has taken the same number of kicks and one team has scored a goal more than the other. The kicks shall not continue after one team has scored a total of goals which establish them as winners. g. Each kick shall be taken by a different player, and not until all eligible players of any team have taken a kick may a player of the same team take a second kick. h. Any player who was on the field at the end of the match (see para 5) may change places with his goalkeeper at any time during the taking of the kicks from the penalty spot. i. Other than the player taking a kick, and the opposing goalkeeper, all players shall remain within the centre circle whilst taking of the kicks from the penalty spot is in progress. 66-A-2

ACTI NO 66 j. Unless stated to the contrary herein, the conditions of Laws 5 and 14 will apply in the taking of these kicks. The relevant paragraphs of the FA Board Decisions of Law 14 shall be interpreted by analogy. 8. Final. Each half in the final is to consist of 40 minutes and the duration of the half time interval shall be 10 minutes. If the result is a draw a further 10 minutes each way shall be played. If the result is then still a draw each Rgn competing in the final shall hold the Cup for 6 months. REFEREES AND ASSISTANT REFEREES 9. These will be appointed by the ATC Sports Council from the RAF Football Referees Association. These officials may claim a match fee as laid down by the RAFFRA and travel expenses. In preliminary and semi-final matches it may be necessary to use Club Assistant Referees (linesmen). MEDALS 10. Medals will be presented to Members of both Cup final teams including 3 for the substitutes. DISQUALIFICATION 11. The ATC Football Committee shall have the power to disqualify any competing team or player who is proved to be guilty of any breach of the Rules of the Association. TEAM COLOURS 12. Each Rgn must play in Rgn team colours so there cannot possibly be any clash of colours. RULES OF THE COMPETITION 13. The rules of the competition are binding on the teams taking part and the ATC Sports Council shall have the power to alter or add to the Rules as they, from time to time, deem expedient. 66-A-3

ANNEX B ACP 20A ACTI NO 66 ASSOCIATION FOOTBALL ATC INTER-REGION JUNIOR CUP COMPETITION Rules: These rules are in accordance with those laid down by the Football Association. OWNER OF THE CUP 1. The Cup is the property of the ATC Sports Council. CONTROL 2. The entire control and management of the Competition shall be vested in the ATC Sports Council and organised by the HQAC (PEdO). PARTICIPANTS 3. The Competition shall be open to the following ATC Rgns: RESULTS a. Scotland and Northern Ireland Rgn b. North Rgn c. Wales & West Rgn d. Central & East Rgn e. London & South East Rgn f. South West Rgn 4. If the Secretary of the Sports Council is not present at the Matches, it is then the duty of the Senior Member of the Football Committee present to notify him of the results in writing within 3 days of the matches being played. FA RULES 5. The Competition is subject to FA rules and regulations being observed and the Rgn teams being composed only of players from properly affiliated Clubs. Three nominated substitutes will be permitted to play in each game and the number of players in a Rgnl team must not exceed 14 - ie 3 from 3 substitutes. The name(s) of the substitute(s) must be given to the Referee before the start of each match, and substitutes not named may not take part. 66-B-1

ACTI NO 66 QUALIFICATION OF PLAYERS 6. All players must be bona fide enrolled cadets of the ATC within the Rgn for which they are eligible to play and must be under the age of 16 years on 31st March of the current season. DURATION OF PLAY 7. Preliminary Rounds. Each half in the preliminary rounds is to consist of 30 minutes and the duration of half time interval shall be 10 minutes. If the result is a draw a further 10 minutes each way shall be played. If the result is still a draw, the teams shall take penalty kicks in turn each kick to be taken by a different player. Penalty Kicks will be taken in strict accordance with the International Board decision - ie: a. The referee shall choose the goal at which all of the kicks from the penalty spot shall be taken. b. Each team shall take 5 kicks from the penalty spot. The kicks shall be taken alternatively. c. The referee shall toss, and the team whose captain wins the toss shall take the first kick. d. The team which scores the greater number of goals shall be declared the winner. e. Only the players who are on the field at the end of the match, which shall mean at the end of extra time, insofar as a match in which extra time is authorised, is concerned, shall be eligible to take part in the kicking from the penalty spot. f. If, after each team has taken 5 kicks, each has scored the same number of goals, the taking of kicks from the penalty spot shall continue, in the same order, until such time as each has taken the same number of kicks and one team has scored a goal more than the other. The kicks shall not continue after one team has scored a total of goals which establish them as winners. g. Each kick shall be taken by a different player, and not until all eligible players of any team have taken a kick may a player of the same team take a second kick. h. Any player who was on the field at the end of the match (see para 5) may change places with his goalkeeper at any time during the taking of the kicks from the penalty spot. i. Other than the player taking a kick, and the opposing goalkeeper, all players shall remain within the centre circle whilst taking of the kicks from the penalty spot is in progress. 66-B-2

ACTI NO 66 j. Unless stated to the contrary herein, the conditions of Laws 5 and 14 will apply in the taking of these kicks. The relevant paragraphs of the FA Board Decisions of Law 14 shall be interpreted by analogy. 8. Final. Each half in the final is to consist of 35 minutes and the duration of the half time interval shall be 10 minutes. If the result is a draw a further 10 minutes each way shall be played. If the result is then still a draw each Rgn competing in the final shall hold the Cup for 6 months. REFEREES AND ASSISTANT REFEREES 9. These will be appointed by the ATC Sports Council from the RAF Football Referees Association. These officials may claim a match fee as laid down by the RAFRA and travel expenses. In preliminary and semi-final matches it may be necessary to use Club Assistant Referees (linesmen). MEDALS 10. Medals will be presented to Members of both Cup final teams including 3 for the substitutes. DISQUALIFICATION 11. The ATC Football Committee shall have the power to disqualify any competing team or player who is proved to be guilty of any breach of the Rules of the Association. TEAM COLOURS 12. Each Rgn must play in Rgn team colours so there cannot possibly be any clash of colours. RULES OF THE COMPETITION 13. The rules of the competition are binding on the teams taking part. The ATC Sports Council shall have the power to alter or add to the Rules as they, from time to time, deem expedient. 66-B-3

HOCKEY ATC INTER-REGION GIRLS SENIOR SHIELD COMPETITION RULES OWNER OF THE SHIELD 1. The Shield is the property of the ATC Sports Council. CONTROL ACP 20A ACTI NO 66 ANNEX C 2. The entire control and management of the competition shall be vested in the ATC Sports Council and organised by the HQAC (PEdO). PARTICIPANTS 3. The Competition shall be open to the following ATC Rgns: a. Scotland and Northern Ireland Rgn b. North Rgn c. Wales & West Rgn d. Central & East Rgn e. London & South East Rgn f. South West Rgn AEWHA RULES 4. The competition is subject to AEWHA rules and regulations being observed and all matches shall be played under the Rules of the Game of Hockey. TEAMS & QUALIFICATIONS OF PLAYERS 5. A Rgnl team must not exceed 14; ie each team is permitted to substitute from a maximum of 14 players according to the rules laid down. All players must be bona fide enrolled cadets of the ATC within the Rgn for which they are eligible to play. The competition is an open one and players of any age may be nominated to represent the Rgn. DURATION OF PLAY 6. Preliminary Rounds. The duration of the game in the preliminary rounds shall be 2 periods of 30 minutes each. At half time the teams shall change ends and the duration of the interval shall not 66-C-1

ACTI NO 66 exceed 5 minutes. If the result is a draw a further 10 minutes one way, after tossing for choice of ends or start, shall be played. if the result is still a draw the teams shall take penalty strokes (using the same procedure as for soccer) to establish the winner. 7. Final. Each half in the final is to consist of 35 minutes and the duration of the interval shall not exceed 10 minutes. In cases of a draw 10 minutes one way shall be played and if the result is still a draw, each Rgn competing in the final shall hold the shield for 6 months. MEDALS 8. Medals will be presented to members of both final teams including 3 for the substitutes. TEAM COLOURS 9. Each Rgn must play in Rgn team colours so there cannot possibly be any clash of colours. RULES OF THE COMPETITION 10. The ATC Sports Council shall have the power to alter or add to the Rules as they, from time to time, deem expedient. 66-C-2

OWNER OF THE CUP ACP 20A ACTI NO 66 ANNEX D RUGBY ATC INTER-REGION SENIOR CUP COMPETITION RULES 1. The Cup is the property of the ATC Sports Council. CONTROL 2. The entire control and management of the competition shall be vested in the ATC Sports Council and organised by the HQAC (PEdO). PARTICIPANTS 3. The Competition shall be open to the following ATC Rgns: RFU RULES a. Scotland and Northern Ireland Rgn b. North Rgn c. Wales & West Rgn d. Central & East Rgn e. London & South East Rgn f. South West Rgn 4. The competitions is subject to RFU Laws and Regulations being observed and RFU Under 19 Laws governing the game shall apply to matches played in all ATC Rugby competitions. TEAMS & QUALIFICATION OF PLAYERS 5. A Rgnl team must not exceed 21; ie each team is permitted to substitute from a maximum of 6 replacements for any reason provided the ball is dead, and with the referee's permission. All players must be bona fide enrolled cadets of the ATC within the Rgn for which they are eligible to play and must be 16 years of age and over and under 18 years on 1 September at the beginning of the season in which games are to be played. (NB. The age limit for Junior Rugby which may be played at Inter-Wg level is 14 years of age and over and under 16 years on 1 September at the beginning of the season in which games are played; cadets who qualify for the Junior Competiton are not allowed to play in the Senior Competition regardless of their physical attributes and ability.) 66-D-1

ACTI NO 66 DURATION OF PLAY 6. Preliminary Rounds. The duration of play in the preliminary rounds shall be 2 halves of 35 minutes each. At half-time the teams shall change ends and there shall be an interval of not more than 5 minutes. If after 35 minutes of play each way the scores are level, the team that has scored most tries shall be the winner. If a result is not obtained by this method then the team which had scored most goals from tries shall be the winner. If a decision is still not forthcoming then a maximum of 5 penalty kicks will be taken from the 22 metre line in front of the posts by 5 different players and the team with most successes shall be declared the winner. If the scores still are equal, the remaining members of the team will kick alternate penalties until one of the pair misses. 7. Final. Each half in the final is to consist of 35 minutes and the duration of the interval shall not exceed 5 minutes. If after "full-time" the scores are level, the team that has scored most tries shall be the winner. If a result is not obtainable by this method then the team that has scored most goals from tries shall be the winner. If a result is still not forthcoming each Rgn competing in the final shall hold the cup for 6 months. (NB Duration of play for Junior Rugby which may be played at Inter-Wing level is to be 30 minutes each half in the preliminary rounds and 30 minutes each half in the final). MEDALS 8. Medals will be presented to members of both final teams including 6 for the replacements. TEAM COLOURS 9. Each Rgn must play in Rgn team colours so there cannot possibly be any clash of colours. RULES OF THE COMPETITION 10. The ATC Sports Council shall have the power to alter or add to the rules as they, from time to time, deem expedient. 66-D-2

ANNEX E ACP 20A ACTI NO 66 RULES FOR THE AIR TRAINING CORPS ATHLETICS CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. All events shall be conducted in accordance with the Laws of the British Athletic Federation (BAF). QUALIFICATION OF COMPETITORS 2. All competitors must be bona fide, enrolled cadets, of strictly amateur status, and a minimum age of 13 years 3 months on the day of the competition. CLASSES OF COMPETITION AND AGE LIMITS 3. The Championships will be divided into three classes of competition, Class 'A', Class 'B' and Class 'C' for males and Open Class for girls. The following age limits will apply: a. Class 'A' - Under 15 years of age (see para 2 for minimum age). b. Class 'B' - 15 years of age and over, and under 17 years. c. Class 'C' - 17 years and over, and under 20 years. d.girls Open Class - 13 years 3 months and over, and under 20 years. 4. To conform to the age limit rules, all Class 'A' and Class 'B' competitors must be of age or under on 1 September in the competition year, and all Class 'C' and girl competitors must be of age or under on 31 December in the year of the competition. Note: The difference in Under 15 and Under 17 groups where the age is "in the competition year" and Juniors and Girls where the age group is "in the year of the competition". The "Competition year" is defined as extending from 1 October until 30 September the following year. The "year of competition" is the calendar year(1 January to 31 December) EVENTS 5. The following events will comprise the Competition in each class: a. Classes 'A', 'B' and 'C' & Girls Open Class 100 metres 200 metres 400 metres 800 metres 1,500 metres 4 x 100 metres Relay Long Jump Discus Javelin Shot High Jump PARTICIPATION AND LIMITATIONS OF ENTRY 6. Competitors shall not be allowed to compete in more than 3 events including Relays. 66-E-1

ACTI NO 66 7. Only one entry per Rgn per event will be accepted, and each Rgn is restricted to a maximum team entry of 30 male cadets and 10 girl cadets. NOTE: It will not be in the best interests of the Championships if Rgns submit entries merely to make up a full team, and Rgn PEdOs should only enter cadets who have achieved a standard performance comparable to that attained in recent years at Corps level. (Under 15 girls are not allowed to run in any race of 300 or 400 metres (including hurdles), nor in more than one event between 600 and 1500 metres inclusive on the same day). SUBSTITUTIONS 8. Normal substitution of competitors will be permitted from the nominated teams or reserves, if reported to the Chief Recorder by 1000 hours on the day of the competition. 9. Substitutions to replace competitors compelled to withdraw because of injury or illness will be permitted at any time providing a heat, or trial in the event concerned has not taken place. This ruling must not be abused - in all cases the decision of the Referee shall be final. 10. All alterations or substitutions shall be initialled by the Chief Recorder and are subject to the "Limitations of Entry". METHOD OF SCORING 11. The scoring for each Individual event will be: 1st - 6 points 2nd - 5 points 3rd - 4 points 4th - 3 points 5th - 2 points 6th - 1 point 12. The scoring for each Relay event will be: 1st - 12 points 2nd - 10 points 3rd - 8 points 4th - 6 points 5th - 4 points 6th - 2 points STATIONS 13. The order for stations in each track event, based on a rotational system, will be as per programme. (Competition order in all field events will also be made beforehand based on a rotational system). SPECIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT 14. The specifications for Javelin, Discus and Shot are: a. Javelin Class 'A' (and Girls)- 600 gr 66-E-2

ACTI NO 66 Class 'B' - 700 gr Class 'C' - 800 gr b. Discus Girls - 1kg c. Shot GENERAL RULES Class 'A' - 1.25kg Class 'B' - 1.5kg Class 'C' - 1.75kg Class 'A' (and Girls) - 4kg Class 'B' - 5kg Class 'C' - 6.25kg 15. In all throwing and putting events, each competitor shall be allowed 3 throws. 16. In the long jump each competitor shall be allowed 3 jumps. TROPHIES AND MEDALS 17. The winning Rgn in each Class of competition will retain the respective trophies for one year. All trophies will remain the property of the ATC Sports Council. 18. The following trophies and medals will be presented: a. ATC Sports Council Cup - Champion Rgn (Class 'A' - Boys) b. Elvin Cup - Champion Rgn (Class 'B' - Youths) c. Carter Cup - Champion Rgn (Girls - Open Class) d. Critchley Cup - Champion Rgn (Class 'C' - Juniors) e. The Air League of the British Empire Cup - Champion Rgn (Combined) f. Corps Medals - Corps medals will be awarded to: 66-E-3

ACTI NO 66 (1) The first 3 individuals in each event (2) The first 3 teams in each Relay event g. Individual Trophies - "Individual Trophies" will be presented to the winners. 66-E-4

ACTI NO 66 ANNEX F RULES FOR THE AIR TRAINING CORPS SWIMMING CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. All events shall be conducted in accordance with the laws of the Amateur Swimming Association. QUALIFICATION OF COMPETITORS 2. All competitors must be bona fide, enrolled cadets, of strictly amateur status, and a minimum age of 13 years 3 months on the day of the competition. 3. The Championships will be divided into two separate events for male cadets - Junior and Senior; and an open event for girl cadets. The following age limits will apply: a. Junior - under 16 years of age (see para 2 for minimum age). b. Senior - over 16 years of age. c. Girls - open age group. 4. To conform to the age limit rules, all competitors must be of age or under on 31 December of the year of competition. EVENTS AND ORDER OF THE PROGRAMME 5. The events in the Championships will be as shown below and will be run in the following order: Event No 1 GIRLS 73 1/3 yards Butterfly Stroke Event No 2 JUNIOR 73 1/3 yards Butterfly Stroke Event No 3 SENIOR 73 1/3 yards Butterfly Stroke Event No 4 GIRLS 73 1/3 yards Back Stroke Event No 5 JUNIOR 73 1/3 yards Back Stroke Event No 6 SENIOR 110 yards Back Stroke Event No 7 GIRLS 73 1/3 yards Breast Stroke Event No 8 JUNIOR 73 1/3 yards Breast Stroke Event No 9 SENIOR 110 yards Breast Stroke Event No 10 GIRLS 73 1/3 yards Freestyle Event No 11 JUNIOR 73 1/3 yards Freestyle Event No 12 SENIOR 110 yards Freestyle Event No 13 GIRLS 4 Lengths Individual Medley (Fly, Bk, Br, Free) Event No 14 JUNIOR 4 Lengths Individual Medley (Fly, Bk, Br, Free) Event No 15 SENIOR 4 Lengths Individual Medley (Fly, Bk, Br, Free) Event No 16 GIRLS 4 x 2 Lengths Medley Relay (Bk, Br, Fly, Free) Event No 17 JUNIOR 4 x 2 Lengths Medley Relay (Bk, Br, Fly, Free) Event No 18 SENIOR 4 x 2 Lengths Medley Relay (Bk, Br, Fly, Free) 66-F-1

Event No 19 GIRLS 4 x 2 Lengths Freestyle Relay Event No 20 JUNIOR 4 x 2 Lengths Freestyle Relay Event No 21 SENIOR 4 x 2 Lengths Freestyle Relay PARTICIPATION AND LIMITATIONS OF ENTRY ACP 20A ACTI NO 66 6. Only one entry per Rgn per event will be accepted, and each Rgn is restricted to a maximum team entry of 16 male cadets and 8 girl cadets. 7. No individual may represent his/her Rgn in a total of more than 3 events, one of which must be a relay. (Note: The Individual Medleys are excluded from the Limitations of Entry). METHOD OF SCORING 8. The scoring for each Individual event will be: 1st - 6 points 2nd - 5 points 3rd - 4 points 4th - 3 points 5th - 2 points 6th - 1 point 9. The scoring for each Relay event will be: 1st - 12 points 2nd - 10 points 3rd - 8 points 4th - 6 points 5th - 4 points 6th - 2 points LENGTH OF BATH AND LANES 10. The RAF Cranwell Swimming Bath is 36 2/3 yards long, and 6 lanes will be used. 11. Heats will not be necessary, and the draw for lanes shall be as per programme. TROPHIES AND PRIZES 12. The winning Rgn in each competition will retain the respective trophies for one year. All trophies will remain the property of the ATC Sports Council. 14. The following trophies will be presented: a. Richards Shield - Champion Rgn (Girls Events) b. RAF Balloon Command Cup - Champion Rgn (Junior Events) c. ATC Sports Board Cup - Champion Rgn (Senior Events) d. Combined Events Cup - Champion Rgn (Girls, Junior, Senior Events combined). 66-F-2

ACTI NO 66 e. Individual Trophies - "Individual Trophies" will be presented to the winners of each event. f. Corps Medals - Corps medals will be awarded to: (1) The first 3 individuals in each event. (2) The first 3 teams in each relay event. NOTE: Team managers are advised to ensure that all their competitors know the ASA Competition Laws for Starting, Team Races, Freestyle Swimming, Breast Stroke Swimming, Butterfly Stroke, Back Stroke and Medley Swimming. 66-F-3

ACTI NO 66 ANNEX G CROSS COUNTRY RUNNING RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR THE AIR TRAINING CORPS INTER-RGN CROSS COUNTRY RUNNING CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. All races shall be conducted under the British Athletic Federation (BAF) laid down for Cross Country competition. QUALIFICATION OF COMPETITORS 2. All competitors must be bona fide cadets. EVENTS AND AGE LIMITS 3. The Championships will be divided into 4 separate events - Boys Race, Youths Race, Junior Race and Girls Race. The following age limits will apply: a. Boys* - Under 15 years of age ie confined to competitors who are aged 13 or 14 on 31 Aug prior to the commencement of the competition year as defined below. b. Youths* - 15 years of age and under 17 years ie confined to competitors who are aged 15 or 16 on 31 Aug prior to the commencement of the competition year as defined below. c. Juniors*- 17 years of age and under 20 years ie confined to competitors who are 17, 18 or 19 on 31 Aug prior to the commencement of the competition year as defined below. d. Girls - open to all female cadets under 20 years ie confined to female competitors aged 19 or under on 31 Aug prior to the commencement of the competition year as defined below. (*Note BAF Groups) 4. The competition year extends from 1 Oct to 30 Sep in the following year. PARTICIPATION AND ENTRIES 5. Rgns may enter up to 4 competitors in each team event, 3 of whom will score in each team event. METHOD OF SCORING 66-G-1

ACTI NO 66 6. For team scoring, competitors are awarded points coincident with their finishing order. The points earned by the scoring runners are added together and the team having the lowest aggregate shall be declared the winner. The team with the second lowest aggregate is awarded second place, and so on, until all are accounted for. 7. In the event of a tie, the team whose last scoring member finished nearest the first place shall determine the result. 8. In the event of a tie, in the combined Event, place positions in each race are added together and the team/having the lowest aggregate shall be declared the winner. RACE DISTANCE 9. All races will be run over a 3-mile course. TROPHIES AND MEDALS 10. The winning team in each event will retain the respective trophies for one year. All trophies will remain the property of the ATC Sports Council. 11. The following trophies and medals will be presented: a. Smith Cup. The Smith Cup will be awarded to the winning girls team. b. Mawle Shield. The Mawle Shield will be awarded to the winning boys team. c. Paxton Cup. The Paxton Cup will be awarded to the winning youths team. d. Hanna Cup. The Hanna Cup will be awarded to the winning juniors team. e. Dawson Cup. The Dawson Cup will be awarded to the Rgn with the lowest total points for 'combined events'. f. Corps Medals. Corps medals will be awarded to: (1) The first 3 individuals in each race. (2) The first 3 teams in each race. 66-G-2

ACTI NO 66 ANNEX H NETBALL THE AIR TRAINING CORPS (SENIOR) (JUNIOR) NETBALL CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. All games shall be conducted in accordance with the Official Netball Rules laid down by the All England Netball Association. QUALIFICATION OF PLAYERS 2. All players must be bona fide enrolled cadets of the ATC within the Rgn for which they are eligible to play. The "Senior" competition is an open one and players of any age may be nominated to represent the Rgn; and the "Junior" competition is restricted to cadets under the age of 16 years, ie to play in the "Junior" competition cadets must be under 16 years on 31 March of the current season. PARTICIPATION AND ENTRIES 3. Only one team entry per Rgn will be accepted and each team shall consist of 7 players and 3 substitutes - ie 10 players only are permitted to represent each Rgn in the competition. PLAYING UNIFORMS 4. Teams shall play in their Rgnl colours and playing initials shall be worn both front and back on playing uniforms. FORM OF COMPETITION 5. The Championships will be conducted as a single match league competition - ie each Rgn team will play each other team once, giving 5 matches each. FIXTURE LIST/PLAYING SCHEDULE 6. Rgns will be numbered and listed each year (in the same way as lanes in the Corps Swimming Championships) and, using 2 courts, the following fixture list/playing schedule will be used for the ATC (Junior & Senior) Netball Championships: Round 1 Round 2 Round 3 Round 4 Court No 1 1 v 2 1 v 6 4 v 5 2 v 4 Court No 2 3 v 4 3 v 5 2 v 6 1 v 3 Round 5 Round 6 Round 7 Round 8 Court No 1 5 v 6 2 v 5 2 v 3 1 v 5 Court No 2 - - 3 v 6 1 v 4 4 v 6 66-H-1

DURATION OF GAME/LEAGUE ACP 20A ACTI NO 66 7. Each game shall consist of two halves of 10 minutes each with an interval of 3 minutes between halves. The timekeeper shall take time when the half is started by the Umpire's whistle and signal the end of each half after 10 minutes "elapsed time". (Note: The timekeeper's signal shall take immediate effect; and the clock is not stopped for playing time lost - ie there is no "take time" for any stoppage in play). The league programme, using 2 courts, will be timed as follows: Start Time Court No 1 Court No 2 0930 hrs Team 1 v Team 2 Team 3 v Team 4 1000 hrs Team 1 v Team 6 Team 3 v Team 5 1030 hrs Team 4 v Team 5 Team 2 v Team 6 1100 hrs Team 2 v Team 4 Team 1 v Team 3 1300 hrs Team 5 v Team 6 (No Game) 1330 hrs Team 2 v Team 5 Team 3 v Team 6 1400 hrs Team 2 v Team 3 Team 1 v Team 4 1430 hrs Team 1 v Team 5 Team 4 v Team 6 SCORING/RESULT CHART/CHAMPIONSHIPS RESULT 8. Two points shall be awarded for games won and one point for games drawn. League results are recorded in table form on a chart and a typical chart is shown below. The winner, and Champion Rgn, shall be the team gaining the highest number of points in the league. (Note: Should teams be equal on points their position shall be decided on "goal difference"; should teams remain equal on "goal difference" their position shall be decided on "goals for"). Team 1 2 3 4 5 6 Win Draw Lose Goals For Goals Agst Points Place 1 - W 12-10 W 11-10 D 10-10 W 12-10 W 13-12 4 1 0 58 52 9 1st 2 L 10-12 - W 12-10 L 11-12 L 13-14 W 15-12 2 0 3 61 60 4 4th 3 L 10-11 L 10-12 - D 11-11 D 13-13 W 12-11 1 2 2 56 58 4 5th 4 D 10-10 W 12-11 D 11-11 - D 10-10 L 11-13 1 3 1 54 55 5 3rd 5 L 10-12 W 14-13 D 13-13 D 10-10 - D 12-12 1 3 1 59 60 5 2nd 6 L 12-13 L 12-15 L 11-12 W 13-11 D 12-12 - 1 1 3 60 63 3 6th 66-H-2

TROPHY AND MEDALS ACP 20A ACTI NO 66 9. The winning team will retain the Championships Trophy for one year. The Trophy will remain the property of the ATC Sports Council. Corps Medals will be awarded to the winning team and runner-up team. 66-H-3

INTER-REGION CUP COMPETITIONS DRAW TABLES FOR SENIOR RUGBY, SENIOR & JUNIOR SOCCER & SENIOR HOCKEY ACP 20A ACTI NO 66 ANNEX I SEASON STAGE 1 STAGE 2+ 1995-96 S&NI - Bye S&NI } *1998-99 N - Bye v } Winner 2001-02 Winner of Game 1 } *2004-05 W&W } (W&W or C&E) } 2007-08 Game 1 v } v *2010-11 C&E } N v } Winner L&SE } Winner of Game 2 } Game 2 v } (L&SE or SW) } SW } 1996-97 W&W - Bye W&W } *1999-2000 C&E - Bye v } Winner 2002-03 Winner of Game 1 } *2005-06 L&SE } (L&SE or SW) } 2008-09 Game 1 v } v *2011-12 SW } C&E } v } Winner S&NI } Winner of Game 2 } Game 2 v } (S&NI or N) } N } 1997-98 L&SE - Bye L&SE } *2000-01 SW - Bye v } Winner 2003-04 Winner of Game 1 } *2006-07 S&NI } (S&NI or N) } 2009-10 Game 1 v } v *2012-13 N } SW } v } Winner W&W } Winner of Game 2 } Game 2 v } (W&W or C&E) } C&E *Note: Game 1 and Game 2 will rotate after every third season; ie 1998-99 Season - Game 1 will be L&SE v SW and Game 2 will be W&W v C&E. 66-I-1

ACTI NO 66 +The Rugby Final only will go to Stage 3 in line with RFU Laws and Regulations which do not permit players at this level to play more than one game of Rugby on any one day. 66-I-2

ACTI NO 66 ATC NATIONAL SWIMMING AND ATHLETIC CHAMPIONSHIPS - LANE ORDER YEAR LANE NO 1 LANE NO 2 LANE NO 3 LANE NO 4 LANE NO 5 LANE NO 6 1996 S&NI W&W C&E L&SE N SW 1997 C&E S&NI W&W N SW L&SE 1998 W&W L&SE S&NI SW C&E N 1999 SW N L&SE C&E W&W S&NI 2000 L&SE SW N W&W S&NI C&E 2001 N C&E SW S&NI L&SE W&W ATC GIRLS NETBALL CHAMPIONSHIPS - TEAM NUMBER SEASON S&NI W&W C&E L&SE N SW 1995-96 1 2 3 4 5 6 1996-97 2 3 1 6 4 5 1997-98 3 1 5 2 6 4 1998-99 6 5 4 3 2 1 1999-2000 5 4 6 1 3 2 2000-01 4 6 2 5 1 3 The fixture list for the ATC Girls (Junior & Senior) Netball Championships will be drawn up as follows: Morning Round 1 Round 2 Round 3 Round 4 Court No 1 1 v 2 1 v 6 4 v 6 2 v 4 Court No 2 3 v 4 3 v 5 2 v 6 1 v 3 Afternoon Round 5 Round 6 Round 7 Round 8 Court No 1 5 v 6 2 v 5 2 v 3 1 v 5 Court No 2-3 v 6 1 v 4 4 v 6 66-I-3

66-I-4 ACP 20A ACTI NO 66

ACTI NO 67 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 67 PHYSICAL EDUCATION References: A. AP 1919, Chap 1, para 108b and 120a(3). B. ACP 20A, Instr Nos 61-68 & 85. C. ACP 20B, Instr No 301. D. ACP 31, General Service Training (Physical Fitness Training). E. ACP 17 (5th Edition) Adventure Training Handbook. INTRODUCTION 1. This Instruction replaces all previously issued directives on physical education in the ATC. It is in accord with the requirements and the spirit of References A to E. 2. The purpose of the instruction is to define the function of Physical Education in the ATC and to detail the associated responsibilities. PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ATC 3. The aim of Physical Education in the ATC is to contribute to the efficiency of sqns through promotion of physical fitness and individual and unit morale. An associated task is the provision of advice and instruction in certain aspects of the Duke of Edinburgh's Award Scheme. 4. The primary function of squadrons does not allow for formal programmes of fitness training and recreation. The Physical Education aim is therefore achieved through the provision of equipment, opportunities, incentives and guidance for voluntary participation in: a. Physical fitness training. b. A wide range of sports. c. Challenging outdoor activities through the Adventure Training Scheme. 5. Because of the wide variation in squadron situations it is not practicable to stipulate precise Physical Education programmes and methods that will achieve our aim. The sqn cdr is to devise a programme which is flexible and caters for particular situations and requirements. There are, however, certain principles which are to be included: a. Opportunities should be provided in depth - seeking participation in quantity rather than primarily in quality. In the long term, the latter will usually be achieved as a consequence of the former. 67-1

ACTI NO 67 b. Programmes should be reviewed from time to time to meet the changing requirements and situations at the squadron. c. Programmes should aim to be cost effective, by seeking maximum participation for the least expenditure in terms of finance and time away from the formal syllabus of training. d. Participation is to be encouraged on an opportunity basis mainly outside the official syllabus of training. Sports fixtures should be spread out to meet changing tasks. Programmes for individual fitness training should be flexible enough to meet the requirements of all members of the sqn. PHYSICAL EDUCATION STAFF 6. The structure and organisation of Physical Education Staff is detailed at Annex A. 7. The priorities of the physical education programme require an increasing proportion of work by physical education staff outside normal parade night training. They should, therefore, organise activities in a manner to gain most effect from limited spare time available. SQN, WG AND RGN SPORTS COMMITTEES 8. Sqn, Wg and Rgn Sports Committees exist to promote and administer sport at its various levels, in accordance with the regulations contained in the above References. Although each sport is administered by adult staff appointed by the appropriate COs the PEdOs exercise overall co-ordination of all sports. See details at Annex B. RESPONSIBILITIES FOR PHYSICAL EDUCATION 9. The References above indicate in broad terms the responsibilities of COs with regard to the provision of training (including physical fitness, sport and adventure training) for cadets under their command. In pursuance of these objectives and to achieve the aim of Physical Education on the squadron, squadron commanders are to encourage the following areas of activity: a. Inter-Sqn Sport. A comprehensive programme of inter-squadron (or other local youth) sport is the most effective means of achieving voluntary participation in depth. The programme of activities is to be co-ordinated by the adult staff in charge of sports. b. Representative Sport. Sqn teams or individual sports representatives should be entered in the appropriate competitions organised by Wg, Rgn or Corps. Every opportunity should be taken to participate in local events and youth leagues and tournaments. There should be a policy of positive encouragement for players selected to represent higher formations. c. Physical Fitness Training Schemes. Whilst satisfactory levels of fitness may be achieved through participation in certain physically demanding sports, opportunities and advice are to be available for all cadets to participate in fitness training schemes, such as those outlined in Reference D. 67-2

ACTI NO 67 d. Outdoor Activities. Participation in the wide range of challenging outdoor activities available under the Adventure Training Scheme is to be encouraged. The aim should be to provide a wide rather than specialised participation and of making the maximum use of local environments. The regulations contained in Reference E apply in all instances. 10. The success of a voluntary system of participation in physical education depends largely on the encouragement given and example set by commanders and adult staff at all levels. Whilst much sporting activity will, of necessity, take place outside normal parade nights, it should be appreciated how much sport and fitness training contributes to unit morale as a very worthwhile diversion from academic subjects. 11. Pre-Initial Officer Training Fitness Requirements. The pre-initial officer training fitness requirements are detailed at Annex C. OC Sqs are to actively encourage potential RAF candidates to use the suggested fitness programme set out in Annex C. CONCLUSION 12. Physical education is an integral part of Corps life. Common sense requires us to be fit and healthy. In this way we are always ready to meet the most arduous demands from life. Organised sport, fitness training and adventure training is an excellent way of keeping fit and team games in particular enable us to generate and demonstrate a spirit which strengthens the efforts of each unit and of the Corps as a whole. The Physical Education programme should incorporate fitness training schemes, a wide variety of representative and inter-squadron sports, and a range of outdoor activities. Participation is to be actively encouraged by commanders at all levels. Annexes: A. Physical Education Staff Organisation B. Physical Education Staff Responsibilities C. A Guide to Pre-Initial Officer Training - Physical Education 67-3

ACTI NO 67 ANNEX A PHYSICAL EDUCATION STAFF ORGANISATION Air Cadet Council Finance & General Purposes Committee Commandant Air Cadets, President Sports Council COS, HQAC, Chairman Sports Council ATC Sports Council C PEdO Dep C PEdO Regional Sports Committee Regional Commandant, President Rgnl Sports Committee Rgnl PEdO Dep Rgnl PEdO Wing Sports Committee Officer Commanding Wing, WSO President Wg Sports Committee (PEd) (1) Squadron Committee Officer Commanding Squadron Sqn Sports O Officer (1) One appointed for each Wg. Wgs may also appoint a female WSO whose duties include the supervision of girl cadet sports and teams. 67-A-1

ACTI NO 67 ANNEX B PHYSICAL EDUCATION STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES PHYSICAL EDUCATION OFFICERS 1. Appointed Physical Education staff are responsible to their immediate commanders for the following: a. Compilation and implementation of a Physical Education programme. b. The co-ordination of representative sport in liaison with Officers IC Sports. PEd Os will act as Secretary to Sports Council/Committees. c. The planning, promotion and administration of an inter-section, sqn, wg sports programme, including the Gillan Trophy Competition. d. The provision of opportunities and guidance for voluntary fitness training. e. The co-ordination of activities undertaken under the Adventure Training Scheme. Commanders may prefer to appoint a separate Adventure Training Officer. f. The provision, maintenance and security of physical education equipment and the allocation of any facilities available. g. Instruction and testing in swimming to RAF Swimming Proficiency and Training Certificate standard. h. Direct liaison as necessary with the appropriate P Ed Staff Officer at higher authority. OFFICERS IC SPORTS 2. Each sport is to be controlled by an officer in charge. A small committee can be appointed to assist him with his duties. At squadron level senior cadets should be recruited for this purpose. 3. The OIC Sport is required to: a. Arrange fixture lists. In the interests of travel economy every effort should be made to co-ordinate fixtures with other sports teams. b. Hold committee meetings as necessary and pass minutes to all interested parties. c. Arrange sports trial matches. d. Form Selection Committees, or provide a fair means of selection of teams. e. Liaise with Sqn Cdrs regarding availability of players. 67-B-1

ACTI NO 67 f. Confirm referees and officials as necessary. g. Arrange team refreshments when necessary. h. Supervise the issue, return and maintenance of sports kit. i. Extend the usual courtesies to visiting teams. j. Promulgate in orders details of fixtures and results. k. Attend sports committee meetings. l. Advise higher authority of outstanding players. m. Notify higher authority of injuries sustained by players during matches. n. Ensure safe keeping of all sports trophies and return to the organising body when required. Arrange trophy engraving. o. Make recommendations for the award of sports colours. p. Ensure that a female RAFVR(T) officer, female AWO or female CI is in attendance at all sports events involving female cadets. 67-B-2

ACTI NO 67 ANNEX C A GUIDE T PRE-INITIAL OFFICER TRAINING PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1. The purpose of this booklet is to give you an idea of the standard of physical fitness that will be expected of you on commencement of training at the Royal Air Force College Cranwell (RAFC). Initial Officer Training (IOT) is a very exacting and extremely physical course. Our experience has shown that the fitter you are on arrival, the better equipped you are to cope with both the physical and mental demands of the course, and the less likely you are to suffer injuries. Additionally, your standard of fitness, on arrival, is seen as a reflection of your personal motivation. PHYSICAL TRAINING SYLLABUS DURING IOT 2. The Physical Training Syllabus during IOT comprises 3 different phases: a. Phase 1 Basic Induction Module (BIM) Weeks 1-4. BIM physical training is highly intensive, but progressive in its build-up. There are 5 double periods per week, and the training during this phase involves: (1) Indoor/outdoor circuits. (2) Endurance running up to 5 miles. (3) Swimming. (4) Fitness test (see below). b. Phase 2 Weeks 5-10. This phase is designed to help you cope with the physical aspects of the challenging and highly physical Field Leadership Camp (FLC). Training will be done in boots (at a marching pace of 6 km/hr only) (1) or running shoes with a variety of equipment and extra weight, and will be progressive in nature. Your performance in fitness testing will determine whether you participate in FLC. c. Phase 3 Weeks 11-23. The emphasis in phase 3 changes to a mixture of personal fitness programmes and sports, as well as the promotion of a positive attitude towards fitness and health. Note: 67C-1

ACTI NO 67 1. IOT leadership exercises can involve walking and running in boots, with a variety of equipment and extra weight. 67C-2

ACTI NO 67 ASSESSMENT AND TESTING 3. You will be assessed on your physical fitness on arrival at IOT and you will be tested at frequent intervals. Your performance in the arrival fitness assessment is seen as an indicator of your personal motivation and will determine whether you continue to undergo IOT. The arrival fitness assessment will be in the form of a 2-mile run, which you must complete to the satisfaction of the RAFC staff. Although your times will not be graded, you will be expected to complete the 2-mile run in under 14 minutes (regardless of age and sex) and to do so without stopping. Fitness testing will be the form of the IOT Multi-stage Fitness Test (MSFT), which is an indoor shuttle run. Additionally, in Week 8 a Battle Fitness Assessment will be carried out. ADVICE ON YOUR PHYSICAL PREPARATION FOR IOT ASSESSING YOUR CURRENT FITNESS LEVEL 4. There are many different ways to become fit, but the simplest of all is to run. Running increases aerobic capacity and stamina and is an essential element of the field leadership training that every cadet has to undergo. However, before attempting any exercise, be honest with yourself about your current level of fitness; just what shape are you in? Does walking up a flight of stairs make you breathless? Are you overweight? If the answer to either of these questions is YES, or if you have not exercised regularly for over a year or you have (or believe you have) any medical problem, you should consult your doctor before beginning any training programme. STOP exercising if you experience pain, dizziness, nausea or unusual fatigue. If the symptoms persist or return later, or if you are worried about them, see your doctor. DESIGNING A PROGRESSIVE TRAINING PROGRAMME 5. You will need careful preparation for at least 8 weeks prior to the commencement of the IOT course. The correct way to carry out progressive training is to: a. Always warm up. b. Build up your training gradually. c. Always warm down. d. Seek guidance from professionally qualified Physical Education staff. 67C-3

ACTI NO 67 SUGGESTED TRAINING PROGRAMME WARM-UP RUNNING LOCAL MUSCULAR ENDURANCE The warm-up is an essential part of any exercise session, as it prepares the body for the more vigorous activity to come. It increases muscle temperature as well as stretching muscles and tendons in a controlled way to prevent injury. The time spent in warming-up depends on the individual but 10-15 minutes should be sufficient. In cold weather, you should extend the warm-up by a few minutes. Some suitable exercises are set out at the end of the booklet. You should include mobility exercises for the joints, ie arm circling, hip circling, etc, and then aim to stretch the muscles that you are going to work, and hold each stretch for at least 20-30 seconds. Your warm-up should also include some light jogging, etc, to increase your heart rate in preparation for the work to come. See Enclosure 1 Warm-up/Down Exercises. As a general rule of thumb, you should aim to be able to run 3 miles in 31 minutes (ladies slightly longer) by the time you begin Officer Training, which will require you to run each mile in 7 minutes. If you are reasonably fit to begin with and can reach this standard now, don t stop but carry on with your fitness programme. If you have not done any training for some time, you need to start slowly and build up remember, keep your training progressive. Start walking/running one half-mile every other day until you can complete the distance in 3½ minutes. When you can achieve this, increase the distance to one mile, with a target time of 7 minutes. Keep raising the distance and times in half-mile and 3½-minute components until you achieve your final target. See Enclosure 2 Record of Training Running. In addition to improving your cardio-vascular-respiratory (CVR) fitness (heart and lungs), you will also need to work on your local muscular endurance (LME) muscles. You can do this in 2 ways: a. Use of a multi-gym or free weights. b. A simple circuit in the home. If you can obtain easy access to a multi-gym or weight-training equipment, your procedure should be: a. See specialist advice. b. Increase weight slowly. c. Try to develop circuit using relatively lightweights with several repetitions (12-15). If you have no access to a gymnasium, then you can set up a simple circuit in the home using exercises such as: 67C-4

ACTI NO 67 a. Press Ups ) ) Arms and Shoulders b. Triceps Dips ) c. Sit-ups Abdominal d. Half squats Legs WARM DOWN Again, if you have done on recent training, build up slowly and try to be able to complete 20-30 repetitions before you arrive for training. If you can do more, all well and good. Aim to do your circuit at least 3 times per week. See Enclosure 3 Record of Training Exercises. The warm down enables you to cool off gradually and allows time for your heart rate to slow to its resting level. All you need to do is imply slow down after your activity. After running, reduce your pace to a jog and then to a walk over a period of about 5 minutes; you should also include some stretching exercises for the muscles you have used, similar to the warm-up phase. The warm-down is an important part of your training and should not be ignored; it will help to reduce the initial morning after soreness often associated with training. For advice on warm-down exercises, please refer to Enclosure 1. REST AND RELAXATION 6. Rest and relaxation are a vital part of training. Always aim to have at least 2 days rest per week to allow the body to recover. EXERCISE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 7. Whenever you run, always think of safety. Take care in traffic, avoiding busy roads; if you must run on roads, then always run on the right-hand side and face oncoming traffic. If you have to run at night, wear light-coloured clothing to make sure you are visible to drivers. To minimise the risk of strains and pulled muscles, always ensure you warm up before starting and warm down after finishing the session. DO NOT EXERCISE/RUN IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, HAVE COLD/FLU SYMPTOMS OR HAVE A RAISED TEMPERATURE. Seem medical/specialist guidance if you are in any doubt about your physical or medical fitness, particularly if you are overweight. APPROPRIATE CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR FOR TRAINING 8. You will need a decent pair of well-fitting, general purpose training shoes (not the fashion-models). An example of the feature required when choosing a pair of running shoes is given at Enclosure 4. Buy the shoes from a reputable sports shop, making sure they have a thick, cushioned sole with a broad heel, have a good arch support and a strong heel cup. Ensure there is plenty of room for the toes, even when wearing medium-thick sports socks; toenails should be trimmed short. Advice on foot care is given at Enclosure 5. The type of clothing worn, depends on the weather but, as a guide, wear loose, comfortable clothes, preferably made of cotton. In cold weather, gloves and a woolly hat may be necessary. 67C-5

ACTI NO 67 WEIGHT CONSIDERATIONS 9. Should you consider yourself overweight, you are strongly advised to seek medical guidance before you consider undertaking a calorie-controlled diet or commence a new exercise programme. INJURY CONSIDERATIONS 10. Should you consider yourself injured, or should you be concerned about injury avoidance, you are strongly advised to seek medical guidance before you commence a new exercise programme. If you have an injury, do not exercise until you have received medical advice that you are able to do so. SUMMARY 11. Hopefully, the information contained in this booklet will be of some benefit to you prior to your commencing IOT. Remember, the fitter you are when you arrive at the Department of Initial Officer Training, the better equipped you will be to cope. IT DOESN T HAVE TO HURT, BUT IF YOU ARE NOT SUFFICIENTLY PREPARED IT MOST CERTAINLY WILL! Enclosures: 1. Warm-up/Down Exercises. 2. Record of Training Running. 3. Record of Training Exercises. 4. Choosing the Right Outdoor Running Shoe. 5. Care of the Feet and Toenails. 67C-6

ACTI NO 67 ENCLOSURE 1 WARM-UP/DOWN EXERCISES The following are just a sample of recommended stretching exercises you should do before and after each training session: a. Hamstring Stretch. Stand with one foot in front of the other and slightly apart. Place hands in the small of the back and gradually lean forward from the hip, keeping the head looking forward. This will tend to make the chest go forward to the floor. Keeping both legs straight, the stretch will be felt in the back of the leading leg. To increase the stretch, pull the foot up towards the shin, keeping the heel in contact with the floor. Hold for 30 seconds and repeat. b. Calf Tendon Stretch. Stand 2-3 feet away from and facing a wall, lean forward with body straight; place palms against the wall at eye level, and then step backwards with one foot. Continue to support your weight with your hands. Remain flat-footed until you feel calf muscles stretching. Hold this position for 30 seconds and then change legs. Repeat the exercise with your other leg. c. Standing Leg Stretch. Find a chair or a wall so that you can place a hand on the chair or wall for support. Standing upright and fairly close to the chair/wall, bend at one knee so that the heel of one foot goes up towards your buttocks; always work the leg farthest away from the wall. Place the free hand on the ankle joint or shin not the foot and gently press the heel to your buttocks. This position should be held for 30 seconds before repeating with the other leg. Repeat whole sequence 3 times. The stretch should be felt in the thigh (quadriceps) muscle group. d. Side Stretch. Stand with feet shoulder-width apart and hands at the side of the body. It is important that you stand with your back against a wall during this exercise. Bend slowly to the side, keeping your back against the wall, and try to slide your hand to your knee. slowly recover after reaching your maximum range and repeat the other side. Repeat 3-4 times both sides. e. Shoulder Mobility. Moving the shoulder joint through any range of movement in a controlled, rhythmical manner is sufficient warm-up for your steady run. 1

ACTI NO 67 WARM-UP/DOWN EXERCISES 2

ACTI NO 67 ENCLOSURE 2 RECORD OF TRAINING RUNNING Rank Name Course Sqn Flt Initial Test: Distance Achieved: Time Taken: WEEK 1 WEEK 5 1 Distance Time 1 Distance Time 2 Distance Time 2 Distance Time 3 Distance Time 3 Distance Time 4 Distance Time 4 Distance Time 5 Distance Time 5 Distance Time Second Test: Distance Achieved: Time Taken: WEEK 2 WEEK 6 1 Distance Time 1 Distance Time 2 Distance Time 2 Distance Time 3 Distance Time 3 Distance Time 4 Distance Time 4 Distance Time 5 Distance Time 5 Distance Time Third Test: Distance Achieved: Time Taken: WEEK 3 WEEK 7 1 Distance Time 1 Distance Time 2 Distance Time 2 Distance Time 3 Distance Time 3 Distance Time 4 Distance Time 4 Distance Time 5 Distance Time 5 Distance Time Fourth Test: Distance Achieved: Time Taken: WEEK 4 WEEK 8 1 Distance Time 1 Distance Time 2 Distance Time 2 Distance Time 3 Distance Time 3 Distance Time 4 Distance Time 4 Distance Time 5 Distance Time 5 Distance Time Final Test: Distance Achieved: Time Taken: 1

2 ACP 20A ACTI NO 67

ACTI NO 67 RECORD OF TRAINING EXERCISES WEEK 1 Press-ups Triceps Dips Sit-ups Half Squats No of Repetitions Achieved WEEK 5 No of Repetitions Achieved 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Press-ups Triceps Dips Sit-ups Half Squats WEEK 2 Press-ups Triceps Dips Sit-ups Half Squats No of Repetitions Achieved WEEK 6 No of Repetitions Achieved 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Press-ups Triceps Dips Sit-ups Half Squats WEEK 3 Press-ups Triceps Dips Sit-ups Half Squats No of Repetitions Achieved WEEK 7 No of Repetitions Achieved 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Press-ups Triceps Dips Sit-ups Half Squats WEEK 4 Press-ups Triceps Dips Sit-ups Half Squats No of Repetitions Achieved WEEK 8 No of Repetitions Achieved 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Press-ups Triceps Dips Sit-ups Half Squats 3

4 ACP 20A ACTI NO 67

ACTI NO 67 ENCLOSURE 4 CHOOSING THE RIGHT OUTDOOR RUNNING SHOE For many sports and activities, well-fitting shoes are crucial to help prevent injuries. The right shoes provide you with proper support and shock absorption and prevent excessive pronation or supination inward or outward rolling of your feet. Although exercise shoes come in a wide array of options and styles, the illustration below features most of the elements you should look for when purchasing many types of athletic shoes. Do not be misled by EXPENSIVE IS BETTER ; cost does not necessarily reflect the adequacy of the shoe! 1. HEEL COUNTER. Durable plastic up built into the heel of the shoe to stabilise the heel and prevent excessive pronation and supination. 2. COLLAR. Rim of soft material, preferably leather, 2.5 centimetres wide, depressed above to heel to protect the Achilles tendon. 3. BUNNY EARS. To protect Achilles. 4. Very wide-padded tongue. 5. UPPER. Should be made of leather, nylon mesh or other materials that can breathe for ventilation. 6. Inside Arch Support to prevent pronation. 7. No flare to sole. 8. TOP BOX. Should provide enough room for the toes to wiggle easily. Deep and wide. 1

ACTI NO 67 9. MID-SOLE. The main shock-absorbing feature of the shoe. Tends to become compressed and less effective with repeated use. Look for mid-soles made of multi-density EVA or polyurethane for greater support and durability. 10. EXTERNAL STABILISER. Supports the heel counter and provide extra stability. 11. OUT-SOLE. Provides traction and protects the mid-soles. Solid rubber or carbon rubber outsoles are best for running, walking and cross-training. Leather with a rubber heel is best for hiking. 2

ACTI NO 67 ENCLOSURE 5 CARE OF THE FEET 1. As considerable comfort and pleasure depends on keeping the feet in a good state of health, this is a guideline on foot care. 2. The feet should be washed thoroughly with a good antiseptic-type soap; they should then be wiped and thoroughly dried, particularly between the toes. 3. The nails should be cut square, and care taken that they are not cut below the tops of the toes as they are likely to result in onychia or ingrown toe-nails. 4. In addition to washing the feet, they should be soaked in foot baths of hot and cold water if the feet become fatigued, tender, swollen and inflamed after a hard days work. This will help to restore the circulation, relax the irritated and tired muscles and carry the fatigue poisons which accumulate in the tissue; this procedure should be carried out in the following manner: a. One foot bath with hot water to soak the feet for about 5 minutes or until the feet become a healthy pink colour, then, without drying them, plunge them into the second bath with cold water for about 2 or 3 minutes. Now dry your feet with a coarse towel and massage with a good foot cream (E45 Cream) using gentle, upward massage strokes. Follow this by dusting the feet and inside the stocking with a good antiseptic foot powder. 5. If you have very tender feet, after the foot baths you can rub your feet with a good astringent lotion or rub in alcohol this will hemp remove the tenderness. If you have very hard skin and the hot bath does not soften them, you should seek help from a CHIROPODIST this also applies to people with excessive perspiration of the feet. CARE OF THE TOE NAILS 6. THIS IS A VERY IMPORTANT SUBJECT, BUT A MUCH NEGLECTED ONE. Thousands of people, not knowing how to care for their toe nails, either permit the nails to grow out and be forced into various shapes, depending upon the pressure of the stockings and shoes, or cut the nails so short that the edge becomes so short that the edge becomes embedded into the soft nail groove and soft tissue until all semblance of the natural shape is lost. 7. Nearly all cases of inflammation about the nail and ingrown nails are caused by NEGLECT and improper trimming of the nail itself. 8. The procedure for caring for the nails is as follows: a. First place the feet in a bath of hot water and wash with a good antiseptic soap. After cleansing the feet thoroughly with a nail brush, the feet should be carefully dried, then, with an orange-wood or cotton bud, all parts about the nail should be carefully cleansed and the cuticle forced back away from the top surface of the nail. Then, with a pair of NAIL CLIPPERS, the nails should be trimmed STRAIGHT across the end, even with the end of the toes. Finally, with a rasp 1

ACTI NO 67 or nail file, the edge should be rounded and carefully smoothed. This should be repeated not less than once every 2 weeks. 9. Care should be taken to wear shoes and stockings of sufficient length and width to prevent any unnatural pressure about the feet and nails. 2

ACTI NO 71 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 71 AIRCRAFT RECOGNITION TRAINING INTRODUCTION 1. ATC aircraft recognition is taught in accordance with MOD training policy. A staff member of HQAC (TG1) is a member of the RAF Recognition Training Committee. TRAINING METHOD 2. Aircraft recognition is learnt by individuals having access to a large number of lessons to progress through at their own pace. From time to time they should be tested on the aircraft studied. Training is such that a shape evokes a name - it is not necessary to know the number, name and type of engines etc; ie recognition should not be confused with knowledge. TRAINING MATERIAL 3. The basic training material is the monthly Defence Recognition Journal (DRJ). HQ AC arranges for Wg HQs to receive DRJs against a standing distribution list based on 2 copies per sqn/df. The December and some other issues of the Journal are REFERENCE EDITIONS and must be carefully preserved in unit libraries for use by recognition training supervisors. Up to date lists of lessons are in the back pages of the December issue of the DRJs. MOD LESSONS - METHOD OF USE 4. Sqns/DFs are to hold DRJs lessons in stock; they are to issue them to cadets on a programmed basis. The lessons are designed to be self-teaching, to be studied in set classroom periods or privately. Cadet progress should be tested regularly using material from the DRJ and from library pictures/silhouettes that the unit has gathered. 71-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 72 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 72 AUTHORISATION RECOVERY OF CRASHED AIRCRAFT OF HISTORICAL INTEREST 1. Before a cadet unit engages in any work related to the recovery of crash aircraft, a licence must be obtained from the MOD. Any Sqn or DF wishing to engage in this type of activity is to apply to Wg HQ. The MOD booklet Crashed Military Aircraft of Historical Interest - Notes for Guidance of Recovery Groups is available on loan from HQAC (TG3), for the assistance of the Wg HQ in deciding whether the project is feasible and desirable. Where the Wg HQ decides to support the application, licence application forms (available from HQAC TG3) are to be sent direct to MOD at the address given at para 3 of the MOD booklet. 2. With the landowner s consent, investigation of a site for the purpose of identifying an aircraft may be undertaken without a licence. However, those involved are not to tamper with, damage, move remove or unearth the remains; any such action would constitute an offence under the Protection of Military Remains Act. INSURANCE 3. The ATC insurers will not automatically give cover but will be prepared to consider actual cases which arise. Depending on circumstances, an extra premium may be required. If it is required then the ATC unit concerned will be expected to pay the premium. 4. Whenever a Wg HQ makes a bid to MOD for the issue of a licence, a copy is to be sent to HQAC (ACFO) for insurance negotiation. A brief description of the terrain, a note as to whether the wreck is likely to be carrying ammunition or not and an estimate of the time the project is likely to take, are to be attached. No recovery work is to take place until HQAC (Accounts) has confirmed that insurance arrangements are satisfactory. 72-1

ACTI NO 73 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 73 AIR CADET COMMUNICATIONS References: A. ACP 35 Vol 1 - (ACP 31 Section 6) - Communications. B. ACP 35 Vol 2 - Communications Manual. C. ACP 35 Vol 3 - Advanced Communications and Radar. D. ACP 35 Vol 4 - Satellite Communications. INTRODUCTION 1. Air Cadet units are encouraged to make practical use of a wide range of short and long range radio equipment within specified conditions imposed by MOD. OBJECTIVES 2. The training objectives are: a. To introduce all cadets to the practice of communicating by electronic means and enable them to qualify as short range radio operators. b. To provide those cadets who wish to specialise in electronic communication with a progressive programme of largely practical training which gives them the opportunity to obtain both an ATC and a civil qualification. 3. HQAC TG3 is the point of contact for Air Cadets Communications. Within the Corps, TG3 has 4 specialist advisers who comprise the Air Cadet Communications Consultative Committee representing general radio, long range, short range and data comms matters who meet from time to time to determine policy. PROGRAMME OF INSTRUCTION 4. Radio instruction is a part of the First class classification syllabus and covers the elementary theory and practice of operating short range management (hand-held) radios. At Senior and Staff cadet levels, academic study may be continued (references C and D). 5. Once qualified as a short range operator the cadet may volunteer for practical training in long range radio operation (Reference B) which leads to the Air Cadet Communicator qualification. Cadets may obtain a basic civilian (novice) licence this way and operate on selected frequencies in the amateur band. It should be noted that References C and D are part of the academic syllabus 73-1

ACTI NO 73 (Senior and Staff cadet stages) and can be undertaken regardless of voluntary participation in the practical syllabus of Reference B. 73-2

ACTI NO 74 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 74 THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH S AWARD THE ATC AND THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH S AWARD 1. Introduction. The Duke of Edinburgh s Award (DEA) is open to young people from 14 years of age to their 25th birthday and has 3 levels - Bronze, Silver and Gold. Participants complete activities at each level over set periods in each of 4 sections - Service, Expeditions, Skills, Physical Recreation; for Gold only, a Residential Project is added as a fifth section. These programmes must be undertaken during leisure time and participants serve others, acquire new skills and experience adventure. Participation is voluntary and non-competitive with success depending on a training partnership between adults and young people. The Award objectives have strong parallels in the ACO and participation is strongly encouraged. 2. Non-Public Involvement. The ATC is licensed as a DEA national operating authority to offer its cadets and adults (under 25 years old) the opportunity to gain these national awards. The Award is not an official activity and public finance cannot be used for specific programmes but squadron activities and training within the official syllabus can be counted towards the various sections of the Award. This ACTI gives guidance for this purpose and the information is complementary to the DEA publications (para 7 refers) which must be held (and paid for by nonpublic funds) in order to participate in the Award scheme. AWARD ADMINISTRATION 3. DEA Organisation. The DEA was founded in 1956 by HRH Prince Philip who developed the idea from a scheme at Gordonstoun School where the first headmaster, Dr Kurt Hahn, introduced the Moray Badge (1934) for personal achievement in voluntary activities. The Award scheme is now active in some 60 countries and over 2½ million young people have gained awards. The Award is a registered charity (No 306026) with Prince Philip as the Chairman of a Board of Trustees and the support of a national Advisory Committee, Advisory panels, and a General Council, meeting biennially. Policy and central administration is through the Director and his staff at the Award Headquarters, Windsor with which national operating authorities work, such as the ATC. There are over 700 operating authorities and, to spread the workload, most local government, education and business groups operate through one of the Award s territorial offices in Scotland, Wales and N Ireland or the 8 regional offices in England. Contacts for the Award organisation are shown at Annex A. 4. ATC Organisation. At HQ AC, Wg Cdr TG is the licence holder and Awards Officer for the ATC Operating Authority. At sqn, wg and rgnl level, the officer commanding is to nominate a DEA Officer to run the scheme correctly, maintain accurate records of Award participants and monitor standards. The Award Scheme Ltd, Edinburgh provides support literature and materials for the Operating Authorities. Certain controlled items, such as Entrance Packs, Award Certificates and badges are to be ordered only at Wg level or above. 74-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 74 5. Award Authorisation. The minimum authorisation level for Awards by the nominated Awards Officers is at Wg level for the Bronze stage, at Rgnl level for the Silver stage and at HQ AC (with confirmation from Award HQ) for the Gold stage. Completed Record Books are to be sent through Wg HQ for scrutiny and signature by the Awards Officers at each level. The badge for the highest award so far achieved is to be worn on the cadet uniform in accordance with regulations as soon as the award has been authorised, regardless of which Operating Authority has authorised the award. 6. DEA Publications. The following minimum of DEA publications is to be held at the levels shown: DEA Publication (Award Scheme Ltd) Sqn Wg Rgn HQ AC 1 Operating Authorities Order Form???? 2 Award Handbook (current edition)???? 3 Award Journal (Jan, Apr, Sep issues annually) (1)???? 4 Notes for Award Helpers (x 5 Sections) (2)???? 5 Notes for Participants (3)???? 6 Expedition notifications forms (green)?? 7 Bronze stage certificates and badges? 8 Gold notification forms GA4 and GA4/2? 9 Entrance packs (Bronze/Silver and Gold)? 10 Expedition Guide (current edition)??? 11 Skills Programmes (4)??? 12 Silver stage certificates and badges? 13 Ventures abroad notification forms (blue)? 14 Gold badges for uniforms? 15 Operating Authorities guide?? 16 Award annual reports? Notes: 1. The Award Journal contains Award programme updates. 2. Notes for Award Helpers should be issued to individual helpers for their Section. 3. All participants should receive a copy of these Notes. 4. Individual Skills programmes should be copied for Sqns on request. 7. Enrolments and Transfers a. DEA Enrolment. An Entrance Pack (Bronze/Silver or Gold) is to be issued at squadron level. At Bronze level, some cadets just below 14 years old (guideline 13¾) may enter within a group. Once Bronze level is achieved, cadets may start their Silver award just before their 15th birthday (guideline 14¾) but at Gold level no activities count before the 16th birthday. b. Record Books. Accurate and correct completion of Record Books is necessary throughout participation in the DEA. The Operating Authority (HQAC, RAFC Cranwell, Sleaford, Lincs NG34 8HB) and date of issue are to be recorded, together with the participant s name, address, date of birth, unit and DEA leader. The transfer authorisation 74-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 74 form at the rear of the Bronze/Silver Record Book is to be completed when the participant leaves the ATC operating authority or moves up to Gold level - pages 41/42 are to be attached to page 33 of the Gold Record Book. c. Age Limits. Once enrolled, the earliest ages to gain the awards are Bronze 14½ yrs, Bronze to Silver 15½ yrs (direct to Silver 16 yrs) and Silver to Gold 17 yrs (direct to Gold 17½ yrs). The upper age limit of the 25th birthday can be exceeded only with the authority of the DEA HQ, Windsor. Applications must be made before the 25th birthday for any extension (maximum 6 months) through HQ AC and must state the unavoidable circumstances which prevented completion of the Award. 8. Insurance. The 2 types of insurance covering DEA activities are: a. DEA Insurance. The ATC Operating Authority comes under the personal accident cover of the DEA insurance policy. If accidental bodily injury occurs to a current Record Book holder, leader, instructor, supervisor, assessor or assisting adult in connection with an Award activity, then an individual claim can be made, financial benefits are fairly low and the insurance does not cover damage or loss to personal belongings or equipment. There are specific exclusions which include aerial activities, racing and the general use of mechanically propelled vehicles and vessels plus any activity involving firearms. Full details of the policy is available from DEA HQ, Windsor (see Annex A). b. ATC Insurance. All Award activities (including expeditions) performed as part of an authorised ATC duty are covered by the ATC insurance scheme. The insurance provides schedules of cover for All Risks, Combined Liabilities (employers and public (general)) and Personal Accident for cadets. Cadets over 16 yrs old and in full-time employment may obtain additional cover by payment of an individual premium. Personal accident cover for associated adults (up to 75 yrs old) may also be obtained by payment of an individual premium. All DEA supervisors must ensure adequate insurance is in force for their participants, especially when the activity is outside the mainstream of ATC pursuits and their direct supervision. Particular care with the Skills and Service Sections in this respect is necessary. Where doubt exists, the matter should be referred to HQAC (Wg CdrTG) for advice. 9. Training and Assessments. The Award Handbook details the training and assessment procedures. Participants enter whichever level of Award is best suited to them. Completion of all sections of a Bronze or Silver award will gain some exemptions in the Expeditions and Skills Sections of the next higher award. Specifically qualified and/or independent Assessors must assess some sections and levels; the Award Handbook covers these cases. Generally, Instructors and Assessors in the ATC operating authority are to be RAFVR(T) officers, AWOs, CIs and CWOs over 20 years old, all to be approved by the Wg Awards Officers or higher. The following additional advice for the various sections is provided to clarify regular queries during ATC participation in the Award. 74-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 74 a. Service. (1) Satisfactory service as an enrolled cadet for at least 3 months counts towards the Bronze Award. Satisfactory service as a Cadet Corporal or above (or as adult staff) for at least 6 months counts towards the Silver award and, similarly, as a cadet sergeant or above (or as adult staff or a staff cadet) for at least one year counts towards the Gold award. Assessment is to be made by the squadron CO or DEA officer; NCO/SNCO/Staff Cadet course dates are to be recorded in addition to the total service in the Record Book and form GA 4/2 (Gold level). Just participating as an ATC cadet or as adult staff is not sufficient for this section. Additional effort and commitment must be given and assessed in one of the following ways: (a) (b) (c) (d) Bronze. Training and orientation of recruits. Silver/Gold. Helping others to complete Bronze and Silver awards. Silver/Gold. Duties as a sqn instructor (state main subject(s). Silver/Gold. Duties as a Flight Staff Cadet at a VGS or AEF. b. Expeditions (1) Ventures should not normally be undertaken in more demanding surroundings than the Award level requires. Training and equipment must be matched to the demands of the venture. Ventures in Wild Country or the equivalent must always be cleared by the appropriate Wild Country panel and training carried out by authorised Wild Country instructors. (2) Supervisors of all journeys are required to be suitably experienced adults with the skills to ensure participants are properly trained and equipped and to respond correctly in a crisis. Supervision may be at a distance in rural or open country but the supervisor must be in the area for Wild Country and water ventures ie where the risk of immediate assistance being required is higher. In all cases, the methods and frequency of contact with the supervisor must be agreed and followed during the venture. The use of mobile phones, or similar by the participants for this purpose is against the philosophy of the interdependence, self reliance and isolation of the group on their venture. Before an expedition sets out supervisors are to obtain a local weather forecast for the area to be visited. At the very least the Weathercall service provided by the Met Office should be used (see Annex B). If foul weather is expected, the supervisor should make a risk assessment based on the following factors: (a) (b) (c) The nature of the ground to be covered by the expedition. The supervisor s knowledge of the expedition area. The fitness, ability and experience of the expedition members. 74-4 AL 2

ACTI NO 74 (d) The effect of poor weather on the ability of the supervisor to carry out the supervisory task. Above all, supervisors should remember that there is no shame in calling off an expedition! (3) Assessors familiar with the venture to be undertaken are always required and must not have been involved in any training or instruction of the group. They can act as supervisors on qualifying ventures. At Silver and Gold level, the assessor must be independent of the participants sqn. Gold ventures on land will normally be in a Wild Country area and a Panel assessor is required in the UK areas or the German Bavarian area. Alternatively, an Accredited Assessor to the particular Panel area or a person of equivalent competence holding an appropriate national qualification may be appointed. All assessors of Gold ventures in the ATC Operating Authority are to be approved by the Rgnl Comdt of the participants. (4) The standard green Expedition Notification Form is to be used for each venture in a UK Wild Country Area (and the Bavarian Panel area) including an unaccompanied practice journey and is to be submitted by Wings or Regions to the Panel secretary at least 6 weeks in advance of the venture (4 weeks if a Panel Assessor is not required). Notification/OAP numbers for the Expedition are to be entered into Record Books. For each venture outside the UK (except the Bavarian Panel area), blue Notification Forms for Ventures Abroad (3 copies) are to be completed; 2 copies are to be sent at least 12 weeks in advance of the venture to the Rgnl Comdt who is to approve the venture and obtain a Notification/ OAP number from the DEA HQ, Windsor. This number should also be entered into Record Books. c. Skills. Any of the skills may be followed but in each case it is important to follow the objectives of the DEA programme in the Skills Programme book (B25) held at Wing level. (1) Instructors must be suitably qualified to guide participants, judge progress, properly organise them, normally as part of a group or club, and set objectives for study. (2) Progress is to be throughout the Skills period and should not stop when an examination or test is passed. Progress and a final assessment is to be stated in the Record Book; this may be by the instructor but a better idea of progress is often obtained by independent assessment. At Gold level, independent assessment is normally essential. (3) The ATC Syllabus of Training may be used as a guide for studying aeronautics as a skill for all Award levels. Progress should be judged not merely on the passing of the requisite examinations but should include a balanced programme to stimulate and maintain interest throughout the period. Practical interest should be included such as AEF, VGS, model aircraft flying and similar involvement. At Gold 74-5 AL 2

ACTI NO 74 level, the minimum aeronautics standard should include a pass at Staff cadet stage in aviation subjects. d. Residential Project (Gold level only). This additional section is for participants to work towards shared goals away from the home environment in the company of others not known to them. A wide variety of projects is advertised regularly in the Award journal and an ATC project need not be chosen; it is a lost opportunity if the easiest option is taken. Care should be taken that: (1) The opportunity gives the right benefits of: An unfamiliar environment (both on and off duty). Voluntary service or training. The building of new personal relationships. Teamwork towards shared goals. Responsibility for and to each other. The showing of initiative. The development of communication skills. An enjoyable living and working environment. (2) Assessors are to be aware of the philosophy and purpose of the DEA Residential Project, must be appropriately qualified and experienced to assess participants and able to observe the performance of participants throughout the project. The Assessor should normally be independent of the participant s squadron and, at an ATC Camp, is to be the Camp Comdt who is to hold the Record Book during the period of assessment. The Assessor is to complete and sign the Record Book. 10. Gold Award Submissions. Endorsement of the Award is required at DEA Headquarters level before a Gold certificate and badge will be issued. For this purpose, forms GA4 and GA4/2 (DEA stock F36/37) are to be completed (see completed examples at Annex B), checked for accuracy by the Sqn Awards officer and sent with the completed Record Book through the Wg Awards Officer (who will also check for accuracy) to HQ AC (TG Branch). The Record Book should include Bronze/Silver information (see para 7b). The Record Book will be retained at HQ AC while DEA HQ confirmation is sought using the completed forms GA4 and GA4/2; these forms must therefore be correctly and comprehensively completed. Successful participants may have their certificates presented at one of about 4 Gold award ceremonies hosted by HRH Prince Philip each year in St James s Palace, London or, for Scottish, N Irish and some northern English participants, at the annual ceremony in the Palace of Holyroodhouse, Edinburgh. 11. Adult Recognition. Meritorious adult staff DEA service may be recognised at a national level by a certificate recording such recognition and bearing Prince Philip s signature. Nominees must have to served the DEA scheme in an outstanding way for at least 10 years. The citation should state how many young people have benefited from the services of the nominee with supporting evidence of how DEA objectives and philosophy have been advanced in some special way. Endorsement is to be at Wg, Rgnl and HQ AC level before the citation is forwarded to DEA HQ. The recipient should receive their award from, say, their Rgnl Comdt at an appropriate 74-6 AL 2

ACTI NO 74 occasion. Other adult recognition awards exist at DEA territorial, regional and local levels to which units can apply for lower level certificates of recognition to be awarded. 12. Annual Statistics and Records. Each Wg HQ is to complete an annual return for HQ AC by 15 April each year covering the previous period, 1 Apr-31 Mar. The format of the return is at Annex C and contains the essential information required by HQ AC and DEA HQ for effective monitoring of the scheme. The number of Silver and Gold awards gained during the year should be confirmed with the ACRHQ and HQ AC respectively. As the Record Books are signed and the Awards are confirmed, Wg HQs are to maintain an annual nominal roll of Bronze award achievers, ACRHQs - Silver award achievers and HQ AC - Gold award achievers and these records are to cover the previous 5 years. Annexes: A. The Duke of Edinburgh Award main offices. B. Met Office Weathercall Information Sheet. C. Examples of completed Gold Award forms GA4 and GA4/2 (first page only). D. ATC Wing Annual Return of DEA statistics. 74-7 AL 2

ANNEX A ACP 20A ACTI NO 74 THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH S AWARD MAIN OFFICES DEA Headquarters Gulliver House Madeira Walk Windsor Berkshire SL4 1EU Tel: 01753 810753 Fax: 01753 810666 e-mail:awardhq@dea.sonnet.co.uk internet:http://www.sonnet.co.uk/dea DEA International Award Association Award House 7-11 St Matthew Street London SW1P 2JT Tel: 0171 2224242 Fax: 0171 2224141 e mail: sect@intaward.org DEA Northern Ireland 177A Lisburn Road Belfast BT9 7AJ Tel: 01232 667757 Fax: 01232 681008 DEA East 17 Lower Southend Road Wickford Essex SS11 8ES Tel: 01268 571393 Fax: 01268 562060 The Award Scheme Ltd Unit 18/19 Stewartfield (off Newhaven Road) Edinburgh EH6 5RQ Tel: 0131 5535280 Fax: 0131 5535776 DEA Scotland 69 Dublin Street Edinburgh EH3 6NS Tel: 0131 5569097 Fax: 0131 5578044 DEA North West Churchgate House 56 Oxford Street Manchester M1 6EU Tel: 0161 2283688 Fax: 0161 2283690 DEA West Midlands 89/91 Hatchett Street Newtown Birmingham B19 3NY Tel: 0121 3595900 Fax: 0121 3592933 DEA Fund-raising Award House 7-11 St Matthew Street London SW1P 2JT Tel: 0171 2224111 Fax: 0171 2224112 DEA Wales Oak House 12 The Bulwark Brecon Powys LD3 7AD Tel: 01874 623086 Fax: 01874 611967 DEA North East Border House PO Box 2 Hadrian Road Wallsend Tyne & Wear NE28 6QL Tel: 0191 2625306 Fax: 0191 2951660 DEA East Midlands c/o Chilwell Comprehensive School Queen s Road Beeston Nottingham NG9 5AL Tel: 0115 9228002 Fax: 0115 9228302 e mail Awardinfo@deaeastmid.sonnet.co.uk 74-A-1 AL 2

DEA South West Court Gatehouse Corsham Court Corsham Wiltshire SN13 0BZ Tel: 01249 701000 Fax: 01249 701050 DEA London Suite 502 The Chambers Chelsea Harbour London SW10 0XF Tel: 0171 3514455 Fax: 0171 8233625 internet: http://www.sonnet.co.uk./de a/regions/london/ e mail: Awardinfo@dealondon.sonnet.co.uk ACP 20A ACTI NO 74 DEA South East PO Box 819 Windsor Berkshire SL4 1AH Tel: 01753 621622 Fax: 01753 621066 internet: http://www.sonnet.co.uk/dea/re gions/se/ e mail: Awardinfo@dease.sonnet.co.uk 74-A-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 74 To: From: HQ Air Cadets (TG Admin) RAF Cranwell SLEAFORD Lincs NG34 8HB ATC Wing HQ ANNEX D ANNUAL RETURN FOR THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH'S AWARD IN THE ATC - FOR COMPLETION AND RETURN BY 15 APRIL EACH YEAR Period Covering 1 April to 31 March (enter years) 1. Number of Sqns/DFs in the Wing. 2. Number of Sqns/DFs participating in the D of E Scheme. 3. Approximate number of adult staff involved in the Scheme.(1) 4. Approximate hours/week spent by all adult staff (aggregate).(1) 5. Approximate hours/year spent by all adult staff (aggregate).(1) 6. How many Record Books were sold? Male Female Bronze/Silver Gold Total 7. How many persons have taken part in D of E Activities regardless of year of entry (include para 6 figures)? Bronze Silver Gold Total 8. How many awards have been gained during the year? Bronze Silver (2) Gold (2) Total Note: 1. Adult staff includes all Leaders, Instructors and Assessors whether or not they are members of the ATC. 74-D-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 74 2. Information is to be confirmed by Regional HQ for Silver Awards and by HQ AC for Gold Awards. 74-D-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 75 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 75 MODEL AIRCRAFT FLYING REGISTRATION 1. Model aircraft flying, other than paper aircraft or non-powered ultra-light models flown only indoors, is potentially dangerous. Such activity must be registered with HQ AC which has a favourable arrangement with the British Model Flying Association (BMFA) to allow ATC cadets and staff to enter all BMFA contests. Third Party Public Liability insurance cover is available through the ATC insurance policy. 2. HQAC (TG3) sends application forms for model flying registration to Wg HQs for distribution to all units each Feb for the year starting 1 Apr. The annual BMFA membership cost and the insurance costs for the personnel who will participate at any one flying event may be paid through HQAC (Accounts) in this way. Units are not required to send any additional fees to the BMFA. CONTESTS & COMPETITION 3. Sqn membership allows ATC cadets and staff members to enter all BMFA contests and entry is by writing to the BMFA Secretary, Chacksfield House, 31 St Andrew s Road, Leicester LE2 8RE (Tel: 01533 440028). INSURANCE 4. Registered sqns must maintain a record of nominated participants at flying events and make it available for inspection by visiting staff officers. The insurance covers flying in the UK, the Channel Islands, and temporary visits overseas. Cover includes displays open to the public and flying on MOD land. OVERSEAS SQUADRONS 5. Overseas sqns are not covered by the scheme and local insurance will be required. Any overseas sqn wishing to fly model aircraft should seek approval from HQAC before any expenditure on equipment is made. SAFETY 6. Flying is to be conducted strictly in accordance with the procedures in the BMFA handbook, which is supplied by HQAC for each sqn. 75-1

ACTI NO 81 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 81 PERSONAL AWARENESS COURSES INTRODUCTION 1. Personal awareness courses for cadets are run at the RAF Chaplains' School, Amport House, Andover, Hampshire SP11 8BG. Normally, weekend courses are Fri pm to Sun pm and weekday courses are Tues pm to Fri mid-morning. A similar course held annually in Scotland (see para 5), and entitled Leadership for Life, is open to cadets from Scotland & N Ireland and North Regions. COURSES CONTENT 2. The courses aim to instil the responsibilities of being a citizen in a community, set against a background of the Christian faith. To be suitable for the course, cadets should have demonstrated leadership potential. The course consists of group discussion and participation to stretch students mentally rather than physically. ELIGIBILITY 3. Females may attend the courses provided a female supervisor is available (see para 10). All cadets must be: a. Over 16 years of age. b. Interested in and open-minded about the world of ideas and serious thought. This open-mindedness should extend to the Christian faith (but note that the course is open to cadets of any faith). c. Willing to talk about the difficult issues in life and adopt sensible attitudes to the various views presented and discussed. d. Medically fit. e. A first time attendee at a Personal Awareness course. NOMINATION AND PREPARATION 4. Sqn Cdrs are to liaise with sqn chaplains about the nomination of their cadets. Following selection, cadets should have some initial instruction prior to attending the course; discussion with the sqn chaplain would be helpful. No more than 2 or 3 cadets should be nominated from any one sqn. 81-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 81 5. The course programme for Amport House will be published annually by HQAC (TG3). Sqn Cdrs should make nominations through Wg to HQ AC and each nominee must meet all the conditions of para 3 of this ACTI. Should the number of applicants exceed the number of places, HQ AC will allocate the places proportionately between Wgs. The Leadership for Life course in Scotland is administered by ACRHQ (S & NI). Cadets in S & NI and North Rgns may apply also for the Amport House course but can attend only one or other of the courses. AMPORT HOUSE ADMINISTRATION 6. Reporting Instructions. Reporting Instructions will be sent from HQAC. Wg HQs are to add the appropriate travel plan and railway warrants before sending them to the cadets. 7. Messing. Cadets will be required to pay the current daily messing contribution plus a further small sum to cover extra messing and amenities. These charges amount to less than 10. 8. Medical. There are no medical staff at Amport House and cadets who require daily medical treatment are not to attend or be nominated to attend. This does not apply where cadets are taking routine medication for a controlled condition eg diabetes, but they must take their medicine with them. 9. Discipline. Students are on duty for the duration of the course and are subject to normal Service discipline; they must comply with School standing orders. 10. Adult Staff. Amport House permanent staff conduct the course. Also, Corps adults attend for supervisory duties and to assist the Amport House staff in all aspects of the course including full participation in discussion and studies. Four officers or AWOs (including at least one female) are normally required, but applications from CIs with particular interest in the course will be considered. Sqn Cdrs are to ensure that all volunteers understand that the course is run on relatively informal lines, with no overt rank structure. Applications will be invited in the annual HQAC letter which publishes course dates. (para 5 refers). 11. Dress. Uniform is not required at any stage of the course. Clean, casual clothing is appropriate for cadets and adults. The latter should also take clothing such as they would wear in a Service establishment in the evening. 81-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 82 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 82 REGION/WING COURSES FOR CADETS WITH NCO OR ADULT STAFF POTENTIAL INTRODUCTION 1. ACRHQs are authorised to approve 1 or 2 day Rgn or Wg courses to develop the potential of cadets to undertake Cadet NCO duties and, for older cadets, to become members of the adult staff. Courses covering cadet NCO duties are to use the guidance of ACPs 47, 48 and 49 (ACTI No 7 refers) as best practice for instruction. LOCATION 2. Courses are to be held at the nearest convenient establishment with suitable facilities. Ideally, this location should be an affiliated RAF station but other Service establishments may be suitable. Good value for the cost of holding each course is to be the primary aim. RECORD OF COURSES AND FINANCE 3. ACRHQs are to maintain a register of attendance on courses and the number of pay days claimed by adult staff each financial year as a result. The cost of travel is to be included within the current budgetary control of collective travel. 82-1

ACTI NO 83 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 83 CADET LEADERSHIP COURSE - FRIMLEY PARK INTRODUCTION 1. Each July the Army Cadet Force (ACF) runs 3 one-week leadership courses for male and female cadets from the ACF, ATC, CCF and SCC at their Cadet Training Centre near Camberley, Surrey. Regular officers from the 3 Services attend as Directing Staff, and RAFVR(T) officers are attached as assistant Directing Staff (see para 10). Each year, the best ATC or CCF(RAF) cadet completing the course will be awarded the Kriegie Trophy (see ACTI No 111). AIM 2. The aim of the course is to develop initiative and self-reliance and to exercise cadets in the problems of practical leadership. ELIGIBILITY 3. To be eligible ATC cadets must: a. Have reached their 16th birthday but normally not their 18th birthday at the time of attending the course. However, the upper limit may be extended by 12 months where an otherwise eligible cadet is recommended for special consideration. b. In the opinion of the Sqn Cdr, have the capacity to benefit from the course. c. Be a Senior or Staff Cadet. d. Intend to remain in the Corps for at least one year after completing of the course. e. Be physically fit enough to meet the considerable demands of this strenuous course (note: the Sqn Cdr will be required to sign a declaration on the application form - see para 6 below). f. Be free from any medical condition which would prohibit their taking part in strenuous activities (note: the person with parental responsibility will be asked to complete a form on the cadet's medical history and forward it with the application. g. Not have attended a previous leadership course at Frimley Park or RAF Stafford (see ACTI No 84 for details of the Stafford course). 83-1

ACTI NO 83 83-2

ACTI NO 83 APPLICATIONS 4. HQ AC will publish course dates, and supply application and parental medical forms to Wg HQs by mid-jan. Sqn Cdrs are to despatch completed forms in time to reach Wg HQ by 1 Mar; the forms must reach ACRHQs by 15 Mar and HQAC (TG Admin) by 30 Mar. Cadets may apply for Frimley Park, or for Stafford (ACTI No 84), or for both on the same form, but they will not be selected for both. SELECTION 5. Selection will be made by HQAC on the basis of the recommendations of the sqn, wg and rgnl staff. Selections and reserves will be notified to Wg and ACRHQs by 15 Apr. Joining instructions will be despatched by 31 May. PREPARATION FOR THE COURSES 6. Fitness. This is a strenuous course demanding a high degree of physical fitness; therefore, Sqn Cdrs are required to certify, on the application form, that the cadet has passed the fitness test (ie has run 1½ miles in 11 minutes for males or in 12½ minutes for females). On arrival, cadets will have to repeat this standard and complete 30 press-ups (males) or 15 (females). Cadets who are unfit will be sent home without completing the course. 7. Training. The various skills which will be needed should already have been developed during normal ATC training. However, to gain maximum value from the course, cadets should revise and practice their map and compass work, skill at arms (L98-A1 Cadet GP Rifle) and campcraft. 8. Clothing. Full details of the clothing needed (basically, uniform plus clothes suitable for strenuous outdoor activities) will be given in the joining instructions. However, cadets will need to ensure well in advance that they have boots (2 pairs if possible) that are properly broken in. FINANCE 9. Food and Accommodation. Accommodation is free and the charges for food are approximately 15 per week. Only a small amount of spending money is needed. ATTENDANCE BY ADULT STAFF 10. In Jan when the course dates are published, HQAC will invite applications from RAFVR(T) officers (male and female) to attend as assistants to the Directing Staff. These officers will not be required to give leadership instruction in any military sense, although it is envisaged that cadets will turn to them for advice and assistance. They should be young, personable, physically fit and very keen. Applications are to be submitted to HQ AC (AO TG) through Wg and ACRHQs, on the form normally used for adult courses (see ACTI No 91 para 12); comments by the Sqn Cdr and by Wg and Rgn may be added at their discretion. 83-3

ACTI NO 83 LEADERSHIP BADGE 11. Leadership badges will be presented to cadets on successful completion of the course. 83-4

ACTI NO 84 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 84 INTRODUCTION AIR CADET LEADERSHIP COURSES - RAF STAFFORD 1. Each July, one-week Air Cadet Leadership Courses are run at RAF Stafford. Dates and other details will normally be published in January, by letter to squadrons, at which point applications will be invited. The application form is a joint form used for the RAF Stafford course and the Frimley Park course (see ACTI No 83); it will be supplied to Wg HQs along with the letter notifying the course dates. Regular RAF officers attend the course as supervisors; Corps adults are also invited to attend in the same capacity - see para 6. AIMS 2. The aims of the course are as follows: ELIGIBILITY a. To provide leadership training for cadet NCOs or potential NCOs so that they may return to their units as better leaders. b. To teach leadership training methods to improve this training at unit level. c. To improve the standard of drill commands, especially among the less experienced cadets. d. To foster greater understanding and co-operation between the staff and cadets of both the CCF and ATC. 3 To be eligible a cadet must: a. Be at least 16 years of age but normally not 18 or more, on the first day of the course, and intends to remain in the Corps for at least a further year after completing the course. b. Be medically fit to an extent that they can take part in a range of strenuous activities. If any doubt exists, HQAC (through TG3) is to be consulted. c. Be physically fit; the unit commander is to sign a declaration that the cadet has completed a standard fitness test within the previous 3 months. This involves running 1½ 84-1

EXECUTION ACP 20A ACTI NO 84 miles in 11 minutes for males and 12½ minutes for females. Cadets will be tested at the start of the course and will be withdrawn if they fail. d. Not have attended a previous Stafford or Frimley Park Leadership Course. 4. Cadets are instructed on the course in a number of fundamental skills including leadership techniques. They practice these techniques in a strenuous regime, culminating in a 48-hour exercise in Wales under canvas. There is very little free time during the course and the days are long and demanding. The course does not include sport, arms instruction or infantry manoeuvres but concentrates on leadership training. At the end of the week cadets tackle a peer assessment exercise and are then reported on and interviewed by their flight commander. APPLICATIONS 5. Cadets may apply for Stafford, or Frimley Park (ACTI No 83), or for both on the same form, but they will not be selected for both. Applications are to reach Wg HQs by 1 Feb, Rgn by 15 Feb and HQAC (TG Admin) by 1 Mar. Selections will be notified to Wg and ACRHQ by 1 Apr; joining instructions will be despatched by 1 May. ADULT STAFF 6. In January when the course dates are published, HQAC will invite Corps adult staff (male and female) to attend for supervisory duties. Applications are to be submitted to HQAC (TGAO), on the form normally used for adult courses (see ACTI No 91 para 12) through Wg and ACRHQs. LEADERSHIP BADGES AND CERTIFICATES 7. Leadership badges will be presented to cadets on successful completion of the course. Certificates and final reports will be sent by HQAC direct to Sqn Cdrs in Sep following the course. 84-2

ACTI NO 85 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 85 INTRODUCTION AIR CADET SPORTS AND ADVENTURE TRAINING COURSES 1. Each year the following Air Cadet Sports and Adventure Training Courses are run at the locations listed: Course Location(s) a. Community Sports Leaders RAF School of Physical Training Award RAF Cosford b. Mountainwalking Leader } Joint School for Adventurous Scheme (summer) } Training Instructors Llanrwst } North Wales and Air Cadet Training c. Canoeing } Centres Llanbedr and Windermere d. Outward Bound } RAF Outdoor Activities Centre } Grantown-on-Spey e. Downhill Skiing } f. Parachuting Joint Services Parachute Centre Weston-on-the-Green Bicester Oxfordshire g. Hang Gliding Joint Services Hang Gliding and Paragliding Centre Crickhowell near Abergavenny h. Microlight Flying In abeyance i. RAF Basic Winter Training Oberammergau Southern Germany j. Marine Society Training Ship English Channel k. Nordic Skiing Zwiesel Southern Germany 2. Dates and allocations to Rgns will be published by HQAC at which point Rgnl and Wg nominations for course places will be called for. Joining Instructions will be despatched to 85-1

ACTI NO 85 ACRHQs for onward transmission to Wg HQs for issue to their nominated cadets. Course aims, duration and eligibility are detailed in the following paragraphs. 85-2

ACTI NO 85 COMMUNITY SPORTS LEADERS AWARD 3. Course Aim. The course syllabus will in-corporate the National Central Council of Physical Recreation Community Sports Leaders Award Scheme which is aimed at giving cadet SNCOs extra confidence to help, organise and motivate groups of younger cadets in sports and physical training. 4. Duration. The course assembles on Sunday and disperses the following Friday. 5. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be SNCO cadets aged 16 years and over. b. Have passed and be in possession of a RAF Swimming Proficiency Certificate. c. Be medically and physically fit to cope with the demands of the course. d. Be keen to participate more fully in the leadership of young people through the medium of sports and recreation. MOUNTAINWALKING LEADER TRAINING SCHEME (SUMMER) 6. Course Aim. The aim of the Mountainwalking Leader Training Scheme (Summer) is to promote the safe enjoyment of the hills. The scheme provides training and assessment in the technical and group management skills required by those who wish to lead groups in the mountains and moorlands of the United Kingdom other than in winter conditions. It integrates training, experience and assessment in a variety of testing conditions in mountainous country. Completion of a training course alone, without taking an assessment course, is not a qualification in itself, although it may be of considerable benefit to the trainee. However, those attending the course may be considered as having been given sufficient training to lead groups in normal country as defined in ACP 17 chapter 1. 7. Duration. The course assembles on Saturday and disperses the following Friday. 8. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be SNCO cadets aged 18 years and over. b. Be physically fit to undergo strenuous outdoor activity. c. Have a genuine interest in hillwalking and group leadership and at least 12 months hillwalking experience. d. Register with the Mountain Leader Training Board. Details of how to apply will be sent with the Joining Instructions. 85-3

ACTI NO 85 e. Have read ACTI No 96 of ACP 20A. CANOEING 9. Course Aim. The aim of the canoe course is to complete training and assessment for the British Canoe Union (BCU) Level 1 and 2 coaching qualifications. 10. Duration. The course assembles on Sunday and disperses the following Friday. 11. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be SNCO cadets aged 18 years and over. b. Have passed and be in possession of a RAF Swimming Proficiency Certificate and minimum of BCU 2 Star level proficiency skills. c. Be physically fit to undergo strenuous outdoor activity. d. Apply for BCU membership. Details of how to apply will be sent with the joining instructions. OUTWARD BOUND 12. Course Aim. The aim of the course is to provide opportunities, through the organisation and execution of outdoor activities projects to develop leadership potential and personal qualities such as self-reliance, initiative, courage, self-discipline, team spirit and self-confidence. 13. Duration. The course will last for 2 weeks, assembling on Monday and dispersing on Friday of the following week. 14. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be aged 16 to 20 years. b. Be medically and physically fit to undergo this arduous course. c. Have passed and be in possession of a RAF Swimming Proficiency Certificate. d. Have their parental/legal guardians consent to undertake a course of training in Outward Bound, if under the age of 18 years. DOWNHILL SKIING 15. Course Aim. The aim of the course is to acquaint cadets with the basic techniques of downhill skiing. 85-4

ACTI NO 85 16. Duration. The course assembles on Sunday and disperses the following Saturday. 17. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be aged 15 years and over. b. Be medically and physically fit to undergo this mainly practical course. c. Have their parental/legal guardians consent to undertake a course of training in downhill skiing, if under the age of 18 years. PARACHUTING 18. Course Aim. The aim of the course is to acquaint cadets with the basic techniques of parachuting. The syllabus of training includes: a. Ground training. b. Two parachute descents from an aircraft (subject to weather). 19. Duration. Unless specified courses will assemble on Sunday and disperse after completion of the 2 parachute descents, but no later than the following Friday. 20. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be aged 16 years and over. b. Have their parental/legal guardians consent to undertake a course of training in parachuting, if under the age of 18 years. c. Complete the British Parachute Association Declaration of Fitness to parachute and hand it to the Course Director on the first day of the course. d. Arrive on the course well prepared, in good physical condition and sufficiently fit to undergo strenuous activity. HANG GLIDING 21. Course Aim. The aim of the course is to train cadets up to the Elementary Pilot Certificate standard of the British Hang Gliding and Paragliding Association. 22. Duration. The course will last for 11 days assembling on Monday and dispersing on Saturday of the following week. 23. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: 85-5

ACTI NO 85 a. Be aged 16 years and over. b. Have their parental/legal guardians consent and declaration of fitness to undertake a course of training in Hang Gliding, if under the age of 18 years. c. Arrive on the course well prepared in good physical condition and sufficiently fit to undergo strenuous activity. MICROLIGHT FLYING 24. Course Aim. The aim of the course is for cadets to fly an 18 hrs British Microlight Aircraft Association syllabus leading to qualification for the Civilian Aviation Authority Private Pilots Licence (Restricted). 25. Duration. The course will last for 3 weeks assembling on Sunday and dispersing on Friday of the 3rd week. 26. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be aged 17 years and over. b. Have their parental/legal guardians consent to undertake a course of training in Microlight flying if under the age of 18 years. c. Pass the medical examination for Gliding Training as detailed in ACP 20A ACTI No 32 Annex A. d. Be in possession of a completed Civil Aviation Authority Medical Certificate for Balloons and Microlight Aircraft. e. Not possess (or have been allocated a slot on a course) the following ATC flying qualifications. However, after completing the microlight course cadets will not be debarred from applying for these qualifications in future: (1) Private Pilots Licence. (2) Flying Scholarship. BASIC WINTER TRAINING (3) Air Cadet Pilot Navigation. (4) Staff Cadets who are gliding qualified G1/G2. 85-6

ACTI NO 85 27. Course Aim. The aim of the course is to introduce cadets to basic winter training techniques in European alpine winter conditions. The syllabus of training includes: a. Novice alpine and nordic ski mountaineering touring skills. b. A challenging journey on skis. c. Basic personal/emergency winter survival techniques, construction of an emergency snow shelter, and basic snowcraft skills. d. Alpine winter mountain hazards. 28. Duration. The course will assemble at RAF Uxbridge on Friday for the flight from London to Munich and return to London on Saturday of the following week for dispersal to sqns. 29. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be aged 16 years and over. b. Have their parental/legal guardians consent to undertake a course of training in RAF Basic Winter Training, if under the age of 18 years. c. Arrive in the course well prepared, in good physical condition and sufficiently fit to undergo strenuous activity. d. Be in possession of a full passport. MARINE SOCIETY TRAINING SHIP 30. Course Aim. The aim of the course is to introduce cadets to a shipboard life and with experience and tuition to develop teamwork, leadership skills, sea awareness and a level of competence and skill in all shipboard operations. 31. Duration. The course will assemble on Sunday and disperse on Sunday the following week. 32. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be aged 16 years and over. b. Have their parental/legal guardians consent and declaration of fitness to undertake a course of training on a Marine Society Training Ship, if under the age of 18 years. c. Have passed and be in possession of a RAF Swimming Proficiency Certificate. d. Be in possession of a full passport. 85-7

ACTI NO 85 e. Arrive on the course well prepared, in good physical condition and sufficiently fit to undergo strenuous activity. NORDIC SKIING 33. Course Aim. The aim of the course is to introduce cadets to basic Nordic Skiing techniques. 34. Duration. The course will last for 6 days assembling as Rgnl teams and self-drive to Zwiesel, Southern Germany on Friday/Saturday. Rgnl teams will return to the UK for dispersal to sqns on Sunday of the following week. 35. Eligibility. To be eligible cadets must: a. Be aged 16 years and over. b. Have their parental/legal guardians consent and certificate of health to take part in a Nordic Skiing adventure training exercise, if under the age of 18 years. c. Be in possession of a current full passport. d. Be in possession of a Form E111 to facilitate easy access to medical treatment in EEC countries. e. Arrive on the exercise well prepared in good physical condition and sufficiently fit to undergo strenuous activity. 85-8

ACTI NO 86 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 86 SPECIAL SHOOTING COURSES INTRODUCTION 1. The Inter-Services Cadet Rifle Shooting Meeting (ISCRM) is held each year at the National Rifle Association Ranges, Bisley. To ensure the teams entered from the ATC are properly prepared and trained for the competition, 2 special shooting courses are held annually. The first course is for coaches only and the second course is designed to provide intensive firing practice, under simulated Bisley conditions, for the cadet teams selected to attend the ISCRM meeting. ATTENDANCE 2. The numbers attending the courses will be as follows: a. Coaching Course. Officers, Warrant Officers or civilian instructors - 12. b. Pre-Bisley Course. Officers, Warrant Officers or civilian instructors - 12. Cadets - 12 teams of 5 cadets (60). 3. A pre-requisite for attendance at the Pre-Bisley Course is that the team must have participated, and attained a good result, in the Air Cadet Pre-Bisley Competition. TRAINING 4. Provisional training programmes are at Annex A: these may be varied to meet changing requirements when ordered by the Officer IC Shooting. CLOTHING 5. The clothing and head-dress worn on the range must be Service issue. Clothing suitable for inclement weather should be taken by all students. EAR PROTECTORS 6. All personnel are to take ear protectors and wear them at all times when firing is taking place. TELESCOPE/BINOCULARS 86-1

ACTI NO 86 7. Coaches should take a telescope or binoculars for spotting purposes. ORGANISATION 8. The courses each run for 5 days. The Coaching Course is normally held during the Easter period and the Pre-Bisley course immediately prior to the dates of the Bisley meeting. TRAVEL ARRANGEMENTS 9. Coaching Course. Travel is to be by the most economical means as decided by the Wg HQ. When the use of a private car is authorised, the cost is to be met from the ATC Wg travel budget. Similarly, subsistence allowance where appropriate, is also to be charged to the Wg travel budget. 10. Pre-Bisley Course. The travelling expenses of each shooting team (5 cadets and a coach) will be met from public funds held at HQAC (except para 10d below) subject to the following conditions: a. Travel is to be by the most economical means, and should be by rail unless this is impracticable. b. Travel by private transport is admissible at the convenience rate. Passengers must be attending as competitors or officials. c. A coach in charge of a team must travel with his cadets. d. Reimbursement of food costs, for meals purchased during the journey, may be claimed in accordance with the provisions of "collective subsistence" and the cost charged against the ATC Wg travel budget. PAY AND ALLOWANCES 11. Attendance is an approved training activity. Pay and allowances may be claimed within annual entitlement as appropriate. MESSING AND ACCOMMODATION 12. In accordance with normal regulations for attendance at annual camps. Annex: A. Syllabus of Training - Coaches and Bisley Teams. 86-2

ANNEX A ACP 20A ACTI NO 86 SYLLABUS OF TRAINING COACHING COURSE 1. Coaching procedures. 2. Competition shooting with the L81-A1 rifle. 3. NRA targets/procedures - Bisley. 4. Coaching equipment and use; binoculars, marking the rifle. 5. Demonstration of coaching techniques. 6. Practical - Coaching at 25 to 600 yards range. 7. Zeroing. PRE-BISLEY COURSE 1. Tests of Elementary Training (TOETs) to ensure all cadets are competent to fire the rifle safely. 2. Firing practices with coaching from 300-600 yards. 3. Bisley general rules and regulations. 4. Bisley targets and butt marking. 5. Range control at Sealand and Bisley. 6. Bisley competitions and squadding. 7. Demonstrations of coaching techniques. 8. Preparation for the Air Gunners' Association and Commonwealth Target Rifle Competitions. Notes: 1. Rifles will be provided for the Coaching Course. 2. Bisley teams are to take their own rifles to RAF Sealand. 3. Ammunition will be provided by RAF Sealand. 86A-1

ACTI NO 87 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 87 THE NATIONAL RIFLE ASSOCIATION SCHOOLS/CADETS COACHING COURSE INTRODUCTION 1. Each year the National Rifle Association (NRA) through the Council for Cadet Rifle Shooting (CCRS) conducts a weekend coaching course for Officers and Adult staff of the cadet forces at Bisley Camp. The course is normally held in April. The aim of the course is to assist those individuals responsible for teaching the principles of target rifle shooting to cadets, and for training and coaching teams participating in target rifle matches. ATTENDANCES 2. Entry to the course is by private application to CCRS in writing in accordance with the annual course circular. Students are required to have previous full bore shooting experience and for ATC sponsorship, be recommended by their Wg HQ. COSTS AND PAY 3. The cost of the course, which includes payment for accommodation, meals and ammunition, varies from year to year and is borne by the students. However, RAFVR(T) and ATC AWO sponsored by the ATC may claim 3 days pay within their annual entitlement. Transport to the course is to be by rail whenever practicable. Transport by private car is permissible at the Private Car Rate when rail travel is impractical. ADMINISTRATION 4. Candidates for the course should first apply to CCRS for nomination and when accepted, apply to HQAC (TG1) for sponsorship. RIFLES 5. Students are requested to take their own target rifles to the course. If this is not possible, CCRS rifles will be supplied. 87-1

ACTI NO 91 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 91 ADULT STAFF COURSES - POLICY References: A. AP 1919 (6th Edition) para 378 - Courses of Instruction. B. AP 1919 (6th Edition) para 1206 - Pay, Rates for Officers and Warrant Officers. C. ACP 20B, AI No 308, Annex A. D. AP 1919 Chapter 10 - Travel and Allowances. INTRODUCTION 1. It is the duty of officers, AWOs and civilian instructors to attend courses for which they are eligible in order to perform their duties properly (Reference A). In addition to training, the courses give the opportunity for adult members of the Corps to mix with their professional contemporaries in the RAF. FINANCE 2. Officers and AWOs are eligible for pay only on courses and conferences listed at para 9. 3. When the duration of the course is at least 5 working days, the recognised day of arrival will count for pay. For courses of less than 5 working days, the recognised days of the course only will qualify for pay. 4. A day's pay runs from 0001 hrs to 2359 hrs. See AP 1919, 1211. 5. If travel time to or from an MOD recognised course is longer than 5 hours then adults are eligible for subsistence allowance at the rates shown in Reference C ie Rate I, Rate IV or Rate V. Subsistence Allowance is to be claimed on RAF Form 1771. 6. Motor mileage allowance at the public transport rate is admissible when the use of a private car is authorised; however, travel should always be by train on warrants obtained from Wg HQs unless there are special reasons why use of a car is essential. (Reference D) 7. Pay is claimed on RAF Form 2980 (single copy) through Wg HQs upon completion of the course. 8. Civilian instructors are not paid but, when authorised to attend a course of instruction involving necessary absence from home overnight, they will be provided with free accommodation and messing. Where Service messing and accommodation are not available, attendance of civilian instructors is not to be arranged without HQAC authority. 91-1

ACTI NO 91 9. Courses of instruction and conferences approved by HQAC are: a. Administrative courses for officers and warrant officers at the ACTC, RAF Cranwell (see Instruction No 92). b. Instructors courses at various RAF stations or units (see Instruction No 93). c. Courses held by Rgns and Wgs for RAFVR(T) wg and sqn adult staff (see Instruction No 95). d. The ATC Convention. e. Range Conducting Officers Course (see Instruction No 42). f. RAFVR(T) Mountain Activities and Canoeing Courses held at the Joint School for Adventurous Training Instructors (JSATI) Llanrwst (see Instruction No 96). Summer Mountain Leader, Single Pitch Supervisors Award and Canoe Courses held at the Air Cadet Adventure Centres Llanbedr and Windermere and courses held under the Joint Service Adventure Training Scheme and at National Centres.. g. Annual ATC Communications Conference at RAFC Cranwell. h. Volunteer Gliding Schools (VGS) Conference. i. RAF Athletics Association Technical Officials Course. j. Corps Shooting Committee meetings. k. Personal Awareness Course adult supervisors. ADMINISTRATION 10. Annual Programme. The programme of courses for the year ahead will be distributed to regions, wings and squadrons in November each year. Sqns are requested to retain the programme and to ensure that all squadron adult staff can refer to it. 11. Attendance on Courses. Sqn Cdrs are to encourage adult staff to attend courses for which they are eligible and which are needed to fit them for the performance of their duties. Arrangements are to be made well in advance for the courses chosen. 12. Submission of Applications. Applicants are to establish that they are eligible for the course and are to submit an application form at any time up to the closing date through their sqn cdr to Wg HQ. Wg HQs are to return non-approved applications to the originator giving the reasons and are to forward approved applications for eligible personnel to HQAC. HQAC staff will fill places in the order in which applications are received, will inform applicants via Wg HQs of the results of their 91-2

ACTI NO 91 application; and will forward nominal rolls to the course administrative headquarters. Application forms for all ACTC courses (ACTI No 92) are to be sent to the ACTC at RAF Cranwell and are to include the individual's Service Number. Telephone bookings and enquiries may also be made direct RAF Cranwell (01400) 261201 ext 6240. HQAC (PEdO) ext 7623 is the focal point for the courses at para 9f. 91-3

ACTI NO 91 JOINING INSTRUCTIONS 13. Joining instructions will be issued via Wg HQs, by HQAC or the course administrative headquarters. CLOSING DATE 14. The latest date for applications to reach HQAC is normally 16 days before the start of the course. SUMMARY OF ACTION 15. a. Adult staff consult the annual programme and plan their course attendance for the year. b. Eligible adult staff apply at any time up to the closing date by submitting an application form via sqn cdrs and Wg HQs. c. HQAC or the course administrative headquarters will send joining instructions to personnel accepted for courses. d. After attendance on a course personnel may submit claims for travel (subsistence) allowances/motor mileage allowances/pay where applicable. 91-4

ACTI NO 92 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 92 AIR CADETS TRAINING CENTRE INTRODUCTION 1. The Air Cadets Training Centre (ACTC) at RAF Cranwell is established to provide courses for Corps adult staff. 2. Courses for uniformed staff assemble on Sunday evening, begin on Monday and disperse on Friday afternoon. Pay from the normal 28-day limit and appropriate allowances may be claimed. 3. The dates and details of the following year's courses are promulgated by HQAC each autumn. Sqn cdrs are to publicise the programme and encourage early application for places. Although no medical examination of students for ACTC courses is required, Wg HQs are to ensure that candidates are fit to undertake strenuous foot drill. In addition, candidates themselves are required to complete a declaration on arrival at ACTC that no medical constraints exist which might preclude their full participation in all aspects of the course. Failure to complete any aspect of the course may result in compulsory withdrawal of a student. 4. With the exception of VGS personnel, only Wg HQs may book personnel onto ACTC courses, as follows: a. Telephone ACTC (Ext 6240) between 0830 and 1630 hours to make a firm booking; provisional bookings cannot be accepted. b. Follow up immediately with a written application to OC ACTC on the standard form which may be obtained on demand from ACTC. It is important to include the student's full personal details and private address. ACTC will normally send joining instructions direct to the student concerned about 3 weeks before the course begins. OFFICERS INITIAL COURSE 5. Aim. The aim of the Officers Initial Course is to prepare newly-appointed officers for duties as a junior officer within the RAFVR(T). 6. Attendance. With the exception of AEF pilots with previous commissioned service and exregular officers with at least 3 years commissioned service, newly-commissioned officers of the RAFVR(T) are to attend this course as early as possible in their 12 month probationary period. The retention of the commission is dependent upon successful completion of this course. 92-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 92 7. Course Content. The course includes training in officer skills which are essential to be an effective officer on an ATC Sqn. The skills of oral and written communications include briefing and interview techniques; leadership and command skills are developed by the active participation of students in practical exercises following classroom briefs. Training concentrates on these personal skills but other lectures cover essential knowledge about the ATC organisation and guidance is given on the regulations governing activities. Successful graduates attend a ceremony to receive their certificate from Comdt AC and an end of course report is raised. OFFICERS SENIOR COURSE 8. Aim. The aim of the Officers Senior Course is, primarily, to inform and develop the knowledge of potential Sqn Cdrs for the Corps. A secondary purpose is to provide a week s seminar for newly appointed ROs who will be working in HQ AC, Region and Wing HQs, who are to attend this Course within the first 6 months of appointment. In addition, newly appointed OC Wings are encourage to attend on appointment, with RSOs also being eligible. Junior Officers who have been commissioned for more than 5 years may attend on a refresher basis. 9. Attendance. Nominees should attend the course before taking up an appointment or, certainly, as soon as possible afterwards. For RAFVR(T) officers, the approval of paid and unpaid acting rank at Flt Lt and above is conditional upon the successful completion of the Senior course (AP 1919 paras 317/318 refer), except for certain VGS and AEF appointments. A period of up to 2 years is assumed between the Initial and Senior courses so that development training can be completed. Permanent staff attending for the purpose of a week s seminar are not assessed and may attend programmed periods selectively. 10. Course Content. The programme for the course covers all Corps topics. There are update briefs on the ACO security, drug abuse, RAF recruiting opportunities, civilian committees and chaplaincy. Corps activities and their support is covered by classroom discussion led by HQAC executives on Training Ground, Physical Education/Adventure training, flying and gliding, logistics, organisation, personnel and finance. There are practical periods for student presentations and drill practice. An end of course report is raised only for potential sqn cdrs or on request. ADULT WARRANT OFFICERS COURSE 11. Aim. The aim of the Adult Warrant Officers (AWO) Course is to prepare newly-appointed AWOs for duties on ATC squadrons. 12. Attendance. Newly-appointed AWOs are to attend this course early in their 12-month probationary period. The issue of a Warrant is conditional upon the satisfactory completion of both the course and the probationary period. 13. Course Content. The course includes trade training and airman training, with practical applications in drill, public speaking, instructional techniques and leadership. It culminates in written and practical examinations; an end of course report is raised. 92-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 92 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION No 92 ACTC COURSES AWOs DRILL INSTRUCTOR COURSE 14. Aim. The aim of the AWO Drill Instructor Course is to prepare AWOs for duties, as determined by their Wg HQ, which will include the co-ordination and standardisation of drill within the Wing and the preparation, in matters of drill, of individuals attending ACTC courses. 15. Attendance. AWOs eligible for the course must have completed their period of probation, have a sound theoretical knowledge of drill (ATC Drill Manual ACP 19 and proven practice of that knowledge, including drill experience. 16. Course Content. The course is devoted entirely to drill, both theoretical and practical. It culminates in written and practical examinations; an end of course report is raised. PRE-COURSE PREPARATION 17. All the 5-day courses are very intensive. Sqn Cdrs are to ensure that officers and AWOs attending are thoroughly prepared and fit for their courses. Joining Instructions will state the standard of pre-course preparation required. 92-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 93 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 93 GROUND INSTRUCTORS COURSES INTRODUCTION 1. RAFVR(T) officers with previous commissioned service, AWOs and CIs of the Corps may attend certain specialist courses available to Corps personnel, provided they have not attended the same course in the previous 3 years. 2. Officers without previous commissioned service must successfully complete the Initial Course at ACTC before they become eligible for any of these courses. AVIATION SUBJECT COURSES (ALL ADULT STAFF) 3. Instructors' courses in aviation subjects are provided for all ATC adult staff as follows: SUBJECT LOCATION TRAINING PERIOD OF COURSE Principles of RAFC Cranwell ACP 33 Arrive Tuesday Flight Vol 2 Disperse Thursday Propulsion RAF Cosford ACP 33 Arrive Sunday Vol 3 Disperse Friday Airframes RAF Cosford ACP 33 Arrive Sunday Vol 4 Disperse Friday Navigation RAF Cranwell ACP 32 Arrive Sunday Disperse Friday Comms and Radar RAF Cosford ACP 35 Arrive Sunday (Pt 1 and Pt 2) Vol 3 Disperse Friday 4. The primary purpose of these courses is to provide adult staff with information relative to the subject so that they may be better able to instruct cadets up to the level of the ACP for that subject. The course graduate should be able to prepare and deliver an interesting lecture on any chapter in the relevant ACP. As it is impossible for the RAF staff to teach the whole subject in the time available, it is essential that all personnel attending these courses should study the technical content of the ACP before they undertake the course. In particular, a sound technical or scientific background is essential for those attending the Comms and Radar courses, and a reasonable 93-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 93 standard of numeracy is needed for the Navigation course. Students who hamper the progress of others, through lack of preparation or basic ability, will not be permitted to complete the course. 93-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 93 NAVIGATION COURSES 5. Training in navigation may be given on 2 courses, Basic and Advanced, although only Basic courses are normally programmed. Should there be a requirement for an Advanced course, HQAC will publish details. SURVIVAL AND RESCUE 6. This is primarily a familiarisation course rather than one that is directly related to a specific training handbook. It is held at the RAF School of Combat Survival and Rescue, RAF St Mawgan and is of 2 days duration on no fixed days of the week. 7. The course includes live sea-survival drills. Course Joining Instructions include a certificate stating that the applicant is fit to participate in sea drills, and the certificate should be completed by a Service doctor, whenever possible. If this cannot be done, a civilian doctor may make the examination, for which he may charge a fee. Reimbursement within the current limits may be claimed from public funds and receipted bills are to be forwarded, via Wg HQ, to HQAC (Accts). COURSE PROGRAMME AND ADMINISTRATION 8. In Autumn each year a full programme of courses for the year ahead is issued by HQAC (ACTC). 9. With the exception of VGS personnel, only Wg HQs may book personnel onto ACTC courses, as follows: a. Telephone ACTC (Ext 6240) between 0830 and 1630 hours to make a firm booking; provisional bookings cannot be accepted. b. Follow up immediately with a written application to OC ACTC on the standard form which may be obtained on demand from ACTC. It is important to include the student s full personal details and private address. ACTC will normally send joining instructions direct to the student concerned about 3 weeks before the course begins. 10. Adults attending the courses on aviation subjects, (listed at para 3) are to take a copy of the relevant training handbook. 93-3 AL 2

ACTI No 94 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 94 RAFVR(T) JUNIOR OFFICER DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION 1. This ACTI on RAFVR(T) Junior Officer (JO) Development provides guidance to recent graduates from the Officers Initial Course (OIC) held at ACTC and to their respective Sqn Cdrs. The programme is recommended as best practice to follow the OIC which teaches newly commissioned officers the basic skills of leadership and management. The aim is to develop JO skills in 3 specialist areas and in one general area during Sqn duties. The programme contained in Annexes A-D provides an outline on which Sqn Cdrs or above can build and a standard for assessment of individual performance. The allocation of Performance Criteria (see para 2) to specific posts is merely illustrative and it is not essential for a JO to move from post to post in order to gain the recommended skills and experience. In addition, Rgnl Comdts may authorise modifications to the programme to meet local training needs and establishment/manning requirements. GLOSSARY OF TERMS 2. Performance Criteria Describes what performance is required of the individual. Range Indicator Standard Describes the range of situations to which the standard applies, including relevant regulations. Describes the standard of performance against which the performance will be assessed. METHOD 3. A development programme is to be raised by the respective Sqn Cdr for each JO who graduates from the OIC at ACTC. The Wg Training Officer is to appoint supervising officers to conduct the programmes and act as Assessing Officers. Senior Flt Lt/Sqn Ldr Wg Staff or suitable Sqn Cdrs should be selected as Assessing Officers. Reference should be made to the ACTC OIC Course Report in order to tailor the programme to individual strengths and weaknesses. If a JO already meets some of the performance criteria, these may be signed-off by the Assessing Officer with the agreement of the Wg Training Officer. Wg Training Officers are to monitor the progress of programmes and organize any further training recommended by Assessors. Rgnl Training Officers are to monitor the supervisory standards and conduct of development programmes. The development programme should normally be completed within 2 years but this period may be changed to meet individual circumstances. Annexes: A. Sqn Adjutant. B. Sqn Training Officer C. Sqn Supply Officer D. Sqn Officer 94-1

ACTI No 94 ANNEX A SQN ADJUTANT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA RANGE INDICATOR STANDARD ASSESSOR S SATISFACTION Publications. Identify and show a working knowledge of publications and Regulations used in the ATC. APs and ACPs Observation of the Adjt at work over a period of time using APs and ACPs to the satisfaction of the sqn cdr. Records. Keeping Sqn records correctly, as required by HQAC regulations. Recruitment. Identify best methods of recruiting new staff and cadets in liaison with other agencies. Communications. Ensure that all Sqn members are provided with relevant information. Welfare. Identify what are the main areas of welfare on the Sqn and organize the provision of resources. Transport. Arrange provision of transport for all Sqn activities. Security. Learn the basic security procedures for personnel, unit and arms/ ammunition during Sqn training. Correspondence, Files, amendments, staff and cadet records, and statistics. Ensuring privacy and security procedures are followed. Advertising material, RAF Careers conventions and outside organizations. Use of correct Defence Writing (DW) formats. Issue of external orders and directives. Identify the opportunities for communicating with other organizations and formations. Ensure the facilities are in place to assist the smooth running of the Sqn. Utilize Service transport, individual and collective travel, hire of transport. Review relevant ACPs, Security Orders and monitor security practices on the Sqn. Observation of the Adjt assessing working files, monitoring mail in and out and allocating to appropriate location. Formulation of a Sqn recruiting strategy acceptable to OC Wg. Continual communications to all who need to know. Ensure that items of correspondence produced conform to the correct DW conventions. Maintain welfare aspects within resources available and expenditure are properly authorized. Monitor that suitable transport arrangements have been met for required activities over the last 6 months. Demonstrate essential knowledge of security regulations and be able to locate them. 94-A-1

ACTI No 94 ANNEX B SQN TRAINING OFFICER PERFORMANCE CRITERIA RANGE INDICATOR STANDARD ASSESSOR S SATISFACTION Training Programmes. Organize training programmes for cadet training through 4 classification stages as required by The Training progress requirements of ACP 20A, ACTI No 1. Monitoring of the recommended period to complete each stage. Copies of Syllabus, seasonal programmes and statistical training returns. Syllabus. Subject Areas. Identify mandatory ACP 20A, ACTI No 1, Annex A. Copies of examination syllabus. subjects that cadets must complete at all stages of training. Cadets Progress. Devise a system for ACP 20A, ACTI No 4/RAF F3822A. Current status of individual training up tracking the training progress for all cadets. Examinations. Arrange and publish programmes for examinations in accordance with Wing and HQAC policy. Training Aids. Ensure that all appropriate training aids are available and maintained for use by instructors. Activities. Devise a programme for official Corps activities, adventure Trg, Flying, Gliding and any other activities directed by the Wg Trg Officer or the CO. Training Courses. Identify and publish details of all available external training courses for cadets and staff. ACP 20A, ACTI No 21. Monitor progress of administration eg RAF Forms 3521/3521A and follow procedures required of ACP 20A. ACP 20A, ACTI No 3. ACPs 17, 20A and 20B. Monitor the timely booking of courses through the appropriate training agent. to date and recorded. Examination demand forms and summaries of action taken as required by ACP 20A, ACTI 21. Correctly kept inventory of training aids and copies of order forms. Evidence of the Sqn training activities produced in a report. Training course publicity within the Sqn and a report on availability. 94-B-1

ACTI No 94 ANNEX C SQN SUPPLY OFFICER PERFORMANCE CRITERIA RANGE INDICATOR STANDARD ASSESSOR S SATISFACTION Scales. Know what scales of equipment ATC units are entitled to hold from public sources. Use of AP 1919, AP 1896 and ACP 20B. Demonstrate the ability to find correct scales. Inventory. Be able to list the functions of an inventory holder. Use of Service Equipment. Be capable of correctly managing Service equipment, including uniforms. Use of Non-Public Equipment. Be capable of correctly managing equipment acquired from non-public sources. Custody of Equipment. Make arrangements for the correct storage, security and safety of all equipment. Awareness of who can hold an inventory, the types available, take over/hand over procedures and the contact at the RAF Unit with parenting responsibilities. AP 830 Vol 1 (7th Edition). Demanding and issuing to correct scale and following correct returning procedures. Procedures for acquiring equipment, keeping a correct record (property book), monitoring issue and receipt and advising the Treasurer of insurance requirements. Ensure that correct methods of storing equipment are carried out, recognition of Valuable and Attractive (V&A) items and monitor proper access control. Aware of H&SW regulations. Evidence of routine and periodic inventory checks supported by correct transaction documentation. Production of correct documentation, eg Fs 668 and forms for PWS equipment. Demonstrate through records the correct monitoring of non-public equipment. Acceptable procedures exist for safe custody, H&SW regulations and control of access. 94-C-1

ACTI No 94 SQN OFFICER ANNEX D PERFORMANCE CRITERIA RANGE INDICATOR STANDARD ASSESSOR S SATISFACTION Behaviour and Image. Know how to behave well, with dress and deportment of the highest standards at all times, including in an officers mess. As required by Corps Confidential Orders, the tuition (plus handouts) given on the Officers Initial Course (OIC) and by experience. Demonstrate high standards on a continual basis at both formal and informal social occasions, and be current with Officers Confidential Instructional Ability. Understand and apply the best methods of instruction for a given period of teaching/instruction. Health and Safety/Duty of Care. Understand the responsibilities towards Health and Safety and the Duty of Care. AEF/Gliding. Have a working knowledge of arrangements for AEF and Gliding training days. RAF Unit Visits. Identify what actions are required to effect a Sqn visit to an RAF Station/Unit. Camps. Identify the duties/tasks undertaken by a junior officer on RAF Camp visits. Sports/Outdoor Projects. Identify the key requirements to organize a sports event or outdoor venture. Working in a Team. Demonstrate an ability to respond to team involvement in all functions of a Sqn s tasks. Best practice as directed by ACTC standards. to utilize Sqn assets and environment to maximize effective training. Comdt AC policy statement on Health and Safety and JSP 375. Copy of policy statement issued with handout during OIC. APs/ACPs which detail transport and programme arrangements, briefings and alternative activities in the event of inclement weather. Follow the guidelines of GAI 5037. Ensure arrangements are made through Wg HQ and ACLO. ACP 237. ACP 17 and HSW regulations. Good practice required of an officer as a colleague and subordinate to share the workload. Orders. Effectiveness of instruction technique on cadets/students being taught. Constantly demonstrate an awareness of safety for staff and cadets, plus duty of care for cadets. The success of a properly arranged and effective AEF and Gliding visit by the Sqn. The success of a visit judged on feedback from the ACLO. The success of various duties performed at Easter/Summer Camp. Demonstration of good organizational abilities. To the accepted standard of the Sqn Cdr. 94-D-1

ACTI NO 95 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 95 REGION AND WING COURSES INTRODUCTION 1. ACRHQs may approve 1 or 2 day Rgn or Wg courses for eligible adult staff. PROGRAMME OF TRAINING 2. Programmes for Wg courses are to be approved and recorded by ACRHQs. Programmes should update wg and sqn staffs on Corps policy, foster an interchange of ideas on training and methods of instruction, promote co-operation with local bodies and, generally, stimulate interest in the execution of wg or sqn duties. Outside lecturers should attend to brief on essential specialist subjects such as drug abuse, and RAF recruiting opportunities, FINANCE 3. Pay may be claimed up to a maximum of 2 days for attendance on a specific course, subject to eligibility. The cost of travel is to be included within the current budgetary control of collective travel. 95-1

ACTI NO 96 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION NO 96 RAFVR(T) MOUNTAIN LEADERS AND CANOEING COURSES INTRODUCTION 1. In order to assist comparatively inexperienced officers, warrant officers and civilian instructors and SNCO cadet s (aged 18 years and over) towards becoming qualified to conduct parties of cadets on adventure training expeditions of an arduous nature the MOD has authorised attendance at Summer Mountain Leaders (ML) and canoeing courses run by HQ RAF Personnel and Training Command at the Joint School for Adventurous Training Instructors (JSATI) Llanrwst. LOCATION 2. The courses are held at: DURATION The Joint School for Adventurous Training Instructors Llanddoged Road LLANRWST Conwy LL26 ODW Tel: BT: (01492) 640702 RAFTN: 95581-7545 3. Summer ML training courses assemble on Saturday and disperse the following Friday. Canoe and Summer ML assessment courses assemble on Sunday and disperse the following Friday. PERSONNEL ELIGIBLE 4. RAFVR(T) officers, warrant officers, and civilian instructors and SNCO cadets (aged 18 years and over) of the ATC are eligible to attend. In addition candidates must meet the pre-course standards: a. Summer ML Training Courses: (1) Possession of personal attributes needed for leadership. (2) Physical fitness sufficient to undergo strenuous activity, including the capability to carry a 30lb pack on a 3-day mountain expedition. 96-1

ACTI NO 96 (3) Have a genuine interest in hillwalking and group leadership and at least 12 months experience of hillwalking and lightweight camping. (4) Apply to register with the Mountain Leader Training Board (MLTB). Applications to register with MLTB can be made at any time and do not carry a time limit of when to attend a training course. It is recommended that prospective candidates obtain a MLTB log book well in advance of their training course to record any pre-training course experience in mountainous country. b. Summer ML Assessment Course. Candidates must have completed the training course and submit their log books to JSATI for scrutiny prior to being accepted for the course. c. Canoeing Course: (1) Have had some active canoeing experience on moving water. (2) Possession of the RAF Swimming Proficiency Certificate (or other Service or civilian equivalent) and minimum of British Canoe Union (BCU) 2 Star level proficiency skills. (3) Candidates must apply for BCU membership. Residents in Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales should apply to Canoeing Association of Northern Ireland, Scottish Canoeing Association or Welsh Canoeing Association as appropriate. PURPOSE OF THE COURSE 5. The purpose of the courses are as follows: a. Summer ML Training. For potential leaders and assumes basic competence as a hillwalker. It emphasises those skills which a candidate might have difficulty in learning without expert guidance. Completion of a training course alone, without an assessment course, is not a qualification in itself, although it may be of considerable benefit to the trainee. b. Summer ML Assessment. For candidates who have completed a training course and wish to be assessed for the MLTB Summer ML qualification. c. Canoeing. To complete training and assessment for the BCU Level 1 and 2 coaching qualifications. FREQUENCY OF COURSES 6. The dates and details of courses available will be notified annually through Wg HQs. COURSE PEAK AND ALLOCATIONS 96-2

ACTI NO 96 7. Each course intake comprises 12 students and allocation of places will be made by HQAC based on equal allocations to Rgns from Wg applications, and to meet priorities within Wg Adventurous training development schemes. APPLICATIONS 8. Applications to attend a course are to made in the first instance through Wg HQs. PAY/TRAVEL 9. The courses qualified for pay and travel at public expense. Seven days pay is authorised for the Summer ML courses and 6 days pay for the canoeing courses. JOINING INSTRUCTIONS 10. Course joining instructions will be issued by HQAC (PEdO) to Wg HQs for issue to their nominated personnel. AIR CADET PUBLICATION NO 17 - ATC ADVENTURE TRAINING 11. Full details of RAVFVR(T) Mountain Leaders courses and canoeing courses can be found in ACP 17 - ATC Adventure Training. This ACTI is to be read in conjunction with chapters 6 and 7 of ACP 17. 96-3

ACTI NO 101 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 101 LEES AND MORRIS TROPHIES INTRODUCTION 1. In 1949 Air Marshal Sir Alan Lees KCB CBE DSO AFC presented a trophy to the ATC for competition between sqn. It is awarded annually to the sqn which is judged to be the best sqn in the Corps in overall achievement and efficiency during the year of assessment, having regard to its size, location and facilities. 2. In 1967, Air Commodore E J Morris CB CBE DSO DFC presented a trophy to be awarded annually to the sqn placed second in the Lees Trophy competition. ELIGIBILITY 3. Any sqn (open or school) which has been in continuous existence during the year of assessment is eligible to compete, except that a sqn which has represented its Rgn for 2 successive years shall not compete for the 2 following years. FORM OF COMPETITION 4. The Competition will be run in three stages: a. Each Wg CO is to nominate the sqn judged by them to be the best sqn in their Wg to their Rgnl Comdt immediately after 1 Mar each year. b. Each Rgnl Comdt is to judge by inspection each of the squadrons nominated by their Wing COs and nominate their selected finalist to HQAC (Wg Cdr TG) by 1 May each year; details of the Sqn s parade days and times are to be included. c. The 6 Rngl finalists will be inspected during late May/early Jun by HQAC COS and Wg Cdr TG; recommendations will be made to Comdt AC who will select the winners of the Lees and Morris Trophies. PERIOD OF ASSESSMENT 5. The period of assessment is the financial year ie 1 April in one year to 31 March in the following year. METHOD OF ASSESSMENT 101-1

ACTI NO 101 6. ATC units operate under a wide variety of circumstances and assessment of a Sqn s achievement, efficiency and ambience in direct comparison with other units must take these differences into account. The Lees Trophy competition is therefore judged at Wg, Rgn and HQAC level by dividing the inspections into 3 areas within which individual inspecting officers retain flexibility in making their judgements. This broad division of marks is: Achievement 40% Efficiency 40% "Third Pillar" 20% 7. Achievement. The 40% proportion of the marks allocated to "Achievement" reflects actual training results. Aspects under this heading are quantifiable and are assessed objectively before the actual inspection. Training results within the official ATC syllabus are given prominence and the balance between activities is important with no single activity or project (for example an excellent band) compensating for mediocre progress with Syllabus training. Aspects judged under "Achievement" include: a. Recruitment and retention of cadets. b. Examination record, success rate and classification balance. c. Successfully accomplished projects and degree of cadet involvement (band, radio, model making etc are included - radio is also assessed in the academic and practical syllabus aspects). d. Extra-mural activities such as adult staff training, cadet visits, courses and formal camps (3 days or more, mixed activities). e. Sporting, shooting and other competitive achievements by teams or individuals. f. Participation and achievements in the Duke of Edinburgh's Award. g. Public relations (media mentions (TV, radio and press) and outside presentations. h. AEF and other powered flying, gliding, Flying Scholarships and Navigation training, overseas/opportunity flights. i. Distinguished achievements by individual cadets eg gliding instructor, Flt Staff Cadets, Lord Lieutenant s Cadets, Dacre Wg representative, IACE place. j. Adventure training: Instructors, Training Centre attendance and other training/expeditions. 8. Efficiency. The inspecting officers assess efficiency by judging how well the training objectives were achieved. The allocation is potentially 40% of total marks on a subjective basis, taking into account local resources and opportunities, resourcefulness of personnel and initiative shown in overcoming problems. 101-2

a. Training programme for probationers, their welfare and integration into Sqn activities. b. Use of staff cadets (and other older cadets) in their proper role. c. Use of NRA (ACTI 23) and the links with educational and employment organisations. d. Variety, relevance and effectiveness of project work. ACP 20A ACTI NO 101 e. Balance of training programme which should cover all Syllabus subjects and use made of available Service and other facilities. f. Public service activities eg Police, Fire and Ambulance, civic: degree of cadet involvement and, practical help given to the local community. g. Cadets personal appearance, deportment, attitude/manners, morale/motivation and communication skills. h. Parade standard of drill; presentation and involvement of cadets. i. Upkeep of Sqn HQ, including self help, state of notice boards, training records and publications and armament security. j. Adult staff standards, and effectiveness, including the Chaplain s contribution. k. Composition and involvement of the Civilian Committee. l. Fund raising activities, both for squadron and other organisations. 9. The "Third Pillar". The "Third Pillar" involves other factors, which affect the squadron s operation some outside its control. Evaluations (20% of total marks) allow inspecting officers to balance one sqn against another in terms of location, available opportunities and good fortune or hardship. Finally, credit is given for that intangible feeling which stems from the general aura of a squadron. More specifically, inspecting officers will be looking at: a. Environment. The favourability or otherwise of the squadron's environment, as evidenced by: (1) The nature and state of its catchment area (rural, urban, inner city, industrial, prosperous, in recession, etc). (2) The social and educational background of the cadets. (3) The attitude of local authorities and the public to uniformed organisations. 101-3

ACTI NO 101 (4) The amount of support for the squadron from local firms, Chamber of Commerce, the Council, RAFA, etc. (5) The competition locally from other youth organisations. 101-4

ACTI NO 101 b. Opportunity. How well or how poorly the sqn is located in relation to training facilities (AEF, VGS, affiliated station, shooting ranges, sports, adventure training, community services, any other), and what effort the sqn makes to use them or to combat their lack. c. Significant Changes. The effect of any significant changes during the period under review, and how the sqn has coped with them (move to new building, committee upheaval, loss of key staff, etc) d. Ambience. The intuitive feeling of the inspecting officers generated by the ambience of the sqn compared with other squadrons in the competition, including their impression of the morale and involvement of cadets, staff, civilian committee, parents and friends. 10. Sqn Preparation. When preparing their sqns for inspection, sqn cdrs should bear in mind that the true quality of the squadron is being sought and, therefore, contrived situations (an out-of-context lecture, for example) are not required. COMPETITION AWARDS 11. Wg Winner's Certificate. The winning sqn in each wg will be awarded a wg winner's certificate. By 1 April each ACRHQ is to forward a list of its winning sqn to HQAC (TG3) who will issue a certificate direct to each wing for signature by the Wg CO and presentation under Wg arrangements. 12. Rgnl Winner's Certificate. The winning sqn in each rgn will be awarded a rgnl winner's certificate. HQ Air Cadets (TG3) will issue a certificate to each rgn for signature by the Rgnl Comdt and presentation under rgnl arrangements. 13. The Lees Trophy, Corps Winner's Certificate and Special Gliding Award. The winning sqn in the Corps will be awarded: a. The Lees Trophy. The Wg concerned is to arrange for the Trophy to be engraved and to be presented on a suitable occasion. Presentation arrangements are to be agreed with HQAC (through PS to Comdt). b. The Corps Winner's Certificate. This Certificate, signed by Comdt AC, will be provided by HQAC; the parent Wg is to arrange for it to be framed before presentation (see para 17). c. The Lees Special Gliding Award. A Gliding Scholarship for 12 cadets (of whom up to 8 may be female) at ACCGS Syerston. This Course will normally be in Sep/Oct. d. The Joseph Singleton Award. Provides for a cash prize to the winners of the Lees Trophy. Details at ACTI 103. 101-5

ACTI NO 101 14. The Morris Cup, Cup-Winner's Certificate and Special Gliding Award. The sqn placed second in the competition will be awarded: a. The Morris Cup. The parent Wg is to arrange for the trophy to be engraved and to be presented on a suitable occasion. Presentation arrangements are to be agreed with HQAC (through PS to Comdt). b. The Morris Cup-Winner's Certificate. The Certificate, signed by Comdt AC, will be provided by HQAC; the parent Wg concerned is to arrange for it to be framed before presentation (see para 17). c. Gliding Award. Gliding Scholarships courses for 6 cadets (including up to 3 girls) will be allocated, if possible at ACCGS, but otherwise at an appropriate VGS. d. The Joseph Singleton Award. Provides for a cash prize to the winners of the Morris Trophy. Details at ACTI 103. 15. Allocation and Travel. The above Gliding Scholarships will be additional to any others which may be offered in the normal allocations for the year. Travel arrangements and costs for these courses will be as for normal courses. ADMINISTRATION 16. Care and Transfer of Trophies. The receiving Wgs are to arrange for the safe keeping of the trophies. Any damage is to be reported to HQAC (Accounts Officer). Instructions for the transfer of trophies will normally be by hand between winning squadrons and will be arranged by HQAC (TG3). 17. Finance. Invoice costs for standard (not custom-made) frames to Rgnl and Corps-winner's certificates and for the engraving and transfer of trophies will be reimbursed through HQAC (Accounts Officer). Charges for the framing of wing winner's certificates are to be met from Wg funds. 18. Publicity. HQAC will publish details of trophy winners in ACRO s. ACRHQs are requested to arrange for their winning Sqn Cdrs to forward a summary of the squadron's activities and achievements during the year of inspection with up to 6 photographs of highlights. Summaries should be some 300 to 400 words long and reach the HQAC (PRO) by 1 August. 101-6

ACTI NO 102 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 102 FOSTER AND CURRALL TROPHIES INTRODUCTION 1. The late Air Chief Marshal Sir Robert M Foster KCB CBE DFC who was Commander-in- Chief, Home Command, October 1949 to September 1951 presented a trophy for an annual Inter- Wg Competition in ground training. In 1981 the purpose of the trophy was changed to an individual cadet competition for attainment in the flying subjects of the academic ground training examinations, and from the assessment period ending 31 March 1988, the Foster trophy became the premier award for attainment in all the subjects of those examinations. 2. The Currall trophy is awarded to the cadet runner-up to the Foster trophy winner. The Currall Trophy was presented to the Corps by Wing Commander G H Currall MBE MM AMIMechE AMIEE RAF to encourage academic achievement by cadets interested in technical aspects of aviation. The method of assessing the winner of the Currall trophy, the promulgation of the result, the arrangements for the presentation of the trophy and for its care and transfer are as for the Foster trophy. PERIOD OF ASSESSMENT 3. Cadets who were ratified as Staff Cadets in the previous 12 months 1 April - 31 March will be assessed in the following May by HQAC for the award. See para 6 below for details. METHOD OF ASSESSMENT 4. The awards are assessed from cadets obtaining a full ratified pass at Staff Cadet level, within the relevant assessment period, with the highest marks added together from all the subjects in the academic ground training examinations taken for Leading Cadet, Senior Cadet and Staff Cadet Part 1. To be eligible, cadets must have passed each subject at the first attempt. 5. Should there be a tie, the tie-break will be decided by the highest total of marks in the Senior Cadet and Staff Cadet Part 1 examinations. Should there still be a tie, the highest total of marks in the Staff Cadet Part 1 only will take the awards. Should there still be a tie, joint awards will be made. TIMETABLE FOR DETERMINATION AND PROMULGATION OF RESULT 6. The results will be promulgated during May by HQAC from records held on RAF Forms 3521. Only Staff Cadets who have been properly ratified by Wg HQs, and whose ratification has been notified on Forms 3521A to HQ AC (TG Branch) will be considered. Where ratifications have 102-1

ACTI NO 102 taken place towards the end of the year (1 Apr-31 Mar), Wg HQs will have until 30 Apr to notify HQ AC (TG Branch). Winners will be announced in ACRO s. PRESENTATION AND CARE OF TROPHY 7. The trophy will be presented to the winner under arrangements made by HQ AC; an A4 size certificate will be provided for retention by the winner; the cost of a standard (non custommade) frame for the certificate may be claimed by the Rgnl or Wg HQ from HQAC (Accts O). 8. After presentation, the trophy may be retained either at Wing or Squadron HQ at the discretion of OC Wg who must be satisfied that security arrangements are adequate. Any damage or loss is to be reported to HQAC (Accts O) at once. 9. Instructions for the transfer and engraving of the trophy will be issued by HQAC (TG3) on each occasion. 102-2

ACTI 103 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 103 THE JOSEPH SINGLETON MEMORIAL AWARD INTRODUCTION 1. The late Wing Commander Joseph Singleton DSO DFC AFC was one of the top scoring night fighter aces of the Second World War. He was credited with 7 enemy aircraft destroyed, 3 damaged and a V-1 missile destroyed. 2. On the night of 20 March 1994, while flying a Mosquito, he destroyed 3 JU 88s thereby causing the abandonment of a raid on Hull. The time from the beginning of the engagement to the destruction of the last aircraft was just 13minutes and his own aircraft was severely damaged by flying debris from the destroyed aircraft that he had to make a forced landing some 3 miles short of the runway at RAF Coltishall. For this exploit he was awarded an immediate DSO. 3. In 1947 Wing Commander Singleton took command of No 25 Squadron and was awarded the AFC in June that year. After leaving No 25 Squadron in October 1948 he held a number of ground appointments before retiring in 1958. In retirement he was an active member of the No 25 Squadron Association, the Mosquito Aircrew Association and was the President of the local branch of the Royal Air Force Association. 4. In 1997, Joseph Singleton s son, Wing Commander Peter Singleton, to honour the memory of his father, gave a cash sum to be placed in trust for an annual award. The income from this trust fund would provide annual cash awards to the Lees and Morris Trophy winners. IMPLEMENTATION 5. The cash awards to the respective winners of the Lees and Morris Trophies will be decided by Comdt AC each year. In addition to the cash prize, a Joseph Singleton Memorial Award Certificate will be presented to the winning Sqns to commemorate the event. This presentation will be coincident with the presentation of the Lees or Morris Trophy. PROMULGATION 6. The awards will be promulgated at the same time as the Lees and Morris Trophy winners announcement by FAX to ACRHQs and in ACROs. The Certificate, signed by Comdt AC, will be provided by HQAC; the parent Wg is to arrange for it to be framed before presentation. Charges for framing are to be met from Wg Funds. 103-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 104 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 104 AIRCRAFT RECOGNITION COMPETITIONS INTRODUCTION 1. ATC aircraft recognition competitions are run annually in three stages: a. Wg Competitions. b. Rgnl Competitions. c. Corps Competition. 2. Each competition is based on a team event for Sqn teams of 3 cadets, and on an individual event in which all individuals making up the team compete automatically, but in which other individuals may also be entered. WING COMPETITIONS 3. Each Wg is to hold a competition for which each Sqn may enter teams of 3 cadets - as directed by Wg. These competitions are to be included with cadet training, eg Wg training days, and travel or other public expenditure solely for the competition is not to be incurred. The winning Sqn team (and the winning individual cadet, if not already a member of the winning team) is to be nominated for the Rgnl stage. The Northern Ireland Wg will go forward to the Corps competition omitting the Rgnl stage. REGIONAL COMPETITIONS 4. Each Rgn is to hold a competition for the Sqn teams winning the Wg competition, and for the best individual in the Wg, if the cadet is not already a member of the winning team. The winners of the Rgnl stage are to be nominated for the Corps final. The Rgnl stage must be completed by the end of mid-october each year. CORPS COMPETITION 5. HQAC will hold a competition for the Sqn teams winning the Rgnl stage, and for the best individual in the Region, if the cadet is not already a member of the winning team. Details of the time and place will be promulgated each year, but the Corps finals will normally be held on the last or second-last Saturday in November, ie on the same day as the Air Britain Competition (Final) (see paras 16-18). The actual date each year will be published in HQAC Routine Orders. 104-1

ACTI NO 104 104-2

ACTI NO 104 SYLLABUS 6. The syllabus will be promulgated by HQAC (TG1), updated annually, and will comprise aircraft in current use, with the following exceptions: a. Gliders and motorised gliders. b. Microlights. c. Homebuilt aircraft. d. Obsolete aircraft maintained primarily for displays. e. Prototypes. COMPETITION FORMAT 7. In the Corps final, 30 aircraft views will be shown for the main competition, with 3 more which will be marked only if needed to break a tie for first or second place. They will be on 35mm slides. At least 18 out of the 30 will be of military aircraft. Each view will be exposed for up to 2 seconds. 8. Wg and Rgn competitions are to be in the same format as the Corps final, except that exposure times may be increased to 4 seconds maximum at Wg finals and 3 seconds at Rgn. MARKING 9. One point will be awarded for the correct identification of the basic type of the aircraft shown. The aircraft's mark or series is not needed, except where there might be an ambiguity without it. For example "Mirage" covers a range of several widely-differing types, therefore the mark must be given - eg "Mirage F1", "Mirage III". Nevertheless, in general a name or a letter/number designation is normally sufficient - eg "Hawk"; either "F-16" or "Fighting Falcon"; "Jaguar"; either "C-5" or "Galaxy"; etc. Where a competitor chooses to give both the name and the designation, there must be no conflict between the two - eg for a view of an F-14 Tomcat, the answers "F-14", "Tomcat", "F-14 Tomcat" are acceptable, but answers such as "F-15 Tomcat", "F-14 Eagle" are not. Finally, note that for former Soviet or Warsaw Pact aircraft, the NATO reporting name and the letter/number designation (eg "FULCRUM", "MIG-29") are equally acceptable. FINANCE 10. Travel. ATC cadets representing their Wg at Rgnl competitions, or their Rgn at the Corps competition, may travel at public expense in accordance with the appropriate travel regulations current at the time, as may the supervising adult in charge of each party, and adults nominated to run Regional competitions and the Corps competitions. 11. Pay. Pay for ATC adult staff concerned solely in the running of, or attendance at, these competitions is not admissible, except that at Rgnl/Corps meetings, if cadets are obliged to be 104-3

ACTI NO 104 accommodated overnight, one uniformed adult may be detailed by Rgnl HQ or HQAC (TG1) for the supervision and disciplinary control of all the cadets; and he or she may receive one day's pay. 12. Budgets. Travel allowances paid under para 10 are to be met from Wg and Rgn budgets for Rgnl finals, and HQAC central budget for the Corps final. TROPHIES AND MEMENTOS 13. Engraved medals will be awarded by HQAC to the winners (team and individual) of each of the Rgnl competitions. 14. The winning team and individual at the Corps competition will be presented with the team and individual trophies at the conclusion of the contest. Due to their intrinsic value and consequent insurance requirements, the trophies cannot be retained by the winners; they will, however, be suitably engraved and held at HQAC. The Sqn(s) of which the winners are members will be provided with a commemorative certificate, for permanent retention. There will also be a certificate for each member of the winning team and the winning individual. 15. In addition to the trophies, the winners and runners-up (teams and individuals) of the Corps competition will be presented with engraved medals. INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL COMPETITIONS 16. Air Britain (Historians) Ltd hold the finals of their International Aircraft Recognition Contest (Finals) in the cinema of the RAF Museum at Hendon, normally on the last or second last Saturday in November of each year, ie on the same day as the Corps competition. There are entry fees for teams and individuals and the competition is divided into sections; there is a section especially for ATC/CCF/Air Scout teams and individuals. 17. Cadet teams and individuals may enter the Air Britain competition without restriction and irrespective of their performance and, indeed, without participation in the Corps competition at its various levels. All such entries must, however, be at private (squadron) expense and by direct arrangement with the Air Britain organisers, although HQAC will publish the address of the Air Britain Secretary annually. 18. There is to be no expenditure of public funds solely in connection with the Air Britain competition, either in the form of travel costs or pay and/or allowances for Corps personnel; and as already stated, A-B entry fees are to be provided from non-public funds. However, where cadet teams or individuals who reach the Air Britain Final are also the Rgnl representatives in the Corps competition, the Air Britain entry fees may be reclaimed from HQAC, quoting this ACTI as authority. 104-4

ACTI NO 105 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 105 SQUADRON CERTIFICATE OF MERIT INTRODUCTION 1. Sqns which do credit to the ATC by performing some outstanding service to the Corps or the community are eligible for the award of a Certificate of Merit. 2. A list of the activities or services which would qualify for the award cannot be made but, in general, it must be of, or arouse, eminent public interest. It must be a sqn effort and not a good show by an individual. Collections for charities do not, by themselves, qualify for an award. ADMINISTRATION 3. Wgs which consider that one of their sqns has qualified for an award should submit an application to their Rgnl Comdt as soon as possible after the event has taken place. The application should include: a. Rules/Conditions/Standards for the event. b. Number of cadets involved. c. Name of cadets. d. Full report on the event and/or full results with team placings in respect of competitive events. e. Available press reports and publicity. 4. If the Rgnl Comdt is satisfied that the recommendation is up to the standard required he will submit the application to HQAC. AWARDS 5. The Comdt AC will approve awards to successful applicants and a certificate will be issued by HQAC. 105-1

ACTI NO 106 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 106 THE BEST ALL-ROUND CADET CERTIFICATE INTRODUCTION 1. A certificate is available for presentation annually by Wgs to the best all-round cadet in a squadron. ASSESSMENT 2. Wgs will establish their own criteria for the assessment of the best all-round cadet. ADMINISTRATION 3. The certificate is available to Wgs on request from HQAC (TG Admin). 106-1

ACTI NO 107 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 107 THE QUINTON MEMORIAL INTRODUCTION 1. The Quinton Memorial Trophy commemorates the life of Flight Lieutenant John Alan Quinton who, as a navigator under instruction in 1951, committed an outstandingly brave act in a Wellington aircraft. Following a mid-air collision, the aircraft began to break up and in the rear compartment was a cadet from No 1869 (Middlesborough) Squadron. Flight Lieutenant Quinton took the only parachute to hand, fastened it to the cadet s harness and motioned him to exit the aircraft. At that moment the aircraft broke in 2 and the cadet was swept into the air, landing as the only survivor. The Air Training Corps presented the trophy to the Royal Air Force to perpetuate the gallant deed of Flight Lieutenant Quinton, but it has now been re-assigned as an ATC award. The Trophy is a Ceremonial Baton. ELIGIBILITY 2. All Adult Warrant Officer (AWO) who successfully complete the AWOs initial training course at the Air Cadet Training Centre (ACTC), RAFC Cranwell are eligible to compete for this annual award. 3. The Trophy will be awarded to the AWO who, on completion of the AWOs Course at ACTC, attains the highest overall marks in all examinable subjects. Top Students from each course held during the calendar year will compete for the overall award, with the winner being announced in December. The winner s Regional Commandant will be requested to present the award. In addition to the trophy, a certificate signed by the Comdt AC and a suitable memento will be provided for the winner to retain. ADMINISTRATION 4. Administrative arrangements for the award, including engraving and provision of the certificate and memento, are the responsibility of HQAC (OC ACTC). 107-1 AL2

ACTI NO 108 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 108 THE ROYAL AIR FORCE TESTIMONIAL INTRODUCTION 1. Ex ATC members who, on passing out from the RAF College or from the RAF Ground Training schools, qualify for First in Order of Merit in all Subjects and/or First in Education attract the presentation of an RAF Testimonial to their old ATC squadrons. ADMINISTRATION 2. The RAF training establishment will, if the graduate is an ex-atc cadet, write to the Commanding Officer of the ATC squadron (copy to HQAC) informing him of the award. 3. The RAF Testimonial will be forwarded by the training establishment to HQAC, who will forward the certificate direct to the appropriate Wg HQ (copy to Region and OC ATC Sqn). Wg HQ is then to make arrangements for presentation, subject to any overriding direction the Rgnl Comdt may wish to give. 4. HQAC will publish details of the award in ACROs and in the Air Cadet magazine. Rgn and Wg HQs should seek appropriate local publicity. 108-1

ACTI NO 109 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 109 THE STAN EASTON MEMORIAL AWARD 1. The Stan Easton Memorial Award commemorates Flight Lieutenant S J Easton who served with the Air Cadets Central Gliding School (ACCGS) from 1967 until he was killed in a civilian flying accident in November 1978. 2. The object of the award is to encourage Flight Staff Cadets to broaden their knowledge of aeronautical matters. THE AWARD 3. The sum of 1,000 which was donated by the sponsors of the scheme, has been invested by HQACs. The whole of the income (approx 200 biennially) will be awarded to the cadet who wins the biennial competition for the award. ELIGIBILITY 4. Flight Staff Cadets currently serving with Volunteer Gliding Schools (VGSs) may compete for the Award. DATE AND CHANNELS FOR SUBMISSION 5. The competition will be announced in Cadet Routine Orders and to VGSs. 6. Flight Staff cadets are to make their award submissions direct to the OC VGS to which they are appointed in time for him to forward them to OC ACCGS RAF Syerston by 31 December. An entrant s involvement in both the cadet movement and the VGS will be taken into account during assessment. The responsibility for the correct completion of the application form rests with the OC VGS. The activity following the Award is to be undertaken during the next year. If no suitable entries are received, the competition will be repeated in the successive following year and each year until there is a winner. Once a winner has been declared the competition will revert to a biennial event. FORM OF SUBMISSIONS 7. Cadets are to submit a short written statement to indicate how they would spend the award (about 200) to further their knowledge of aeronautical matters. Submissions must be in the applicant s own handwriting but in judging submissions the adjudicator will be primarily interested in the proposed activity and the likely benefit to the applicant, rather than the 109-1

ACTI NO 109 applicant's literary ability. The proposed activity should be researched by the applicant in some detail. Sufficient description must be given to define how the money is to be spent. 109-2

ACTI NO 109 SCOPE OF ACTIVITIES TO BE UNDERTAKEN 8. Any aeronautical activity may be considered within the scope of the award but, submissions that clearly relate to gliding or flying are likely to be given preference. If the cost will exceed the award amount, the supplementary finance must be available. ADJUDICATION 9. OC ACCGS will act as adjudicator, assisted by an ACCGS Staff Officer. The 3 best submissions will be selected, in order of merit and forwarded to HQAC by the end of January. Comdt AC will select the winner. THE CASH AWARD 10. The cash award will be paid in phases. In April following the competition the winning cadet will be presented with an interim payment of 50, be informed of the total value of the award and receive a certificate. Thereafter HQAC will pay bills arising from the project undertaken up to the limit of the residual award. POST ACTIVITY REPORT 11. The winner will be expected to write a brief report at the end of the activity. The report is to include a resume of the actual activities undertaken. The result will be promulgated in ACROs and Air Cadet magazine. 109-3

ACTI NO 110 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 110 THE DACRE SWORD AND BROOCH INTRODUCTION 1. In 1979, Mrs Elizabeth Dacre MBE TD JP presented to the ATC the dress sword of her late husband, Air Commodore G B Dacre CBE DSO DL RAF. Between 1979 and 1982 the sword was awarded annually to the ATC Cadet of the Year. 2. With the introduction of females to the Corps in 1982, Mrs Dacre presented a diamond brooch mounted on a sash, for presentation to the best female cadet, the sword being retained for the best male. In 1991 Mrs Dacre donated miniatures of the sword and brooch, for retention at the Rgnl or Wg HQs of the winning cadets in their award year. 3. Since 1983, the Dacre Sword and the Dacre Brooch have been awarded annually, selection being based on the all-round performance of the cadets nominated by the Rgnl Comdts. SELECTION OF THE CADETS OF THE YEAR 4. The award year is from 1 Apr to 31 Mar. Each Rgnl Comdt may nominate one male and one female candidate for the Comdt AC s consideration. A candidate who has left the Corps may be nominated if service as a cadet has been to the start of the academic year within the Award year. NOMINATION CRITERIA AND CITATION 5. It is not intended to lay down specific criteria for the nominations: and each Rgnl Comdt may decide which of his cadets best deserves consideration for the awards, based on the cadets all-round performance. 6. The citations may be in any format chosen by the Rgnl comdt. However, to assist HQAC staff tasked with advising the Comdt AC on selection, the citations should include some comment, no matter how brief, on the candidates attainments in the following aspects of cadet activity: Powered Flying Gliding Sport Shooting Adventure Training 110-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 110 IACE Participation Attendance at Camps 110-2 AL 2

ACTI NO 110 Duke of Edinburgh s Award Scheme Participation in Corps Ceremonial Participation in Community Affairs/Services 7. Comment is also required on a candidate s personality, educational attainments, present career and future plans. This is particularly important if a candidate is known to have applied to join the RAF, or if he/she intends to do so in the future. In these cases HQAC has arranged to forward to OASC a synopsis of the Rgnl Comdt s report on the Rgnl nominees, and Wgs should keep in touch with such cadets or ex-cadets and forward an updated report to the Rgnl Comdt so that he too may inform HQAC. The intention is not to seek any particular favours for these cadets, but to ensure that OASC appreciates that they have been selected as Rgnl representatives in the Corps most prestigious competition based on individual merit and attainment. Ideally, our report should be timed to reach OASC just before the cadet, or excadet, attends for selection. ADMINISTRATION 8. Nominations are to be signed personally by the Rgnl Comdt. They are to be accompanied by the cadet s Record of Service Card (Form 3518) or F3822A, Record of Service Book (Form 3822), ATC Examination and Project Record Card F3521A and a photograph of the cadet; no particular size, style or format of photograph is specified. Nominations are to reach HQ Air Cadets (TG3) by 31 Mar. At the discretion of the Comdt AC, a short-list of candidates may be selected for interview at HQ AC during Apr. The winners will normally be announced by 30 Apr. 9. Although the Sword, the Brooch and the miniatures will be presented personally to the selected cadets, their value and the Corps insurance arrangements preclude their retention by the winners. After the ceremonies, the Sword and the Brooch will be returned to HQAC for safe keeping; the miniatures are to be kept at the Wg or Rgnl HQs of the winning cadets until they are required for ceremonial presentation to the next winners. Winning cadets will receive framed certificates commemorating the awards. The cost of standard (not custom-made) frames may be claimed from public funds on application to HQAC (Accounts Section), for the certificates for the Sword and Brooch winners only. PUBLICITY 10. HQAC will publish details of the winners in ACRO s and the Air Cadet magazine. 110-3 AL 2

ACTI NO 111 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 111 THE KRIEGIE TROPHY INTRODUCTION 1. Group Captain H M A Day GC DSO OBE RAF, who died in December 1977, served in both World Wars but spent most of World War II in Prisoner-of-War camps, where he became famous as Wings Day, Senior British Officer of Stalag Luft III. This camp was built specially to prevent RAF personnel from escaping but was, in fact, the scene of many famous escapes. 2. In July 1981, the Royal Air Force Ex-Prisoner-of-War Association presented the Air Cadet Organisation with a trophy in memory of the late Group Captain Day, to be known as The Kriegie Trophy. BASIS OF THE AWARD 3. Each year selected air cadets (ATC and CCF (RAF)) attend Cadet Leadership courses at the Cadet Training Centre (CTC), Frimley Park. The Kriegie Trophy will be awarded to the air cadet who, in the option of the Comdt and staff officers of CTC Frimley Park, was the best of the air cadets who attended the courses in that particular year. It is the prerogative of Comdt AC not to make an award if he considers that no cadet achieved a sufficiently high standard. ADMINISTRATION 4. The Comdt CTC will make his recommendations to Comdt AC on completion of the Leadership courses for a particular year, and the award will be announced in ACROs and in the Air Cadet magazine. 5. The trophy will be permanently retained by and displayed at HQAC, where an honours roll will also be maintained. There will, however, be a formal presentation of the trophy to the winner under arrangements made directly by HQAC, and this will be marked by the award of a certificate to the winner which may, of course, be retained. The parent Wing is to arrange for the certificate to be framed prior to the presentation, the cost of a standard (non custom-made) frame may be claimed from HQAC (Accts). 111-1

ACTI NO 112 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 112 THE GANDERTON SWORD INTRODUCTION 1. The Ganderton Sword is a Royal Air Force Sword presented to the Air Training Corps by Mr Colin Ganderton, a retired director of the Wilkinson Sword Company. The Sword was presented to the Air Training Corps in 1999 and replaces the Anniversary Trophy. ELIGIBILITY 2. RAFVR(T) officers who successfully complete the Officers Initial Course (OIC) at the Air Cadets Training Centre (ACTC), RAF College Cranwell are eligible to compete for this annual award made in January of each year. ADMINISTRATION 3. The Sword will be awarded to the officer who, on the recommendation of the ACTC Directing Staff, has performed best in all aspects during the OIC. As there are no formal examinations taken, selection will be based on a continuous assessment throughout the course. 4. The winner will be announced during the first week of January each year, selected from those who attended the preceding calendar year. OC ACTC and the respective Regional HQ of the recipient will make arrangements for the presentation of the Sword. 112-1 AL 2

ACTI NO 113 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 113 THE UNIVERSITY OF HERTFORDSHIRE COMPETITION INTRODUCTION 1. The University of Hertfordshire, School of Engineering sponsors an annual engineering project competition for the ATC; the prize is 500. ELIGIBILITY 2. The competition is open to any sqn, DF, individual cadet or team, including staff, provided cadets have been involved. The prize is offered to the sqn of the winning cadet or group of cadets. 3. The competition is judged by reports on engineering projects which have already been undertaken, with documentation, photographs and drawings to show the details. The reports should show what was done, how and why, and who was involved in the project. The amount and type of cadet involvement should be clearly shown. The judges will look for imagination, ingenuity and quality, in both the project and the report. Determination and a real enthusiasm for engineering will be needed to succeed. ENTRY PROCEDURES 4. HQACs (TG3) will distribute competition application forms in February each year. Completed forms should be sent to reach Wg HQ as soon as possible. Wg HQ will forward forms via Rgnl HQs to HQAC (TG3). Competition entries should eventually be submitted by the same route to HQAC; the deadline for entries to reach Wg HQs is 30 June. RESULTS 5. Winners will be announced in the autumn, and they will be invited to a presentation of the prize in November, normally hosted by the University of Hertfordshire. 113-1

ACTI NO 114 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 114 CORPS BAND COMPETITION INTRODUCTION 1. A Corps Band Competition will be held each autumn in order to foster interest and improve standards in bands within the Corps. The Competition is organised by HQAC TG Staff assisted by Corps members. 2. Awards will be made for: a. Best Band. The Corps shield, presented by Wg Cdr C E Wick OBE RAFVR(T) Retd; individuals of the band will receive commemorative medals. b. Best Trumpet and Drum Sections. Each section will receive a shield, presented by Wg Cdr D Forbes RAFVR(T). c. Best Drum Major. The Corps mace, presented by Flt Lt P J Slaney RAFVR(T). d. Best Turnout. A statuette of a RAF Regiment Gunner presented by Wg Cdr G A King RAF Ret d. 3. The winning band will be invited to play at the Corps Athletic Meeting. The band may also represent the Corps at events approved by the Comdt AC. These engagements will be in the calendar year following the Competition. CONDITIONS 4. One representative registered or composite band is to be selected by the Rgnl Comdt. A band which has represented its Region for 2 successive years is not permitted to compete for the following 2 years. 5. HQAC will send an entry form and competition details to Rgns each year. Completed entry forms will be required by HQAC TG2 at least one month before the competition. 6. The competition rules are at Annex A. FINANCE 7. Band duties. Band duties attract special financial rules as laid down in ACP 20B (Administrative Instructions). 114-1

ACTI NO 114 8. Pay. Up to 2 days pay is admissible within the annual staff entitlement, for up to 4 adults per band. 9. Travel and Other Expenses. Claims on F GPF1 for travel and other expenses arising from attendance at the Competition should be sent to HQAC TG2 and will be met from the General Purposes Fund. Comdt ACts may also authorise the reimbursement of travel and other expenses for specific engagements. Annexes: A. Corps Band Competition - Competition Rules. B. Corps Band Competition - Entry Form. 114-2

ANNEX A ACP 20A ACTI NO 114 CORPS BAND COMPETITION - COMPETITION RULES General Rules 1. All members of the sections and the full band must be members of the ATC. One adult warrant officer/civilian instructor may play with each section/band. A sqn/unit may enter any number of sections. 2. Drum Majors must be cadet members of the sqn or composite unit. They must carry a mace which must not be deliberately placed on the ground. 3. Field Commanders may be any cadet or adult of the sqn/unit; they must not carry a mace. 4. Uniform and any authorised embellishments are to be worn by cadets and uniformed adult members of the ATC in accordance with the ACP 20B. 5. The judges' decision is final. Judges will not be members of the ATC or associated with any sqn or unit. In the event of a tie, the marks for entertainment value will determine the awards. Full Marching Band Rules 6. The full marching band is to consist of a minimum of 6 players, playing any equipment allowed under the Fanfare and Percussion Sections. They are to play for a minimum of 10 minutes and a maximum time of 12 minutes. A maximum of 4 minutes may be played with the entire band at the halt. 7. Bands may put on a complete drill and music display or, alternatively, limit the drill to countermarching at quick and slow time, playing whilst marking time and playing at the halt for up to 2 minutes. The drill element will be assessed in accordance with current RAF and ATC regulations. Any show band type display which diverges from regulationary drill will be penalised despite the entertainment value. 8. The arena size will be approximately 150 ft x 150 ft. 9. A Drum Major is to give commands to the band. If a band does not have a Drum Major, a Field Commander is to give instructions from the side of the arena. 10. Marks will be awarded for turnout, drill and deportment plus the quality of the wind section, the percussion section, the mallet percussion, the balance between sections and the entertainment value. 114-A-1

ACTI NO 114 Section Rules 11. Fanfare Section a. The fanfare section is to have a minimum of 3 players, a Drum Major or Field Commander may conduct the players and only brass and woodwind instruments (valved or non-valved) may be used. The section is to play at the halt for a maximum of 60 seconds. b. Marks will be awarded for general presentation, standard of performance and entertainment value. 12. Percussion Section a. The percussion section is to have a minimum of 3 players, a Drum Major or Field Commander may conduct the players. Any combination of the following equipment may be used, eg snare drums, marching toms, tenor drums, bass drums, cymbals, bell lyres and marching bells. Wood blocks and cow bells may be used if fitted to snare drums. The section is to play for a minimum of 3 minutes and a maximum of 5 minutes at the halt, with all equipment being carried and not on stands. b. Marks will be awarded for general presentation, standard of performance, balance within the section and entertainment value. 114-A-2

ANNEX B ACP 20A ACTI NO 114 AIR TRAINING CORPS CORPS BAND COMPETITION ENTRY FORM (To be submitted at least one month before the event) Region: Title of Band: Wing: Wing HQ Telephone Number(PSTN): (RAFTN): Entry: (Delete the Section/Sections not being entered) Fanfare Section Percussion Section Full Band Squadron Commander's Details: Rank Initials First Name Surname Home Address/Telephone Number: Business Telephone Number: Squadron Telephone Number: Bandmaster's Details: Rank Initials First Name Surname 114-B-1

ACTI NO 114 Home Address/Telephone Number: Business Telephone Number: Adult Supervisors MALE Rank First Name Surname Appointment Home Bus Tel No Tel No 1. 2. 3. FEMALE 1. 2. 3. Cadet Musicians The Number Of: Musicians Cadet Male Musicians Cadet Female Musicians Total Cadets Details of the Adult Band Members Playing with the Band: (Already Listed as Supervisors on this Entry Form) Rank First Name Surname Squadron Instruments Played Type 1. 5. 114-B-2

ACTI NO 114 2. 6. 3. 7. 4. 8. 114-B-3

Accommodation Requirements (If Required) ACP 20A ACTI NO 114 Officers Names: Rank Initials Surname Appointment Adult Warrant Officers: Rank Initials Surname Appointment Civilian Instructors Rank (if applicable) Initials Surname Appointment Region/Wing/Squadron Chairman Details (If Applicable) Rank (if applicable) Inits Surname Region/Wing/Squadron Appointment Catering Requirements - No evening meal will be available for those personnel staying overnight. On the following day competition day, breakfast, lunch and tea will be available in a combined facility. Indicate your requirements below: Meal Breakfast Lunch Tea No of Adult Staff No of Cadets 114-B-4

Date Signed: ACP 20A ACTI NO 114 Regional Commandant 114-B-5

ACTI NO 115 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 115 THE GILLAN TROPHY 1. The Gillan Trophy was presented to the ATC by the late Mrs Helen Gillan, the mother of the late Wing Commander J W Gillan DFC AFC in remembrance of his comrades who gave their lives for their country in the Second World War 1939-1945. 2. The period of the competition is from 21 Sep of one year to 20 Sep of the following year and the trophy will be awarded to the Wg with the best record in the approved sports. Certificates will be awarded to the first 10 Wgs in order of merit. Entry forms in the format shown at Annex A are to be submitted by 30 Sep annually. 3. In order to be eligible to enter for the Trophy, Wgs must compete in any of the following approved sports: Athletics Swimming Senior Association Football Junior Association Football Senior Rugby Junior Rugby Cross Country Running Senior Hockey Junior Hockey Senior Netball Junior Netball 4. Rugby and Association Football competitions are to be 15- and 11-a-side respectively. Girls Hockey and Netball competitions are to be 11- and 7-a-side respectively. 5. Points Scoring. a. Wg Participation. Points will be awarded to a Wg on the results of the Rgnl Inter-Wg Competitions as follows: (1) Senior Rugby, Junior Rugby, Senior Soccer, Junior Soccer, Senior Hockey and Junior Hockey. In each sport Wgs score points according to this table: 115-1

ACTI NO 115 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th A Region with 7 Wgs Competing 35 30 22½ 22½ 10 10 10 A Region with 6 Wgs Competing 30 25 17½ 17½ 7½ 7½ - A Region with 5 Wgs Competing 25 20 12½ 12½ 5 - - A Region with 4 Wgs Competing 20 15 7½ 7½ - - - A Region with 3 Wgs Competing 15 10 5 - - - - A Region with 2 Wgs Competing 10 5 - - - - - (2) Athletics, Swimming, Cross Country Running, Junior and Senior Netball. In each sport Wgs score points according to this table: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th A Region with 7 Wgs Competing 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 A Region with 6 Wgs Competing 30 25 20 15 10 5 - A Region with 5 Wgs Competing 25 20 15 10 5 - - A Region with 4 Wgs Competing 20 15 10 5 - - - A Region with 3 Wgs Competing 15 10 5 - - - - A Region with 2 Wgs Competing 10 5 - - - - - NOTE: Athletics, Swimming and Cross Country Running have various classes but the above points scoring is for the "Combined Events" results (ie the overall result of the Boys, Youths, Juniors and Girls events combined). b. Regional Representation. Five points will be awarded to a Wg for each cadet who represents his or her Rgn in approved sports competitions and championships organised at Corps level (in one representative match for each sport per season). Friendly Junior Hockey and Rugby fixtures against an adjacent region are included. c. Corps Representation. Five points will be awarded to a Wg for each cadet who represents the Corps in an officially approved Corps Representative Team fixture. 6. The award will be made on the total number of points gained by a Wg. 7. Entries in Form 3822 (Record of Service Book) must substantiate all claims. Failure to comply with this rule will exclude the Wg concerned from the competition. Annex: A. Gillan Trophy Entry Form 115-2

ACTI NO 115 115-3

ACTI NO 115 ANNEX A GILLAN TROPHY ENTRY FORM WING SPORT ATHLETICS WING COMPETITION POINTS REGIONAL REPRESENTATION POINTS CORPS REPRESENTATION POINTS TOTAL SWIMMING CROSS COUNTRY SENIOR RUGBY JUNIOR RUGBY SENIOR SOCCER JUNIOR SOCCER SENIOR HOCKEY JUNIOR HOCKEY SENIOR NETBALL JUNIOR NETBALL TOTAL GRAND TOTAL POINTS Certified Correct Date (Wing Commander) Certified Correct Date (Regional PEdO) 115-A-1

ACTI NO 116 AIR TRAINING INSTRUCTION TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 116 THE ATC SPORTS CADETS OF THE YEAR TROPHIES INTRODUCTION 1. In 1988 Mr Alan Bragg, the Corps Auditor, donated a sports trophy to the ATC to be awarded annually to the ATC Sports Cadet of the Year. In 1999 the ATC Sports Council unanimously agreed that the Sports Cadet of the Year Award should be changed to make a separate award to the top male and top female cadet. No 500 Sqn Association were invited and agreed to donate a sports trophy for the top female cadet award. SELECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE SPORTS CADETS OF THE YEAR 2. The award is from 1 October to 30 September. Each Rgnl Comdt may nominate one male and one female cadet candidate for the Comdt AC s consideration. NOMINATION CRITERIA AND CITATION 3. The criteria for nominations is based on the cadets all-round ATC sports performance. The only sporting achievements which are eligible to be included in the submission are those which occurred in the current year 1 October to 30 September. To assist HQAC staff tasked with advising the Comdt AC on selection the citation should include some comment on the candidate sporting attainments within the period of the award year, including external achievements. Greater weight will be placed on those external activities which reflect Air Cadet service to the community. ADMINISTRATION 4. Nominations are to be signed by the Rgnl Comdt, and should reach HQAC (PEdO) by 30 September. The presentation of the trophies will take place at the Corps Swimming Championships. 5. Although the trophies will be presented personally to the selected cadets, their value and the Corps insurance arrangements preclude their retention by the winner. After the presentation the trophies will be returned to HQAC and the winning cadet will receive a framed certificate commemorating the award. Annex: A. The ATC Sports Cadets of the Year Trophies - Region Nomination. 116-1 AL2

THE ATC SPORTS CADETS OF THE YEAR TROPHIES ACP 20A ACTI NO 116 ANNEX A PERIOD FROM 1 OCT TO 30 SEP Rank, Initials and Name: REGION NOMINATION (MALE/FEMALE*) Squadron: Date of Birth: Wing: Enrolment Date: REPRESENTATIVE HONOURS SPORT Squadron Wing Region Corps National Comments Swimming Rugby Soccer X Country Hockey Netball Athletics Citation: Date: Group Captain Regional Commandant 116-A-1

ACTI NO 116 *Delete as appropriate 116-A-2

ACTI NO 117 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 117 THE SHACKLETON TROPHY INTRODUCTION 1. The Shackleton Association was founded in 1987 by a dedicated group associated with the aircraft who were determined that the memory and history of this great aircraft will never be forgotten. In 1996, the Shackleton Association presented to the ATC a trophy to be awarded annually to the ATC Rgn, Wg or Sqn which mounts the most successful, imaginative and adventurous expedition. SELECTION FOR THE AWARD 2. The award is for the calendar year, 1 Jan-31 Dec. Each Rgnl Comdt is requested to nominate one of their expeditions for consideration by Comdt AC. NOMINATION CRITERIA 3. The Expedition team s final report with photographs, maps etc will be used to judge the winner. ADMINISTRATION 4. Nominations should reach HQAC (PEdO) by 31 Jan. The winner of the award will be selected in Feb and a trophy will be presented at a ceremony in Mar. 117-1

ACTI NO 118 AIR CADET TRAINING INSTRUCTIONS TRAINING INSTRUCTION NO 118 THE SIR DOUGLAS BADER WINGS APPEAL TROPHY INTRODUCTION 1. The Royal Air Force Association Wings Appeal takes place during September each year, and since 1980 the Sir Douglas Bader Wings Appeal Trophy has been awarded annually to the Air Training Corps squadron that has collected the most amount of money on a per capita basis for the Appeal. 2. The squadron achieving second place is awarded the Sir Augustus Walker Trophy. SELECTION FOR THE AWARD 3. The Trophy is awarded to the ATC squadron collecting the most money on a per capita basis, using statistics produced by Org Branch HQ Air Cadets in September each year as a baseline. Only enrolled cadets on the strengths of squadrons are counted when the results are calculated. As probationary cadets do not possess uniforms and therefore cannot make public collections under AP 1919 para 1127.a. they cannot be included in the count. 4. There is no reason why squadrons should not collect for the Appeal throughout the year if they so wish and not just during Wings Week. NOMINATION CRITERIA 5. Each squadron wishing to enter the competition is required to obtain an official receipt from its local RAF Association branch and forward it through its Wing HQ to HQ Air Cadets (Accounts) by the second Friday in November each year. ADMINISTRATION 6. Entries are to be forwarded to HQ Air Cadets (Accounts) by the second Friday in November each year in order that the entries may be collated. Entries received after that date are automatically excluded from the competition. 7. It is realised that not all squadrons may wish to enter this competition. However, these squadrons are requested to advise HQ Air Cadets (Accounts) of any amount that they have collected for the RAF Association by the end of November each year in order that a comprehensive list of the amounts raised by the Corps may be produced. 8. After the deadline HQ Air Cadets (Accounts) are to collate the entries, produce a table of results and inform COSAC. Squadrons in first, second and third places and the Fund Raising Director of the RAF Association will then be advised of the result. 9. The Fund Raising Director of the RAF Association will contact the winning squadrons direct in order that the presentations of the trophies may be arranged. 118-1 AL2